Giga Tronics 8540C Series Universal Power Meters Operation And Maintenance Manual ( 8541C 8542C) GIGAT_8542C GIGAT 8542C
G_8542B G_8542B
User Manual: GIGAT_8542C
Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 265
Download | ![]() |
Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Manual Part Number: Revision: Print Date: 30280 J1 July 2001 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters Operation & Maintenance Manual ................................................................................................ Certified Product ISO 9001 ...................................................................................Certified Process Registrar: BSI, Certification No. FM 34226 Registered 04 June 1996 Amended on 01 March 2000 Giga-tronics Incorporated 4650 Norris Canyon Road ❖ San Ramon, California 94583 925.328.4650 or 800.726.4442 ❖ 925.328.4700 (Fax) 800.444.2878 (Customer Service) ❖ 925.328.4702 (Fax) www.gigatronics.com All technical data and specifications in this manual are subject to change without prior notice and do not represent a commitment on the part of Giga-tronics Incorporated. © 2000 Giga-tronics Incorporated. All rights reserved. Printed in the USA WARRANTY Giga-tronics Series 8540C instruments are warranted against defective materials and workmanship for one years from date of shipment. Giga-tronics will at its option repair or replace products that are proven defective during the warranty period. This warranty DOES NOT cover damage resulting from improper use, nor workmanship other than Giga-tronics service. There is no implied warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, nor is Giga-tronics liable for any consequential damages. Specification and price change privileges are reserved by Giga-tronics. Model Numbers The series 8540C has two model numbers: The single-channel Model 8541C and the dual-channel Model 8542C. Apart from the number of sensors they support, the two models are identical. Both models are referred to in this manual by the general term 8540C, except where it is necessary to make a distinction between the models. Application of Council Directive(s) Standard(s) to which Conformity is Declared: 89/336/EEC and 73/23/EEC EN50081-1 (1992) EN61010-1 (1993) EMC Directive and Low Voltage Directive EMC – Emissions Electrical Safety Manufacturer’s Name: Manufacturer’s Address: Giga-tronics Incorporated 4650 Norris Canyon Road San Ramon, California 94583 USA Type of Equipment: Model Series Number: Universal Power Meter 8540C Model Number(s) in Series: 8541B 8542B 8541C 8542C With Sensor Series 803XXA, 804XXA, 806XXA I, the undersigned, hereby declare that the equipment specified above conforms to the above Directive(s) and Standard(s). Thomas A. Kramer (Full Name) Director of Quality Assurance (Position) (Signature) San Ramon, California (Place) October 30, 1999 (Date) QUF06001 10/30/99 Table of Contents About This Manual ...................................................................................................... xi Conventions .............................................................................................................. xiii Record of Manual Changes ......................................................................................... xv Special Configurations ...............................................................................................xvii 1 Introduction 1.1 Description....................................................................................................1-1 1.1.1 1.1.2 1.1.3 1.1.4 1.1.5 1.1.6 1.1.7 1.1.8 1.1.9 1.1.10 1.1.11 1.1.12 1.1.13 1.2 Safety Precautions ........................................................................................1-4 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.3 Features .......................................................................................1-1 Performance Characteristics .........................................................1-2 Weight and Dimensions ...............................................................1-2 Power Requirements ....................................................................1-2 Environmental Requirements ........................................................1-2 Items Furnished ............................................................................1-2 Items Required .............................................................................1-2 Tools and Test Equipment ............................................................1-2 Cooling .........................................................................................1-2 Cleaning .......................................................................................1-3 Installation and Preparation for Use ..............................................1-3 Receiving Inspection .....................................................................1-3 Preparation for Reshipment ..........................................................1-3 Line Voltage and Fuse Selection ...................................................1-4 Power Sensor Precautions ............................................................1-5 8540C System Specifications ........................................................................1-6 1.3.1 1.3.2 1.3.3 1.3.4 1.3.5 1.3.6 1.3.7 1.3.8 1.3.9 1.3.10 1.3.11 1.3.12 Power Meter .................................................................................1-6 Accuracy ......................................................................................1-6 Uncertainty Due to Instrument Linearity & Zero Set vs. Noise .......1-7 Measurement Rates .....................................................................1-7 Remote Operation .........................................................................1-8 Fast Buffered Mode Controls ........................................................1-8 Meter Function .............................................................................1-8 Remote Inputs/Outputs .................................................................1-8 General Specifications ..................................................................1-9 Accessories Included ....................................................................1-9 Options ........................................................................................1-9 Power Sensors .............................................................................1-9 2 Front Panel Operation 2.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................2-1 2.2 The Front Panel .............................................................................................2-1 2.2.1 2.2.2 2.2.3 2.2.4 2.2.5 2.2.6 2.3 Calibrator ......................................................................................2-2 Display Window ...........................................................................2-2 LEDs .............................................................................................2-2 Power ...........................................................................................2-2 Front Panel Keys ...........................................................................2-2 Sensor Inputs ...............................................................................2-4 The Rear Panel ..............................................................................................2-5 2.3.1 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Inputs & Outputs ..........................................................................2-5 i Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 2.4 Configuring the 8540C ..................................................................................2-6 2.4.1 2.4.2 2.4.3 2.5 The Submenus ............................................................................................2-10 2.5.1 2.5.2 2.5.3 2.5.4 2.5.5 2.5.6 2.5.7 2.6 How the Menus Work ..................................................................2-6 Menu Structure ............................................................................2-7 Password Protection .....................................................................2-9 A, B, A/B, ..., Off .........................................................................2-10 Meas Setup ................................................................................2-10 Sensor Setup ..............................................................................2-12 RF Power On/Off .........................................................................2-13 Config .........................................................................................2-13 Service ........................................................................................2-14 Save Setup .................................................................................2-14 Measurement Guide ....................................................................................2-15 2.6.1 2.6.2 2.6.3 2.6.4 2.6.5 2.6.6 2.6.7 2.6.8 2.6.9 2.6.10 2.6.11 2.6.12 2.6.13 2.6.14 2.6.15 2.6.16 2.6.17 2.6.18 2.6.19 2.6.20 2.6.21 2.6.22 2.6.23 Using the Power Sweep Calibrator .............................................2-15 806XX Sensor Operation .............................................................2-15 Sensor Calibration ......................................................................2-15 Zeroing at Low Power Levels ......................................................2-16 2.6.4.1 Low Level Performance Check................................... 2-16 Measuring Source Output Power ................................................2-17 Using the Peaking Meter .............................................................2-18 High Power Level Measurements ...............................................2-18 Modulated Measurement Modes ................................................2-18 Measurement Collection Modes .................................................2-21 Mode Restrictions .......................................................................2-23 When to use CW, MAP and BAP ................................................2-23 Multi-Tone Tests ........................................................................2-23 Peak Hold ...................................................................................2-24 Crest Factor ................................................................................2-25 Burst Signal Measurements .......................................................2-26 Burst Start Exclude, Burst End Exclude ......................................2-27 Burst Dropout .............................................................................2-28 Optimizing Measurement Speed .................................................2-29 Peak Power Measurements ........................................................2-30 Measuring an Attenuator (Single Channel Method) ....................2-30 Improving Accuracy ....................................................................2-31 Performance Verification .............................................................2-32 Sources of Error ..........................................................................2-33 3 Remote Operation 3.1 Introduction...................................................................................................3-1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.1.5 3.1.6 3.1.7 3.1.8 3.1.9 3.2 Command Syntax..........................................................................................3-5 3.2.1 3.2.2 3.2.3 3.2.4 3.2.5 3.2.6 ii Sending Commands to the 8540C ................................................3-1 Clear Device ..................................................................................3-2 Clear Interface ..............................................................................3-2 Local and Remote Control .............................................................3-2 Sensor Selection and Calibration ..................................................3-2 Polling ..........................................................................................3-3 Data Output Formats (Standard Measurement Collection Mode) ..3-4 Data Output Formats (Fast Measurement Collection Modes) ........3-4 Power-On Default Conditions .......................................................3-4 Functions .....................................................................................3-5 Prefixes ........................................................................................3-5 Variables .......................................................................................3-6 Suffixes ........................................................................................3-6 Separators ....................................................................................3-7 Command Format Illustrations ......................................................3-7 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Preface 3.3 Series 8540C Command Codes .....................................................................3-8 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.4 3.3.5 3.4 Analog Output.............................................................................................3-16 3.4.1 3.4.2 3.5 IEEE 488.2 Common Commands ..................................................3-8 8540C Function Codes .................................................................3-9 HP437 Emulation GPIB Command Set ........................................3-11 HP438 Emulation GPIB Command Set ........................................3-13 HP436 Emulation GBIP Command Set ........................................3-15 Standard Output .........................................................................3-16 Optional Speed Count .................................................................3-17 Averaging....................................................................................................3-18 3.5.1 3.5.2 Auto Averaging ..........................................................................3-18 Manual Averaging ......................................................................3-19 3.6 Cal Factors ..................................................................................................3-20 3.7 Calibration...................................................................................................3-21 3.8 Calibrator Source.........................................................................................3-22 3.9 Crest Factor.................................................................................................3-23 3.9.1 3.9.2 Enabling the Crest Factor Feature ...............................................3-23 Reading the Crest Factor Value ...................................................3-23 3.10 Display Control............................................................................................3-24 3.11 Duty Cycle Commands ................................................................................3-25 3.11.1 3.11.2 3.11.3 Activating or Deactivating a Duty Cycle ......................................3-25 Specifying a Duty Cycle ..............................................................3-25 Reading Duty Cycle Status .........................................................3-25 3.12 EEPROM .....................................................................................................3-26 3.13 Frequency ...................................................................................................3-27 3.14 Instrument Identification .............................................................................3-28 3.15 Learn Modes ...............................................................................................3-29 3.15.1 3.15.2 3.16 Limits ..........................................................................................................3-32 3.16.1 3.16.2 3.16.3 3.17 Setting Limits .............................................................................3-32 Activating Limits .........................................................................3-32 Measuring with Limits ................................................................3-33 Measurement Collection Modes (Standard) .................................................3-34 3.17.1 3.17.2 3.18 Learn Mode #1 ...........................................................................3-30 Learn Mode #2 ...........................................................................3-31 Measurement Triggering ............................................................3-34 Group Execute Trigger ................................................................3-35 Measurement Collection Modes (Fast) ........................................................3-36 3.18.1 3.18.2 3.18.3 3.18.4 3.18.5 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 General .......................................................................................3-36 Data Output Formats for Fast Modes .........................................3-38 Fast Buffered Mode ....................................................................3-39 Swift Mode .................................................................................3-41 Fast Modulated Mode ................................................................3-43 iii Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.19 Measurement Mode Commands .................................................................3-44 3.19.1 3.19.2 3.19.3 3.19.4 3.19.5 3.19.6 3.20 Advanced Features......................................................................................3-47 3.20.1 3.20.2 3.20.3 3.21 Enabling the Peak Hold Feature ..................................................3-53 Reading the Peak Hold Value ......................................................3-53 Peak Power Sensor Commands (80350A Series) .........................................3-54 3.24.1 3.24.2 3.24.3 3.24.4 Setting the Trigger Mode & Trigger Level ...................................3-54 Setting the Delay ........................................................................3-54 Setting the Delay Offset ..............................................................3-55 Reading Values ...........................................................................3-55 3.25 Peak Power Sensor Commands (80340A Series) .........................................3-56 3.26 Preset..........................................................................................................3-57 3.27 Relative Measurements ...............................................................................3-58 3.28 Resolution ...................................................................................................3-59 3.29 Sensor Selection..........................................................................................3-59 3.30 Status .........................................................................................................3-60 3.30.1 3.30.2 3.30.3 3.31 Status Byte Message ..................................................................3-60 Event Status Register .................................................................3-61 Status Message ..........................................................................3-62 Store and Recall ..........................................................................................3-66 3.31.1 3.31.2 Saving a Configuration ...............................................................3-66 Retrieving a Configuration ..........................................................3-66 3.32 Units ...........................................................................................................3-67 3.33 VPROPF Feature............................................................................................3-68 3.33.1 3.33.2 3.34 iv Enabling/Disabling an Offset .......................................................3-51 Setting an Offset Value ...............................................................3-51 Measured Offset Entry ................................................................3-52 Peak Hold....................................................................................................3-53 3.23.1 3.23.2 3.24 Enabling the Min/Max Feature ....................................................3-49 Reading the Min/Max Values ......................................................3-49 Offset Commands .......................................................................................3-51 3.22.1 3.22.2 3.22.3 3.23 Burst Start Exclude .....................................................................3-47 Burst End Exclude ......................................................................3-47 Burst Dropout Tolerance .............................................................3-48 Min/Max Power Value .................................................................................3-49 3.21.1 3.21.2 3.22 CW Mode ...................................................................................3-44 MAP Mode .................................................................................3-44 PAP Mode ..................................................................................3-45 BAP Mode ..................................................................................3-45 Peak Mode .................................................................................3-45 Measurement Mode Query .........................................................3-46 Enabling & Disabling VPROPF ......................................................3-68 Configuring VPROPF .....................................................................3-68 Zeroing........................................................................................................3-69 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Preface 4 Theory of Operation 4.1 General..........................................................................................................4-1 4.2 CPU PC Board (A1)........................................................................................4-2 4.2.1 4.2.2 4.2.3 4.3 Analog PC Board (A2)....................................................................................4-5 4.3.1 4.3.2 4.4 Circuit Description ........................................................................4-5 Analog Board Control Lines ..........................................................4-7 Calibrator Module..........................................................................................4-9 4.4.1 4.4.2 4.4.3 4.4.4 4.4.5 4.4.6 4.4.7 4.4.8 4.4.9 4.5 Power Supply ...............................................................................4-2 Battery Back-Up ...........................................................................4-2 Circuit Description ........................................................................4-3 General .......................................................................................4-10 50 MHz Oscillator .......................................................................4-10 RF Output ...................................................................................4-11 Oven ...........................................................................................4-11 Thermistor Bridge .......................................................................4-11 Track & Hold and DAC ................................................................4-11 Correction Thermistor Circuit ......................................................4-11 Calibrator NVRAM Control Circuit ...............................................4-12 Digital Control Circuit .................................................................4-12 Front Panel PC Assembly (A3).....................................................................4-13 5 Calibration & Testing 5.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................5-1 5.2 Calibration Procedure ....................................................................................5-1 5.2.1 5.2.2 5.2.3 5.2.4 5.2.5 5.2.6 5.3 Equipment Required .....................................................................5-1 Calibrator Output Power ...............................................................5-2 Power Supply Voltage Checks ......................................................5-3 Calibrator Voltages .......................................................................5-4 Calibrator Frequency Check ..........................................................5-4 GPIB Test Functions .....................................................................5-4 Performance Verification Tests ......................................................................5-6 5.3.1 5.3.2 5.3.3 5.3.4 Equipment Required .....................................................................5-6 Calibrator Output Power Reference Level ......................................5-7 Instrument Plus Power Sensor Linearity .......................................5-9 GPIB Port Check .........................................................................5-11 6 Maintenance 6.1 Periodic Maintenance ....................................................................................6-1 6.1.1 6.1.2 6.1.3 6.2 Testing & Calibration ....................................................................6-1 Cleaning .......................................................................................6-1 Lithium Battery .............................................................................6-1 Troubleshooting ............................................................................................6-3 6.2.1 6.2.2 6.2.3 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 General Failure .............................................................................6-3 Channel-Specific Failure in the 8542C ..........................................6-3 Functional Failures .......................................................................6-3 v Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 7 Parts Lists 7.1 Introduction...................................................................................................7-1 7.2 Parts Lists for Series 8540C Universal Power Meters ....................................7-1 8541C SINGLE CHANNEL POWER METER, Rev. C .................................. 7-1 30160 8541C CHASSIS ASSY, Rev. L ..................................................... 7-2 21331 FRONT PANEL ASSY, 8541C, Rev. B ........................................... 7-3 8542C DUAL CHANNEL POWER METER, Rev. C..................................... 7-3 30172 CHASSIS ASSY, 8542C, Rev. M................................................... 7-4 21332 FRONT PANEL ASSY, 8542B, Rev. C (A1) .................................... 7-5 21693 CPU PCB ASSY, 854xB, Rev. J (A1) ............................................. 7-5 21693-A00 PCB ASSY PREWARE, CPU, Rev. H (A1)................................ 7-6 30164 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2)......................................... 7-9 30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2)....................................... 7-22 21229 FRONT PANEL PCB ASSY, Rev. C (A3)....................................... 7-38 21240 LCD DISPLAY ASSY, Rev. B (A4)................................................ 7-38 7.3 List of Manufacturers ..................................................................................7-39 8.1 Introduction...................................................................................................8-1 8.2 Applicability ..................................................................................................8-1 8 Diagrams 8540C Series Power Meter, DWG 30161, Rev. B ......................................... 8-3 8542C Chassis Assy., DWG 30172, Rev. M ................................................ 8-5 CPU PC Assy. (A1), DWG 21693, Rev. J ...................................................... 8-8 CPU Circuit Schematic (A1), DWG 21694, Rev. J ........................................ 8-9 Analog PC Assy. (A2), DWG 30173, Rev. S ............................................... 8-12 Analog Circuit Schematic (A2), DWG 30165, Rev. R .................................. 8-14 Front Panel PC Assy. (A3), DWG 21229, Rev. C ........................................ 8-20 Front Panel Circuit Schematic (A3), DWG 21230, Rev. C ........................... 8-21 Option 06 (8542C) System Schematic, DWG 30535, Rev. B ...................... 8-22 Option 06 PC Board Assy., DWG 21387, Rev. B ........................................ 8-23 Option 06 Circuit Schematic, DWG 21388, Rev. A ..................................... 8-24 Option 11 (Series 8540C) System Schematic, DWG 30485, Rev. B ........... 8-25 Time Gate Measurement PC Assy. (Option 11), DWG 30442, Rev. B ......... 8-26 Time Gate Measurement Circuit Schm. (Opt. 11), DWG 30443, Rev. B ...... 8-27 A Typical Applications Programs vi A.1 Continuous Data Reading............................................................................. A-1 A.2 Remote Calibration of a Sensor..................................................................... A-1 A.3 Speed Tests: Normal and Swift .................................................................... A-2 A.4 Swift Demo 1: FREERUN ............................................................................. A-4 A.5 Swift Demo 2: GET...................................................................................... A-5 A.6 Fast Buffered Demo: POST GET .................................................................. A-6 A.7 Fast Buffered Demo: POST TTL ................................................................... A-7 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Preface B Power Sensors B.1 Introduction ................................................................................................. B-1 B.2 Power Sensor Selection................................................................................ B-1 B.2.1 B.2.2 B.2.3 B.2.4 B.3 Modulation Power Sensors ........................................................... B-2 Modulation Sensor Specifications ................................................. B-5 Peak Power Sensors ..................................................................... B-8 Directional Bridges...................................................................... B-10 Power Sensor Calibration ........................................................................... B-11 B.3.1 B.3.2 Local Calibration ......................................................................... B-11 Remote Calibration...................................................................... B-14 C Options C.1 Introduction ................................................................................................. C-1 C.2 Option 01: Rack Mount Kit ........................................................................... C-1 C.3 Option 02: 256K Buffer ................................................................................ C-2 C.4 Option 03: Rear Panel Connections (8541C) ................................................. C-2 C.5 Option 04: Rear Panel Connections (8542C) ................................................ C-2 C.6 Option 05: Soft Carrying Case ...................................................................... C-2 C.7 Option 06: Second Analog Output................................................................ C-3 C.7.1 C.7.2 Introduction .................................................................................. C-3 Theory of Operation ...................................................................... C-3 C.8 Option 07: Side-Mounted Carry Case ........................................................... C-6 C.9 Option 08: Transit Case................................................................................ C-6 C.10 Option 09: Dual Power Meter Rack Mount Kit.............................................. C-7 C.11 Option 10: Assembled Dual Power Meter Rack Mount................................. C-8 C.12 Option 11: Time Gating Measurement ......................................................... C-9 C.12.1 C.12.2 C.12.3 C.12.4 C.12.5 C.12.6 Description ................................................................................... C-9 Specifications................................................................................ C-9 Time Gating Menu ...................................................................... C-10 Time Gating Mode ...................................................................... C-11 Measurement Display ................................................................. C-14 GPIB Setup ................................................................................. C-14 C.13 Option 13: Rear Panel Sensor Connections (8541C) ................................... C-17 C.14 Option 14: Rear Panel Sensor Connections (8542C) ................................... C-17 Index 8540C Universal Power Meters Index.................................................................. Index-1 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 vii Series 8540C Universal Power Meters List of Figures Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure Figure viii 1-1: 1-2: 2-1: 2-2: 2-3: 2-4: 2-5: 2-6: 2-7: 2-8: 4-1: 4-2: 4-3: 4-4: 5-1: 5-2: B-1: B-2: C-1: C-2: C-3: C-4: Voltage Selector and Fuse Holder .........................................................1-4 Uncertainty Due to Linearity & Zero Set ................................................1-7 8542C Front Panel ................................................................................2-1 8540C Rear Panel .................................................................................2-5 Burst Measurement ............................................................................2-20 Delay and Delay Offsets......................................................................2-22 Peak Hold ...........................................................................................2-24 Crest Factor ........................................................................................2-25 Burst Start Exclude & Burst End Exclude............................................2-27 Burst Dropout.....................................................................................2-28 CPU Block Diagram...............................................................................4-2 Analog PC Block Diagram .....................................................................4-5 Calibrator Internal Power Standard .......................................................4-9 Front Panel PC Assembly....................................................................4-13 Calibrator Output Test Setup ................................................................5-7 Power Linearity Test Setup ...................................................................5-9 80401A Modulation-Related Uncertainty ............................................ B-6 80601A Modulation-Related Uncertainty ............................................ B-7 Time Gating Option Menu Structure ................................................. C-10 External Gated Time Measurement................................................... C-11 External Trigger Gated Time Measurement....................................... C-13 GPIB Syntax for Time Gating Measurement...................................... C-14 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Preface List of Tables Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table Table 1-1: 2-1: 3-1: 3-2: 3-3: 3-4: 3-5: 3-6: 3-7: 3-8: 3-9: 3-10: 3-11: 3-12: 3-13: 3-14: 3-15: 4-1: 5-1: 5-2: 5-3: 7-1: B-1: B-2: B-3: B-4: B-5: B-6: C-1: Collection Modes Measurement Rates................................................. 1-7 Configuration Menu Structure ............................................................. 2-7 Implemented IEEE Standards............................................................... 3-1 IEEE 488.2 Command Set .................................................................... 3-8 8540C Function Codes ........................................................................ 3-9 8540C Command Set for HP437 Emulation ....................................... 3-11 8540C Command Set for HP438 Emulation ....................................... 3-13 8540C Command Set for HP436 Emulation ....................................... 3-15 Measurement Setting Target Default Values...................................... 3-18 Numbering Averaging........................................................................ 3-19 Learn Mode #1 Output Format .......................................................... 3-30 Preset (Default) Conditions ................................................................ 3-57 Status Byte and Service Request Mark .............................................. 3-60 Event Status & Event Status Enable Register..................................... 3-61 Error Code Returned in Position AA ................................................... 3-63 Error Code Returned in Position aa .................................................... 3-64 Other Codes in the Status Message................................................... 3-65 8540C Circuit Board Assemblies.......................................................... 4-1 Equipment Required for Calibration ..................................................... 5-1 DC Power Supply Test Points .............................................................. 5-3 Equipment Required for Performance Testing ...................................... 5-6 List of Manufacturers ........................................................................ 7-39 Power Sensor Selection Guide ............................................................ B-2 Power Sensor Cal Factor Uncertainties ............................................... B-4 804XXA Modulation Sensor Specifications ......................................... B-5 Peak Power Sensor Selection Guide .................................................... B-8 Peak Power Sensor Cal Factor Uncertainties ....................................... B-9 Directional Bridge Selection Guide .................................................... B-10 Output Voltages .................................................................................. C-3 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 ix Series 8540C Universal Power Meters x Manual 30280, Rev. J, August 2000 About This Manual This manual contains the following chapters and appendices to describe the operation and maintenance of Giga-tronics Series 8540C Universal Power Meters: Preface: In addition to a comprehensive Table of Contents and general information about the manual, the Preface also contains a record of changes made to the manual since its publication, and a description of Special Configurations. If you have ordered a user-specific manual, please refer to page xvii for a description of the special configuration. Chapter 1 – Introduction: This chapter contains a brief introduction to the instrument and its performance parameters. Chapter 2 – Front Panel Operation: This chapter is a guide to the instrument’s front panel keys, display and configuration menus. Chapter 3 – Remote Operation: This chapter is a guide to the instrument’s GPIB remote control interface. Chapter 4 – Theory of Operation: This chapter provides an instrument block diagram level description and its circuits for maintenance and applications. Chapter 5 – Calibration & Testing: This chapter provides procedures for inspection, calibration and performance testing. Chapter 6 – Maintenance: This chapter contains procedures for maintenance and troubleshooting. Chapter 7 – Parts Lists: This chapter lists all components and parts and their sources. Chapter 8 – Diagrams: This chapter contains schematics and parts placement diagrams for all circuits. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 xi Series 8540C Universal Power Meters Appendix A - Sample Programs: This appendix provides examples for controlling the 8540C remotely over the GPIB. Appendix B – Power Sensors: This appendix provides selection data, specifications and calibration procedures. Appendix C - Options: This appendix describes options available for the Series 8540C. Index: A comprehensive word index of the various elements of the 8540C manual. Changes that occur after publication of the manual, and Special Configuration data will be inserted as loose pages in the manual binder. Please insert and/or replace the indicated pages as detailed in the Technical Publication Change Instructions included with new and replacement pages. xii Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Conventions The following conventions are used in this product manual. Additional conventions not included here will be defined at the time of usage. Warning WARNING The WARNING statement is enclosed in dashed lines and centered in the page. This calls attention to a situation, or an operating or maintenance procedure, or practice, which if not strictly corrected or observed, could result in injury or death of personnel. An example is the proximity of high voltage. Caution CAUTION The CAUTION statement is enclosed with single lines and centered in the page. This calls attention to a situation, or an operating or maintenance procedure, or practice, which if not strictly corrected or observed, could result in temporary or permanent damage to the equipment, or loss of effectiveness. Notes ☛ NOTE: A NOTE Highlights or amplifies an essential operating or maintenance procedure, practice, condition or statement. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 xiii Series 8540C Universal Power Meters Symbols Block diagram symbols frequently used in the manual are illustrated below. Course Fine STEP ATTEN YIG MOD Pulse Modulator YIG-Tuned Oscillator Mixer Switch PIN-Diode Leveler LOW PASS DAC Digital to Analog Converter Step Attenuator LVL RF Level Detector Coupler V Fixed Reference Oscillator Filter VoltageControlled Oscillator DIV N R Step-Recovery Diode Multiplier xiv Digital Data Phase Lock Loop Frequency Divider Isolator Amplifier Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Record of Manual Changes This table is provided for your convenience to maintain a permanent record of manual change data. Corrected replacement pages will be issued as Technical Publication Change Instructions, and will be inserted at the front of the binder. Remove the corresponding old pages, insert the new pages, and record the changes here. Change Instruction Number Change Instruction Date Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Date Entered Comments xv Series 8540C Universal Power Meters xvi Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Special Configurations When the accompanying product has been configured for user-specific application(s), supplemental pages will be inserted at the front of the manual binder. Remove the indicated page(s) and replace it (them) with the furnished Special Configuration supplemental page(s). Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 xvii Series 8540C Universal Power Meters xviii Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 1 Introduction 1.1 Description The Series 8540C is a digital-controlled, self-calibrating power meter. It can measure RF and microwave signal power over a wide range of frequencies and levels in a variety of measurement modes. They can be operated locally from the front panel or remotely over the General Purpose Interface Bus (GPIB). See Section 1.3 for performance specifications. The Series 8540C is available as the single-channel Model 8541C or the dual-channel Model 8542C, which can simultaneously measure and display signal data for two channels. The 8540C and the Series 80600 line of power sensors offer enhanced performance in the measurement of complex modulation signals in the communication industry. The 8540C maintains all the functionality of Giga-tronics 8540B power meters as well as compatibility with all existing power sensor models. 1.1.1 Features • • • • • • • CW, modulated and peak power sensors > 2000 readings/second in the Fast Buffered Mode (GPIB only) 90 dB dynamic range CW sensors +0.5% linearity True dual-channel display HP 438A, 437B, and 436 native mode emulation (GPIB only) EEPROM based CAL FACTOR correction sensors • • Modulated Average Power (MAP) mode Pulse Average Power (PAP) mode • • Burst Average Power (BAP) mode Wide modulation bandwidth – The 8540C is capable of accurately measuring signals with modulation frequencies up to 1.5 MHz with the 80601A sensor Dual-channel modulated measurements with the 8542C and 80400 or 80600 series power sensors Time-gating (Option 11) allows you to specify a time period referenced to a rear panel trigger during which power measurements are taken Password protection against unauthorized changes in data stored in EEPROMs • • • Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 1-1 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 1.1.2 Performance Characteristics Performance specifications for models in the 8540C are presented in Section 1.3. Sensor specifications are contained in Appendix B. Options are detailed in Appendix C. 1.1.3 Weight and Dimensions Series 8540C instruments weigh 10 lbs. (nominal). Dimensions are 3.5" high x 8.4" wide x 14.5" deep. 1.1.4 Power Requirements 100/120/220/240 Vac ±10%, 48-440 Hz, 20 W, typical. See Section 1.2.1 for details to set the voltage and install the correct fuse for the area in which the instrument will be used. 1.1.5 Environmental Requirements The Series 8540C instruments are type tested to MIL-T-28800E, Type III, Class 5 for Navy shipboard, submarine and shore applications except as follows: • • • • 1.1.6 Operating temperature range is 0 °C to 50 °C (calibrator operating temperature range is 5 °C to 35 °C). Non-operating (storage) temperature range is -40 °C to +70 °C. Relative humidity is limited to 95% non-condensing. Altitude and EMI requirements are not specified. Items Furnished In addition to options and/or accessories specifically ordered, items furnished with the instrument are: 1 ea. - Power Cord 1 ea. - Detachable Sensor Cable (for Model 8541C), or 2 ea. - Detachable Sensor Cables (for Model 8542C) 1 ea. - Operation Manual 1.1.7 Items Required The 8540C requires an external power sensor; see Appendix B for Power Sensor Specifications. 1.1.8 Tools and Test Equipment No special tools are required to operate the 8540C. Test equipment required for calibration or performance verification is described in Chapter 4. 1.1.9 Cooling No cooling is required if the instrument is operated within its specified operating temperature range (0 to 50 ° C). 1-2 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Introduction 1.1.10 Cleaning The front panel can be cleaned using a cloth dampened with a mild detergent; wipe off the detergent residue with a damp cloth and dry with a dry cloth. Solvents and abrasive cleaners should not be used. 1.1.11 Installation and Preparation for Use The instrument is shipped in an operational condition and no special installation procedures are required. 1.1.12 Receiving Inspection Use care in removing the instrument from the carton and check immediately for physical damage, such as bent or broken connectors on the front and rear panels, dents or scratches on the panels, broken extractor handles, etc. Check the shipping carton for evidence of physical damage and immediately report any damage to the shipping carrier. Each Giga-tronics instrument must pass rigorous inspections and tests prior to shipment. Upon receipt, its performance should be verified to ensure that operation has not been impaired during shipment. The performance verification procedure is described in Chapter 5 of this manual. 1.1.13 Preparation for Reshipment Follow these instructions if it is necessary to return the product to the factory. To protect the instrument during reshipment, use the best packaging materials available. If possible use the original shipping container. If this is not possible, a strong carton or a wooden box should be used Wrap the instrument in heavy paper or plastic before placing it in the shipping container. Completely fill the areas on all sides of the instrument with packaging material. Take extra precautions to protect the front and rear panels. FRAGILE — Seal the package with strong tape or metal bands. Mark the outside of the package “FRAGILE DELICATE INSTRUMENT” INSTRUMENT . If corresponding with the factory or local Giga-tronics sales office regarding reshipment, please reference the full model number and serial number. If the instrument is being reshipped for repair, enclose all available pertinent data regarding the problem that has been found. NOTE: If you are returning an instrument to Giga-tronics for service, first contact Customer Service at 800.444.2878 or Fax at 925.328.4702 so that a return ☛ Giga-tronics authorization number can be assigned. You can also contact Customer Service via our e-mail address repairs@gigatronics.com. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 1-3 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 1.2 Safety Precautions This instrument has a 3-wire power cord with a 3-terminal polarized plug for connection to the power source and safety-ground. The ground (or safety ground) is connected to the chassis. WARNING If a 3-to-2 wire adapter is used, connect the ground lead from the adapter to earth ground. Failure to do this can cause the instrument to float above earth ground, posing a shock hazard. The 8540C is designed for international use with source voltages of 100, 120, 220, or 240 Vac, ±10% at 50 to 400 Hz. The 8540C uses an internationally approved connector that includes voltage selection, fuse, and filter for RFI protection (see Figure 1-1). CAUTION The instrument can be damaged if connected to a source voltage with the line voltage selector set incorrectly. Before connecting the instrument to power, make sure that the line voltage selector is set for the correct source voltage. 1.2.1 Line Voltage and Fuse Selection The instrument is shipped in an operational condition and no special installation procedures are required except to check and/or set the operating voltage and fuse selection as described in the following. When the instrument is shipped from the factory, it is set for a power line voltage (120 Vac for domestic destinations). The power line fuse for this setting is 0.50 A Slo-Blo. If the source voltage is to be 220 to 240 Vac, the fuse must be changed to 0.35 A Slo-Blo (see Figure 1-1). 110 120 VOLTAGE SELECTION WHEEL COVER FUSE AND FUSE HOLDER AC POWER INPUT Figure 1-1: Voltage Selector and Fuse Holder 1-4 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Introduction The voltage selector and fuse holder are both contained in the covered housing directly above the AC power connector on the rear panel. To gain access to them, use a small screwdriver or similar tool to snap open the cover and proceed as follows: 1. To change the voltage setting: Use the same tool to remove the voltage selector (a small barrel-shaped component marked with voltage settings). Rotate the selector so that the desired voltage faces outward and replace the selector back in its slot. Close the housing cover; the appropriate voltage should be visible through the window (see Figure 1-1). 2. To replace the fuse: Pull out the small drawer on the right side of the housing (marked with an arrow) and remove the old fuse. Replace with a new fuse, insert the drawer and close the housing cover (see Figure 1-1). 1.2.2 Power Sensor Precautions Power sensor safety precautions, selection, specifications, and calibration are detailed in Appendix B to this manual. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 1-5 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 1.3 8540C System Specifications 1.3.1 Power Meter Frequency Range: Power Range: 10 MHz to 40 GHz1 -70 dBm to +47 dBm (100 pW to 50 Watt)1 Single Sensor Dynamic Range: CW Power Sensors: 90 dB1 Peak Power Sensors: 40 dB Peak, 50 dB CW Modulation Sensors: 87 dB CW; 80 dB MAP/PAP; 60 dB BAP Display Resolution: 1.3.2 User-selective from 1 dB to 0.001 dB in Log mode and from 1 to 4 digits of display resolution in Linear mode. Accuracy Calibrator Power Sweep calibration signal to dynamically linearize the sensors Frequency: 50 MHz nominal Settability: The 1 mW (0.0dBm) level in the Power Sweep Calibrator is factory set to ±0.7% traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology. Measure with 15 seconds of setting calibrator to 0.0 dBm. 0.0dBm Accuracy: ±1.2% worst case for one year over a temperature range of 5 to 35 °C Connector: VSWR: Type N, 50 Ω <1.05 (Return Loss >33 dB) System Linearity at 50 MHz for Standard Sensors: Temperature Coefficient of Linearity: ±0.02 dB over any 20 dB range from -70 to +16 dBm ±0.02 dB ±0.05 dB/dB from +16 to +20 dBm ±0.04 dB from -70 to +16 dBm <0.3%/ °C temperature change following Power Sweep Calibration. 24-hour warm-up required. Zeroing Accuracy (CW (Standard Sensors): Zero Set Zero Drift Noise <±50 pW2 <±100 pW with 80400A and 80600A Series Modulation Power Sensors <±100 pW during 1 hour 2, 3 <±200 pW with 80400A and 80600A Series Sensors <±50 pW measured over any 1 minute interval. Three standard deviations.2 <±100 pW with 80400A and 80600A Series Sensors Notes: 1. 2. 1-6 Depending on sensor used (see Power Sensor details in Appendix B). Specifications applies at -50 dBm for 803XXA Standard sensors. When measuring power levels Po other than -50 dBm, divide noise and zero specifications by (10 -Po/10)/(10-5). For other 80300 Series CW Sensors, specification applies at 20 dB above the minimum specified reading level. For Peak Sensors, see Appendix B and the 80350A Series Peak Power Sensor Data Sheet. Specified performance applies with Maximum averaging and 24 hour warm-up temperature vision <3 °C. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Introduction 3. Zero Drift Measurement a. Set the meters Average to 512. Perform Calibration. Connect a 50-ohm load to the sensor after Calibration and Zero meter. b. c. d. e. f. 1.3.3 Temperature stabilize at 25 °C for 24 hours. After the 24 hour stabilization at 25 °C, perform a Zero Drift test. Zero meter and take an initial measurement reading. Take one reading every 10 minutes until the one hour period elapses. Plot the 6 readings, Zero Drift should be ±100pW. Uncertainty Due to Instrument Linearity & Zero Set vs. Noise 3 Typical Error (dB) 2 1 0 -1 -2 SENSORS -3 80301A 80310A 80320A 80321A 80322A 80325A 80330A 80401A (CW) 80401A (MAP, PAP) 80401 (BAP) 80601 (CW) 80601 (MAP, PAP) 80601 (BAP) -70 -64 -60 -50 -40 -40 -30 -67 -60 -40 -60 -55 -40 -60 -54 -50 -40 -30 -30 -20 -57 -50 -33 -50 -45 -33 -50 -44 -40 -30 -20 -20 -10 -47 -40 -27 -40 -35 -27 -40 -34 -30 -20 -10 -10 0 -37 -30 -21 -30 -25 -21 -30 -20 -10 -24 -14 -4 -20 -10 0 -10 0 10 0 0 20 0 10 20 10 20 -27 -17 -7 -20 -10 0 -15 -9 -33 -20 0 10 -15 -5 5 -15 -9 -33 Input (dBM) 0 6 10 20 20 30 10 16 20 30 40 40 3 10 9 20 15 9 13 20 15 20 15 20 26 30 40 44 50 20 Figure 1-2: Uncertainty Due to Linearity & Zero Set 1.3.4 Measurement Rates Measurement speed increases significantly using the 8540C data storage capabilities. Storing data in the power meter’s memory for later downloading to your controller reduces GPIB protocol overhead. Up to 128,000 readings can be buffered. Table 1-1 illustrates typical maximum measurement rates for different measurement collection modes. The rate of measurement depends on several factors including the controller speed and the number of averages. The Fast Buffered Mode speed does not include bus communication time. Table 1-1: Collection Modes Measurement Rates Measurement Collection Mode Readings per Second (CW Measurement) Normal (TR3), Continuous Single Readings Swift Mode, Continuous or Buffered, Bus/TTL triggered Swift Mode, Continuous or Buffered, Free-run triggered Fast Buffered Mode, Buffered Data, Time Interval = 0 Fast Modulated Mode, Continuous Single Readings >30 Readings per Second (MAP, PAP, BAP Measurement) 15 >175 N/A >200 N/A 2600 N/A N/A 30 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 1-7 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters Individual data points are read immediately after measurement in the Normal mode. The Normal mode and the Swift mode both slow down at low power levels (<-37 dBm for Standard Sensors) to average the effects of noise. The Swift mode allows triggering of individual data points and can store the data in the 8540C memory. The Fast Buffered mode also buffers measurement data. Measurement timing of individual data points is controlled by setting the time interval (1 to 5000 ms) between the data points following a trigger. 1.3.5 Remote Operation GPIB Interface: Interrupts: 1.3.6 Data Buffer Control: Time Interval: dB Rel and Offset: Configuration Storage Registers: Power Requirements and Display Configuration: Pre- or Post-measurement data is collected immediately either before or after receipt of the TTL or GPIB trigger. TIME ### - controls time interval in milliseconds between measurements. Accurate to 5%, typical. User-selectable auto-averaging or manual, 1 to 512 readings. Automatic noise compression in auto averaging mode. Allows both relative readings and offset readings. Power Display can be offset by -99.999 dB to +99.999 dB to account for external loss/ gain. Allows up to 20 front panel setups plus a last instrument state at power-down to be stored and recalled from non-volatile memory. Any two of the following channel configurations simultaneously: A, B, A/B, B/A, A-B, B-A, DLYA, DLYB (provided that neither sensor is being used for MAP, BAP, PAP or BAP measurements). Remote Inputs/Outputs VPROPF Input (BNC): Corrects power readings for sensor frequency response using sweeper voltage output. Input resistance = 50K. Does not operate in the fast measurement collection modes (normal mode only). Analog Output (BNC): Provides an output voltage of 0 to 10V from either Channel A or Channel B in either Log or Lin units. Does not operate in the swift and fast measurement buffered modes. Blanking Output (BNC): TTL high during power meter zero. Can be used to shut off RF output during sensor zero. Trigger Input (BNC): GPIB Interface: 1-8 TTL or GPIB Meter Function Averaging: 1.3.8 SRQs are generated for the following conditions: Power Up, Front Panel key actuation, Operation Complete and Illegal Command and instrument self-test error. Fast Buffered Mode Controls Trigger Source: 1.3.7 All front panel operations and some GPIB-only operations to be remotely programmed in IEEE 488.2 or IEC-625 formats. Accepts a TTL trigger input signal for swift and fast measurement buffered modes. Interfaces power meter to controller, IEEE 488.2 and IEC-625 remote programming. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Introduction 1.3.9 General Specifications Temperature Range: Operating: Storage: Power Requirements: 0 to 50 °C (32 to 122 °F) -40° to 70 °C (-40° to 158 °F) 100/120/220/240Vac ±10%, 48 to 440 Hz, 20 VA typical Physical Characteristics: Dimensions: Weight: 1.3.10 4.55 kg (10 lbs) Accessories Included 1 ea 8540C Operation Manual (P/N 31470) 1 ea Power Cord 1 ea Detachable Sensor Cable (for Model 8541C) or Detachable Sensor Cables (for Model 8542C) 2 ea 1.3.11 215 mm (8.4 in) wide, 89 mm (3.5 in) high, 368 mm (14.5 in) deep Options Refer to Appendix C for a full descriptions of options. 1.3.12 OPTION 01: Rack Mount Kit. OPTION 02: Add 256K buffer for Fast Buffered Power Readings. Stores 128,000 readings. OPTION 03: 8541C Rear Panel Connections (Sensor & Calibrator - Deletes front panel connections) OPTION 04: 8542C Rear Panel Connections (Sensor & Calibrator - Deletes front panel connections) OPTION 05: Soft Carrying Case OPTION 06: Second Analog Output on 8542C (-10 V to +10 V) OPTION 07: Side Mounted Carrying Handle OPTION 08: Transit Case (includes Soft Carrying Case) OPTION 09: Dual Rack Mount Kit (with assembly instructions) OPTION 10: Dual Rack Mount Kit (factory assembled) OPTION 11: Time Gating Measurement OPTION 13: 8541C Rear Panel Connection (Sensor only - Deletes front panel sensor connection) OPTION 14: 8542C Rear Panel Connections (Sensor only - Deletes front panel sensor connections) Power Sensors See Appendix B for power sensor selection, specifications and calibration data. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 1-9 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 1-10 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2 Front Panel Operation 2.1 Introduction This chapter describes how to operate the Series 8540C Universal Power Meters. It includes descriptions of the front and rear panels, configuration, display menus, and practical applications. Section 2.2 describes the front panel; Section 2.3 describes the rear panel; Section 2.4 presents Configuration procedures; Section 2.5 describes the display submenus, and Section 2.6 offers guidelines for practical applications. See Chapter 3 for information on remote operation with the General Purpose Interface Bus (GPIB). 2.2 The Front Panel Although the 8540C has many modes of operation, the front panel design is very simple. The instrument is configured and controlled by means of displayed menus, which can be accessed and controlled with front panel pushbuttons. The dual-channel Model 8542C front panel is illustrated in Figure 2-1. The single-channel Model 8541C is the same in appearance but does not include Channel B. 8542C U n i v e r s a l P o w e r M e t e r C A L I B R AT E A B A B ZERO CAL MENU ESCAPE 0 . 25 5 . 61 P K d Bm d Bm A B FREQ dB/mW M O D E M O D E REL RECALL E N T E R GPIB CW MOD AVG PEAK PULSE AVG BURST AVG OFFSET FREQ CORR AVG CW MOD AVG PEAK PULSE AVG BURST AVG OFFSET FREQ CORR AVG REMOTE SRQ TALK LISTEN POWER 1 0 LOCAL Figure 2-1: 8542C Front Panel Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-1 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 2.2.1 Calibrator The CALIBRATOR connector provides a reference power output for calibrating the amplitude response of a power sensor. The frequency of the output is fixed at 50 MHz. The level of the output is programmable. During a calibration run, the output level automatically sweeps from -30 dBm to +20 dBm in 1-dB steps. 2.2.2 Display Window A two-line alphanumeric LCD screen displays measurements and configuration data. 2.2.3 LEDs The LEDs to the right of the display window indicate operating modes and GPIB status. The column of LEDs can also be configured for use as a peaking meter display. 2.2.4 Power The push-push power switch turns line power on and off. 2.2.5 Front Panel Keys The front panel keys are located below the display window, and function as described below: ZERO/CAL This key is for zeroing and calibration of a power sensor. If zeroing and calibration are both required, the sensor must first be connected to the CALIBRATOR output connector. When the ZERO/CAL key is pressed, the sensor is zeroed, and then calibrated by an automatic program, which tests the sensor’s response to different reference power levels and stores the resulting data in the 8540C memory. For zeroing only, the sensor does need not to be connected to the CALIBRATOR output. If the ZERO/CAL key is pressed when the sensor is not connected to that output, the 8540C performs the zeroing function only. When zeroing a sensor, it is best to connect the sensor to the device under test exactly as it will be used in measurement, and deactivate the RF output of that device. Zeroing the sensor in place is the best way to counteract system noise which could significantly effect low-level measurements. The RF Blanking output signal, which goes low during sensor zeroing, is provided by a BNC on the rear panel; this can be used as a control signal to turn off the RF source. All active sensors should be zeroed whenever any sensor (whether it is calibrated or not) is added or removed. 2-2 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Front Panel Operation FREQ This key specifies the frequency of an input signal, so that the 8540C can apply the appropriate frequency-specific cal factor to the measurement. These cal factors are retrieved from the sensor EEPROM. If the frequency of the input signal changes so often that it is impractical to keep entering the frequency with the FREQ key, the frequency information can be conveyed to the 8540C by the use of a voltage input that is proportional to frequency (see the VPROPF connector on the rear panel). When the 8540C is controlled remotely over the GPIB, the frequency information can be sent over the bus. REL This key is for relative measurements (measurement values are not absolute but are expressed in dB relative to a reference level). The REL key establishes the currently measured power level as the reference for all subsequent measurements. Press [REL] a second time to disable relative measurement. MENU/ESCAPE The MENU key accesses the configuration menus. It also functions as the ESCAPE key because it exits a configuration menu, abandoning any configuration choices that were made within the menu up to that point. dBm/mW This key toggles between logarithmic measurement units (dBm, which is the default condition) and linear units (mW). The display can be configured to use both units simultaneously, but this must be done through the Meas Setup configuration menu). RECALL The recall button retrieves a stored configuration of the 8540C (configurations are saved in registers 1 through 20, using the Save Setup configuration menu). Use the left/right cursor keys to choose between Preset and Reg#, and the up/down cursor keys to select a register number. Choosing the Preset configuration restores the 8540C default conditions (it does not undo the calibration of the sensors, however). Choosing register 0 restores the conditions which existed prior to the last configuration change. ENTER/LOCAL The ENTER key makes menu selections and enters selected option or values. It is also called the LOCAL key because it switches from remote control to local control. Cursor Keys These four keys are arranged in a diamond pattern and move the display vertically through available submenus, and move the display cursor (underline) horizontally within specific menus. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-3 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 2.2.6 Sensor Inputs The A and B sensor input connectors (located directly below the CALIBRATOR connector) connect the cables from the power sensors to the power meter. In instruments with Option 03, the sensor inputs are reloctated to the rear panel. CAUTION When connecting sensor cables to these inputs, the cable pins must be aligned properly. Orient the cable so that the guide on the end of it aligns with the notch on the sensor input. If the connector does not seem to fit, forcing it will only damage the connector pins. 2-4 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Front Panel Operation 2.3 The Rear Panel The rear panel for the 8541C and 8542C are identical and are illustrated in Figure 2-2. U.S. Patent 4,794,325 LINE VOLTAGE SELECTION OPTION 01 WARNING For continued fire protection replace fuse with same type and rating 120Vac Fuse 110/120V~ T250 .5A 220/240V~ T250V .25A WARNING No operator serviceable parts inside. Refer servicing to service trained personnel GPIB Contrast RF Blanking Spare I/O Trigger Input ~ Line 48 - 440Hz 50VA MAX V ∞ F In Analog Output Figure 2-2: 8540C Rear Panel 2.3.1 Inputs & Outputs BNCs Five BNC-type connectors provide input and output signals for interfacing the 8540C to other equipment. • • • • • RF Blanking provides a TTL output that goes high during zeroing of a sensor to send a temporary RF OFF trigger to a signal source. Trigger Input accepts a TTL input for triggering of high speed measurements under GPIB control. V α F In accepts a voltage input that is proportional to frequency and causes the 8540C to apply appropriate frequency-related cal factors. Analog Output provides an output voltage that is proportional to the measured power level. Spare I/O is for a second Analog Output when Option 06 is installed. Others • • GPIB (a 24-pin connector to connect the 8540C to other equipment over the GPIB). Line Voltage Selection houses the ac power connector and includes the fuse and line voltage selector (see Section 1.2.1 for setting the voltage and fuse). Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-5 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 2.4 Configuring the 8540C The 8540C front panel LCD window normally displays measurement data, but it also displays configuration menus. To select the menu mode, press [MENU]. While in menu mode, the display can be returned to the measurement mode by pressing [MENU] again (in this context, the MENU button is the ESCAPE button). The 8540C can be password-protected to prevent unauthorized changes in Calibrator and Cal Factor data stored in EEPROMs in the 8540C or its sensors. It is activated with the front panel menus (see Section 2.4.3 for a description of the menus and their usage). The 8540C is shipped from the factory with no password specified. 2.4.1 How the Menus Work There is a hierarchy of menus; each line on the main menu represents a submenu, and some of the items on those submenus are further submenus. Menus are displayed one line at a time, with the word more accompanied by up or down arrows to indicate whether there are additional lines above or below the line currently displayed. The Up/Down cursor buttons also browse through the lines of a menu. To select the currently displayed line, press [ENTER]. When an entry window is reached (that is, when the line that has been selected represents a configuration choice to be made, not a submenu), the cursor buttons (usually the Left/Right buttons) are step through the list of choices. If a numeric value is to be entered, a base value is displayed, and the cursor buttons increment or decrement this value (the Left/Right cursor buttons select a digit, and the Up/Down cursor buttons then step the value of that digit up or down). After the desired value is set, or the desired choice selected, press [ENTER]. ☛ NOTE: If you leave the menu mode without pressing [ENTER], the selections you made will not take effect. Entering a selection usually returns the display window to the measurement mode. However, if the selection you made requires further configuration choices, another menu may be displayed. The menus are dynamic rather than fixed; the display adapts itself to the current operating mode and the type of sensor or sensors connected. For example, the DLY measurement options are applicable only to peak power measurement; therefore, the menu displays these options only if a peak sensor is attached and is set up to measure peak power. 2-6 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Front Panel Operation 2.4.2 Menu Structure Table 2-1 illustrates the menu structure. For specific information about the individual menu items, see Section 2.5. The format of these menus, as they are actually displayed, is context-dependent; some menu options shown here may not be displayed if they are not applicable to the sensors that are currently connected, or if they are not applicable to the measurement mode that is currently selected. For example, menu options related to the PAP mode will not be displayed if a CW sensor is attached, because a CW sensor cannot be used in the PAP mode. Table 2-1: Configuration Menu Structure Main Menu Item Subsequent Menus / Entry Windows Top Line A, B, A/B, ..., OFF Bot Line Choose from: OFF, A, B, A/B, B/A, A-B, B-A, DLYA, DLYB [The format of this entry window is particularly subject to context-dependent variations; see Section 2.5.1] Average Avg A Avg B Choose from: Auto, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 Offset A (dB) B (dB) [increment or decrement the displayed value] Resolution Top Line = x.xx Bot Line = x.xx [adjust left or right as needed] Peak Hold Choose from: OFF, ON Crest Factor Choose from: OFF, ON Min/Max Choose from: OFF, ON (and Bottom Line/Top Line if applicable) Limits Top Line Bot Line Choose from: OFF, ON [if ON is chosen, the limits must be defined; increment or decrement] dBm/mW Setup Top Line Bot Line Choose from: Lin, Log Rel Setup Top Line Bot Line Choose from: ON, OFF Advanced Burst Start Exclude Num. of Samples: A Num. of Samples: B [increment or decrement] Meas Setup Burst End Exclude Burst Dropout Time: A / Time: B Choose from: .017, .026, .035, etc (values in ms). Sensor Setup: CW sensor (No configuration is required if a CW sensor is connected.) Sensor Setup: Peak Sensor CW (No further configuration is required if CW is selected.) Int Set Trig Level (dBm) [select A or B] [increment or decrement the displayed value] Set Samp Delay (ns) DLY Offset (ns) Ext Set Trig Level (V) Set Samp Delay (ns) DLY Offset (ns) Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-7 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters Table 2-1: Configuration Menu Structure (Continued) Main Menu Item Sensor Setup: Modulation Sensor [80400 Series] Subsequent Menus / Entry Windows CW (No further configuration is required if CW is selected.) Modulated Avg (No further configuration is required if Modulated Avg is selected.) Pulse Avg Duty Cycle [increment or decrement the displayed value] Burst Avg (No further configuration is required if Burst Avg is selected.) [select A or B] Ref Power On/Off Choose from: On or Off Config Peaking Meter Choose from: Status, PkA, PkB GPIB Mode Choose from: 8541, 8542, 436A, 437B, 438A Address Choose from: 0-30 (listen & talk), 40 (listen only) and 50 (talk only). Std Output [if Option 06 is installed, there are two outputs; if so, select OFF in order to get to the menu for that option] Choose from: Off, Bot Line, Top Line Mode Choose from: Log, Lin V prop F [select A or B] Choose from: OFF, ON Freq. at 0 Volts (GHz) Scale Factor (V/GHz) [increment or decrement the displayed values] Sound Choose from: ON, OFF Sensor ROM [select A or B] Choose from a wide variety of parameters that can be set. Calibrator Power Choose from: OFF, or a value in dBm [increment or decrement the displayed value]. EEPROM [data to be entered: Serial#, Cal Factor, Date, Time, WRITE ] WRITE: CALIB Clear, or PASSWORD Set Analog Out Service Save Setup 2-8 If ON is selected, two values must be defined Test Functions Choose from a wide variety of diagnostic tests. Software Version Displays information about the currently installed software. Clear All Memory Clear RAMs of configuration data. Save to Reg# [specify a number from 1 to 20] Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Front Panel Operation 2.4.3 Password Protection The password feature prevents unauthorized changes in Calibrator and Cal Factor data stored in EEPROMs in the 8540C or its sensors. It is activated with the front panel menus (see Table 2-1 for a description of the menus and their usage). The 8540C is shipped from the factory with no password specified. To get to PASSWORD set, select the Service menu, then the Calibrator submenu (or the Sensor ROM submenu to provide password protection of sensor memory). Then select EEPROM, then WRITE. At WRITE, the choice is between CALIB Clear and PASSWORD Set; select the latter. The password is a numeric code. To enter it, use the cursor keys to increment or decrement the digits displayed in the screen and press [ENTER]. Press [ENTER] again to confirm the password. The password is now stored in the 8540C memory, and EEPROM data cannot be changed without entering the password. The password can be changed or cleared by repeating the above steps and entering the existing password, then set a new password by selecting SET. Clear the password by selecting CLEAR, or just rewrite the data by selecting ON. If a password was set previously and is not known, you can disable password protection by moving the A2W1 jumper on the Analog PC board (A2) from the factory-set position A to position B. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-9 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 2.5 The Submenus 2.5.1 A, B, A/B, ..., Off This submenu determines what will be shown on the top and bottom lines of the display window. The existing measurement setup determines which choices are shown in the menu; options which do not apply to the power meter and its sensors, as they are currently configured, will not be shown. The top and bottom lines of the display are configured independently; use the up/down cursor keys to choose the top or bottom line, then use the right/left cursor keys to choose one of the available display formats. Any of the options shown below can be selected for either the top line or the bottom line. A the display line for Sensor A B the display line for Sensor B (Model 8542C only) A/B the reading of Sensor A divided by the reading of Sensor B (Model 8542C only) B/A the reading of Sensor B divided by the reading of Sensor A (Model 8542C only) A-B the reading of Sensor A less the reading of Sensor B (Model 8542C only) B-A the reading of Sensor B less the reading of Sensor A (Model 8542C only) Display Line Formats for the CW Mode TOP or BOTTOM: A B A/B B/A A-B B-A OFF The top and bottom line settings are chosen as a unit for the PEAK mode. One line of the display shows the measurement, and the other line shows the delay value. The choices in this mode are: Display Window Formats for the PEAK Mode 2.5.2 TOP: A B DLYA DLYB BOTTOM: DLYA DLYB A B Meas Setup This submenu is defines conditions of measurement for each sensor. The items on the submenu are: Avg, Offset, Resolution, Min/Max, Limits, dBm/mW, and Relative. Use the up/down cursor keys to view these items, and the ENTER key to select one of them. Average Measurements can be averaged over a period of time which is referred to as the filter time. Increasing the filter time increases the stability of the display, at the cost of increased time required for a measurement. The filter time is equal to 40 ms times the averaging factor (for an averaging factor of 1, the filter time is equal to 40 ms or the reading update time, whichever is greater). To increase measurement speed, choose a lower averaging factor. The choices are: AUTO, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, and 512. Use the up/down cursor keys to view these choices, and the Enter key to select one of them. If AUTO is selected, the filter time is automatically adjusted for the ambient noise level. 2-10 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Front Panel Operation Offset A specific offset in dB (positive or negative) can be added to the measured power. A beginning value of 0.000 dB is displayed. Use the left/right cursor keys to select a digit, and the up/down cursor keys to increment or decrement the selected digit. Use the ENTER key to select the adjusted offset value. Resolution The display resolution can be set independently for the top line and bottom line of the display. Use the up/down cursor buttons to select the top line or the bottom line. Use the right/left cursor buttons to modify the resolution as symbolized by x’s (the range of choices is x through x.xxx). Use the ENTER key to select the adjusted resolution. Peak Hold In modulated measurement modes (MAP, PAP, or BAP), this feature is holds the maximum value measured since it was enabled. The displayed value changes only when it is rising to a new maximum (or when it is reset by pressing [ENTER], in which case the displayed value drops to the present measured value and the process resumes). Crest Factor This feature is very similar to the Peak Hold feature described above, except that what is displayed is the ratio of the held maximum value to the average value, expressed in dB. Min/Max The Min/Max feature provides a continuously updated display of the highest and lowest values measured so far; both are displayed on one line, while the other line displays the current measurement of the channel being monitored. Use the Up/Down cursor buttons to select OFF, Bottom Line, or Top Line, and press [ENTER]. The line that is selected represents the channel to be monitored; the other line displays the minimum and maximum measured values. To reset these values to the current measurement, return to the Min/Max entry window and press [ENTER] twice. Limits High and low limits can be defined for each channel; if the sound function is activated, an audible tone is generated when a limit is violated. Arrows pointing up or down are displayed during a limit violation, to indicate whether the upper limit or the lower limit was violated. dBm/mW The top and bottom lines of the display can be configured for logarithmic (dBm) or linear (mW) display modes. Ratio measurements (A/B or B/A), are expressed in dBr (logarithmic) or %r (linear). Rel Setup Normally, when [REL] is pressed, each line of the display shows a relative measurement (when the key is pressed, the present measured value is recorded, and all subsequent measurements are expressed in dB or % relative to that recorded value). The Rel Setup entry menu provides a means of selectively enabling or disabling the relative measurement mode for the top line, the bottom line, or both. Use the Up/Down cursor keys to select the top line or the bottom line; then use the Right/Left cursor keys to select ON or OFF, and press [ENTER]. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-11 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters Advanced This menu includes three special features which may be of use in certain applications of the Burst Average Power measurement mode. Burst Start Exclude: This feature masks a portion of the beginning of a burst to exclude overshoot and other distortions from the measurement. The number of samples to be excluded must be defined; use the Up/Down cursor keys to select the desired number of samples, and press [ENTER] (selecting zero samples effectively disables this feature). Burst End Exclude: This feature is masks off a portion of the end of a burst to exclude overshoot and other distortions from the measurement. The number of samples to be excluded must be defined; use the Up/Down cursor keys to select the desired number of samples, and press [ENTER] (selecting zero samples effectively disables this feature). Burst Dropout: This feature is modifies the definition of a burst, so that a brief dropout is not interpreted as the end of a burst. A dropout time must be defined; use the Up/Down cursor keys to select one of a series of values displayed in ms (.17, .26, .35, etc.), and press [ENTER]. 2.5.3 Sensor Setup This menu is dynamic; its contents are determined by the type of sensor which has been connected to the selected sensor input port (the 8540C is able to identify the sensor by reading its EEPROM data). CW Sensor Setup If a CW sensor is connected, no sensor configuration is needed. Peak Sensor Setup The Series 80350A peak sensor can be used in three modes: CW, Internally Triggered and Externally Triggered. Use the Left/Right cursor buttons to select the desired mode, and press [ENTER]. CW No further configuration is required if the CW mode is selected. Int In the Internally Triggered mode, peak power will be sampled at a point which is defined by a trigger level, a delay, and a delay offset. The delay offset feature is a convenience in some applications (for example, when measuring pulse width from a point other than the trigger level, or when comparing the levels of various pulses within a pulse train). When Set Trig Level is displayed, use the cursor buttons to adjust the displayed value (in dBm), and press ENTER. When Set Samp Delay is displayed, use the cursor buttons to adjust the displayed value (in ns, µs, or ms), and press [ENTER]. When Dly Offset is displayed, use the cursor buttons to adjust the displayed value (in ns, µs, or ms), and press [ENTER]. Ext The Externally Triggered mode is very similar to the Internally Triggered mode described above, except that the basis of triggering is a voltage input from an external source. Configuration of this mode is the same as for the internal mode, except that the trigger level is specified in volts rather than dBm. 2-12 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Front Panel Operation Modulation Sensor Setup CW No further configuration is required if the CW mode is selected. Modulated Avg No further configuration is required if the Modulated Average mode is selected. Pulse Avg The Pulse Average is similar to the Modulated Average mode, except that the user is able to specify a duty cycle (for pulse modulated inputs). When Set Duty Cycle is displayed, use the cursor button to adjust the displayed value (in %), and press [ENTER]. The range is 0.001% to 99.999%. Burst Avg No further configuration is required if the Burst Average mode is selected. 2.5.4 RF Power On/Off This entry window submenu activates and deactivates the front panel CALIBRATOR output (to adjust the value of the output, see the Service submenu). Use the left/right cursor buttons to select ON or OFF, and press [ENTER]. 2.5.5 Config Peaking Meter The 20 status LEDs on the front panel can be configured to serve as a peaking meter (that is, the stack of the LEDs turn on from the bottom up to give a rough visual indication of changes in the currently measured power level). The options are Status, PkA, and PkB. If PkA is selected, the LEDs serve as a peaking meter for Channel A. If PkB is selected, they serve as a peaking meter for Channel B. If Status is selected, the LEDs revert to their original role as status indicators. GPIB This option gives the user an opportunity to specify the IEEE 488 GPIB address and the emulation mode for the 8540C. The choices of address are 0 through 30 (listen & talk), 40 (listen only), and 50 (talk only). The choices of emulation mode are 8541, 8542, 436A, 437B and 438A. Analog Out The analog output is an output voltage, proportional to measured power, that can be applied to auxiliary test equipment (such as a data recorder). The choices of output source are Top Line, Bottom Line, and Off. The choices of mode are Log and Linear. The output source choices are displayed under the heading Std Output. If Option 06 is installed, there are two outputs to be configured; in that case, select OFF under Std Output in order to reach the Option 06 configuration menu. VPROFF The VPROPF (voltage proportional to frequency) connector accepts a voltage input in the range of 0 to +10V, which the 8540C uses to determine the frequency of the RF input, so that appropriate correction factors (stored in the probe’s EEPROM) can be applied. The voltage input is supplied by a V/GHz output from the signal source. Select ON to activate this function. Two values must be defined for VPROPF: the frequency at 0 Volts (specified in GHz) and the scale factor (specified in V/GHz). The V/ GHz output connector on the frequency source is usually labeled with the scale factor. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-13 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters Sound A speaker within the chassis produces audible clicks and tones, in order to register keystrokes, and to draw attention to certain conditions (for example, if a limit has been exceeded, or a calibration process has been completed). To activate or deactivate this speaker, select ON or OFF. 2.5.6 Service Sensor ROM This menu is records data in a power sensor’s EEPROM. Select the sensor (A or B), and a series of entry windows appears. Normally, this menu is used only at the factory for instrument configuration. It should not be used in the field except under direction by the Giga-tronics customer service department. Carefully record all existing settings before changing them, so that they can be restored if necessary. Calibrator The CALIBRATOR output produces a reference signal to calibrate power sensors. The reference signal is at 50 MHz (CW); its level is programmable in 1 dB increments over a range of -30 to +20 dBm. The level at 0 dBm is factory set to ±0.7%, traceable to the National Institute of Standards Technology (within 15 seconds of setting a 0.0 dBm level). Output levels are subject to drift over time, and are considered accurate during a calibration run or within a few minutes of setting a fixed reference level. Test Functions This menu makes available a number of diagnostic tests which are normally used only by factory personnel. If you consult the Giga-tronics customer service department, you may be given instructions on how to use one or more of these tests. Software Version Selecting this menu item causes the window to display the version of software that is installed in the instrument. Clear All Memory Selecting this item causes all configuration data currently stored in the 8540C RAM to be cleared. Data stored in sensor EEPROMs is not affected. 2.5.7 Save Setup Up to twenty different configurations can be stored in non-volatile memory. When Save Setup is selected, the entry window shows Save to Reg# 1. The Up/Down cursor buttons increment or decrement the number under which the current configuration will be saved. The range of numbers is 1 to 20. A setup that has been saved in memory can be retrieved by means of the RECALL button on the front panel. 2-14 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Front Panel Operation 2.6 Measurement Guide This section of the manual presents simple guidelines for practical application of the 8540C. See Section 2.6.10 for mode restrictions. 2.6.1 Using the Power Sweep Calibrator The Power Sweep Calibrator automatically calibrates the power sensor to the power meter. The power sweep operates from -30 to +20 dBm (the complete, non-square-law operating region) and transfers the inherent linearity of an internal, thermal-based detector to the balanced diode sensors. Output is NISTtraceable at 50 MHz, 0 dBm to an accuracy of ±0.7% (±1.2% over one year). ☛ 2.6.2 NOTE: NIST is the National Institute of Standards and Technology. 806XX Sensor Operation The Series 806XX power sensors are designed for the precise measurement of signals with wide modulation bandwidths (up to 1.5 MHz). In terms of the various measurement modes (i.e., MAP, BAP, etc), the 806XX sensors are operated exactly as the Series 804XX sensors described in Section B.1. There is one distinction regarding the operation of the 806XX sensors. Below 200 MHz, the modulation bandwidth of the sensor is limited by a filter which is electronically switched in the sensor. This is done to keep the RF signal out of the base band signal processing circuitry. When a 806XX sensor is calibrated on the meter for the first time (the meter reads UNCALIBRATED before calibration), the unit is set to the default setting of MAP mode with frequency correction set to 1 GHz. This allows the sensor to measure signals with wide-bandwidth modulation. For frequencies of 200 MHz or below, the frequency correction must be set to the measurement frequency to avoid measurement error. The Series 806XX sensors are compatible with the 8541C and 8542C and later configurations. 2.6.3 Sensor Calibration The procedure for calibrating a sensor is: 1. Connect the power sensor to the 8540C power meter with the power sensor cable. 2. Connect the power sensor to the 8540C CALIBRATOR output. 3. Press ZERO/CAL. The 8540C will automatically verify that a sensor is attached to the CALIBRATOR connector. It will then zero and calibrate the sensor. Refer also to the Power Sensor Calibration Procedures in Appendix B of this manual. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-15 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 2.6.4 Zeroing at Low Power Levels The sensor should be zeroed just before recording final readings in the lower 15 dB of the power sensor’s 90 dB dynamic range (that is, for readings below -55 dBm, in the case of standard sensors). 1. Turn off the source output before you zero the sensor. The microwave source must output less than -74 dBm of total noise power during RF Blanking for proper zeroing. The source signal power should be less than -90 dBm. 2. Press the ZERO/CAL key to start the zeroing process. If more than one sensor is connected to the power meter, a channel selection menu will appear. The sensor should remain connected to the signal source during zeroing. By turning off the source instead of disconnecting the detector, the zeroing process automatically accounts for ground line voltages and connector interface EMF. ☛ NOTE: Sufficient time must be allowed for the module to reach thermal equilibrium with the source. This could be up to 15 minutes for moderate initial temperature differences. CAUTION Sensor diodes can be destroyed by momentary or continuous exposure to excess input power. The maximum power (peak or average) that can be applied to the detector elements without resulting damage is printed on the side of the sensor housing. For standard CW sensors, and peak power sensors, this maximum level is +23 dBm (200 mW). Standard sensors should not be used above +20 dBm (100 mW), because this may degrade the sensor’s performance even if it does not burn out the diodes. When measuring pulsed signals, it is important to remember that the peak power may be much greater than the average power (it depends upon the duty cycle). It is possible to overload the sensor with a pulsed signal, even though the average power of the signal is far below the maximum level. To measure higher power levels, use a high power sensor, or else reduce the signal amplitude using a directional coupler or a precision attenuator. 2.6.4.1 Low Level Performance Check This procedure provides a quick-check list for evaluating meter/sensor performance for low-level measurements. It is not intended to verify performance of specifications such as Noise, Temperature Coefficient and Zero Set. For complete verification, please refer to sections one and five in the power meter operation manual. 1. 2-16a This test is meant to check the low level performance of the meter and sensor. In order to do so, the meter and sensor should first be separated from any external amplifiers, test systems, etc. Turn the meter on and allow stabilization at ambient for a minimum of 30 minutes. Connect the sensor cable to the meter and the sensor to the calibrator output port. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Front Panel Operation 2. Calibration.. Calibrate the power meter by pressing the Zero/Cal button. ☛ NOTE: During calibration an approximate zero is established for calibration purposes only. This zero is not valid for actual measurements and can limit the measurement range as high as -50 dBm. For proper low-level measurements, the sensor must be zeroed at the test port of the system being tested. Zeroing at the test port provides corrections for ground line voltages and connector interface EMF. 3. Zeroing. Validation of meter and sensor noise floor will be checked using an attenuator or termination. Connect the attenuator or termination to the sensor and allow the unit to stabilize for 3 minutes. The sensor must be thermally stabilized for proper zeroing. If the thermal condition of the sensor varies during the zero procedure, the zero will not be valid. 4. Set averaging to 512 and configure for CW operation. After the unit has thermally stabilized, push the Cal/Zero button. 5. Immediately after zeroing, confirm that the meter reading is at least 3 dB below the minimum CW operating range of the sensor. This checks the noise floor and zero set capabilities of the meter and sensor. 6. Zero Drift. Zero Drift is a measure of the change in noise over time. Each family sensor will have a specified expectation of drift over a one-hour period. To confirm, set the meter to linear display (Watts) after verifying noise floor and check that the display does not drift beyond specification over a one-hour period. Verification for specifications such as noise, zero drift and temperature coefficient of linearity are difficult, time consuming tests. This checklist is useful to quickly determine if there is a catastrophic system failure. Failure to meet the above guidelines is not necessarily an indication of specification failure. Final confirmation of system specification performance is achieved using the verification procedures found in the meter operation manual. 2.6.5 Measuring Source Output Power The procedure is: 1. Connect the power sensor to the RF output of the microwave source. 2. Verify that the microwave source RF output is ON. 3. Press [FREQ]; enter the operating frequency (use the cursor keys to adjust the value), and press [OK]. 4. The 8540C will now display the microwave source output power. Adjust the source amplitude to the desired level. The 8540C responds rapidly to amplitude changes. Ranging is automatically performed in real time through a 90 dB dynamic range using CW or modulated sensors. The peak sensor dynamic range is 40 dB Peak and 50 dB CW. Entering the operating frequency enables the 8540C to automatically apply frequency calibration factors appropriate to the sensor being used. The operating frequency can be communicated to the 8540C using the front panel menus, the GPIB, or the V PROPF voltage input. (The input connector for the VPROPF function is labeled V α F In on the 8540C rear panel.) Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-17a Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 2.6.6 Using the Peaking Meter The LEDs on the right side of the 8540C front panel can be configured as a 20-segment bar graph. 1. Press [MENU]. Select the Config menu. Select Peaking meter. 2. Use the cursor to select PkA or PkB, and press [ENTER]. 3. Adjust the source’s amplitude control and observe the peaking meter. The LED bar graph provides a linear display of power level on a decade range basis. For example, a power level of 3 dBm produces an approximate 50% response on the peaking meter. 2.6.7 High Power Level Measurements High power amplifiers and transmitters can damage standard sensors. Use only high power sensors to measure these devices without using attenuators and measurements. For example, if the output of an RF source is amplified to +30 dBm (1 Watt), this signal cannot be measured directly using a standard sensor because the sensor’s maximum input level is +23 dBm (and any level above +20 dBm is potentially harmful to a standard sensor). The signal would have to be attenuated, and the attenuation would have to be corrected for by means of a measurement offset. However, if a 5 Watt high power sensor is used, any power level up to +37 dBm can be measured directly without the use of an attenuator. 2.6.7.1 Calibration and Zeroing for High Power Sensors with Removable Attenuators High power sensors must be calibrated to the power meter with the attenuator removed. The power meter automatically recognizes the sensor type and compensates for the attenuator. Do not enter an offset factor to account for the attenuator loss. The sensor frequency calibration factors correct for the combined frequency response for the sensor and attenuator. Because the sensor and attenuator are a matched set, the serial numbers of the sensor and attenuator are identical. Do not use attenuators from other high power sensors. 1. Remove the high power attenuator from the sensor. 2. Connect the sensor to be calibrated from Channel A or B to the Calibrator Output. 3. Press the [CAL/ZERO] hardkey. The meter will automatically zero and calibrate the sensor. 4. Reconnect the high power attenuator to the sensor. ☛ 2-18a NOTE: There are alignment marks (arrows) on the sensor and attenuator. To reduce measurement uncertainty, align the arrows when reconnecting the attenuator to the sensor. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Front Panel Operation 2.6.8 Modulated Measurement Modes The 8540C series of power meters expands upon the capabilities of the previous 8540 power meters in a number of ways. In the past, power measurements of modulated signals (pulse, multi-tone, AM, etc.) required that the signals be attenuated to levels less than -20 dBm to avoid errors due to sensor nonlinearity. The 8540C with a 80401A series sensor, eliminates this restriction, and brings the speed and accuracy of diode sensors to the power measurement of modulated signals. Basic measurement procedures are presented below, along with some useful tips on how to get the most out of the modulated measurement modes. The new modulated measurement modes are available through the sensor setup menu when the active sensor a modulated series. The 8540C features three modulated measurement modes: • • • Modulated Average Power (MAP) Pulse Average Power (PAP) Burst Average Power (BAP) MAP and PAP modes measure the true average power of modulated and pulsed signals. PAP mode differs from MAP mode only in that it allows you to specify a duty cycle figure, which is automatically factored into the measurement. In BAP mode, the true average power within the pulse is measured (the pulse pattern is detected automatically, so there is no need for you to specify the duty cycle). MAP Mode The Modulated Average Power (MAP) mode measures RF signals, which are amplitude modulated, pulse modulated, or both. In the MAP mode the 8540C calculates the average RF power received by the sensor over a period of time controlled by the time constant of the internal digital filter. The result is comparable to measurement by a thermal power sensor. In this mode, the 8540C measures the average power of CW and modulated signals, such as: • • • • • AM Two-tone Multi-carrier Pulse modulation Digital modulation (QPSK, QAM, etc...) For example, if an RF signal pulse modulated at 50 Hz with a 10% duty cycle is measured with the averaging factor set to 128, the filter setting time will be 5.12 seconds (40 ms times 128) and each reading will include 256 pules (50 Hz times 5.12 seconds); the measured power reading will be 10% of the peak power during pulse ON periods. Because the signal is modulated at a low pulse rate (below about 1 kHz), the 8540C will synchronize the readings precisely with the start of a pulse so that each displayed reading is averaged over a whole number of pulses (that is, there are no fractional pulses included in the measurement). This eliminates a significant amount of noise from the readings. It is important to remember that even though the filter settling time has been set to a long time constant of 5.12 seconds, the update rate of the meter will be much faster, and even the first reading will be very close to the fully settled value. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-19a Series 8540C Universal Power Meters PAP Mode The Pulse Average Power (PAP) mode is similar to the MAP mode, but it measures pulse-modulated signals having a known duty cycle. You can specify this duty cycle and the 8540C will automatically correct the measurements so that the displayed readings indicate the peak RF power during pulse ON periods. For example, when measuring a pulse modulated signal with 50% duty cycle, MAP mode would give a reading 3 dB lower than the reading that would be given by PAP mode with the duty cycle factor set to 50%. ☛ NOTE: The duty cycle correction presumes a perfectly rectangular profile for the RF pulse shape. Any abnormality such as overshoot, undershoot, slow rise time or fall time, inaccuracy of the duty cycle, or deviation from a flat pulse response will cause errors in the indicated reading. BAP Mode Power The Burst Average Power (BAP) mode measures the average power during an RF burst. This mode is very useful for measurement of pulse modulated signals which are not flat or have amplitude modulation during the pulse ON period, as in the case of TDMA (Time Division Multiple Access) communications signals. In this mode, the 8540C recognizes the beginning and end of a burst of RF power and takes an average of the power during that burst. The RF level can vary over a wide range during the burst as long as it remains above a noise threshold, which is automatically calculated by the 8540C. As soon as the RF power drops below the noise threshold, the RF burst is complete and all further readings are discarded until the next burst starts. Start of Burst End of Burst Noise Threshold Time Figure 2-3: Burst Measurement In BAP mode, the 8540C automatically determines which portions of the signal are in the pulse and which are not. In computing the average power, the 8540C uses only those portions that are within the pulse. The result is that, independent of the signal’s pulse duty cycle, the meter always reads the average power in the pulse or burst. As with the PAP mode, when measuring a pulse modulated signal with 50% duty cycle, the reading in the BAP mode would be 3 dB higher than in the MAP mode. However, in the BAP mode, the signal’s duty cycle can change dynamically in time without affecting the meter reading. In the PAP mode, the duty cycle factor must be entered to match the duty cycle of the pulsed signal. 2-20a Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Front Panel Operation 2.6.9 Measurement Collection Modes Using a wide range of CW and Peak Power Sensors and the GPIB fast measurement collection modes, the Series 8540C meters provide typical reading speeds of >200 readings per second in the free-run Swift mode, 800 readings per second in the Fast Modulated mode, and >2,000 readings per second in the Fast Buffered mode. Three Swift mode triggering controls are available: Fast free-run, bus triggered, and TTL triggered modes. Bus and TTL allow triggering control of individual measurement points. Data can be stored in an internal data buffer or read immediately. Fast buffered power readings are internally buffered for readout at the completion of the fast buffered interval. Maximum measurement rate is about 2,600 readings per second. Data conversion and GPIB communication time are not included in this figure. The maximum buffer size is 5000 readings, or about 2.1 seconds at the maximum reading rate. Option 02 buffer increases this to 128,000 readings. CW Mode This mode is for measuring an unmodulated Continuous Wave (CW) signal. In this mode the RF signal level must be constant for accurate readings to be made. If the signal level changes, a settling time for the internal digital filter is required in order for measurements to be made to the specified accuracy. The settling time (the time required for a measurement based on an averaging of samples to adapt to a changed condition and become accurate again) is affected by various factors. The maximum settling time is equal to 20 ms multiplied by the averaging factor (for example, if the averaging factor is 128, the maximum settling time is 2.56 seconds). In most situations the actual settling time is well below the maximum. PEAK Mode (80350A Peak Power Sensor) The Peak mode is for instantaneous peak measurements of the RF power level of a pulse modulated signal during pulse ON periods. The measurement is based on an instantaneous sample taken at a particular point in time. Sampling is triggered by a pulse rising edge either in the modulated signal itself or in a supplied trigger input signal, followed by a programmable delay. The trigger/delay combination makes it possible for you to specify exactly what part of the pulse is sampled. In the peak mode, each displayed reading can consist of a single sample or of an average of multiple samples, each taken at the exact same time relative to the pulse’s rising edge. If the averaging factor is set to 1, single samples are used. If it is other than 1, the averaging factor will determine the filter settling time over which the multiple samples will be taken and averaged. Because the peak mode measures the RF power instantaneously (at the top of the pulse, provided that the delay has been set correctly), no assumptions are made about the pulse shape or duty cycle. In fact, it is possible to profile the pulse by sweeping the delay time over a range of values to reveal the pulse shape from start to finish. ☛ NOTE: In the peak mode the 8540C does not know where the peak is. It samples the pulse where it is told to sample the pulse whether or not the point sampled is really the peak point. This mode is therefore less intelligent than the BAP mode and must be used carefully, but its flexibility makes it a powerful tool for studying modulated signals. Peak power measurements are made by sampling the RF input at a point which is defined by a trigger level, a delay, and a delay offset (see Figure 2-4). The initial triggering event occurs when the power input (or in the case of external triggering, a voltage input) reaches a threshold, which you have defined as the trigger level. The sample is then taken after a delay, which you have defined. To this delay can be added a positive or negative delay offset. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-21 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters The delay offset is not necessary for peak measurement, but in some applications it is a convenience. For example, a small offset (even a negative offset) might compensate for the difference between the trigger point and some other point of interest (such as the half-power point) especially in applications where pulse width is being measured. Or if it is necessary to measure the levels of various pulses within a pulse train, the pulses can be sampled successively by changing the delay offset. A fixed delay insures that each pulse is sampled at the same point in its cycle. Peak Power, Sampled After a 120 ns Delay and a 10 ns Delay Offset Peak Power, Sampled After a 120 ns Delay Sample Sample 120 ns Delay 120 ns Delay Power Power 10 ns Delay Offset Trigger Level Half-Power Point Trigger Level Trigger Point Trigger Point Time Time Peak Power, Sampled With a Fixed Delay But Various Delay Offsets Sample (11 µs Offset) Sample (No Offset) Trigger Sample (22 µs Offset) Power 2.8 µs Offset Delay Offset Delay Offset 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 Time (Microseconds) Figure 2-4: Delay and Delay Offsets 2-22 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Front Panel Operation 2.6.10 Mode Restrictions In certain modes the 8540C has highly specific restrictions on its operation: • • 2.6.11 In the fast measurement collection modes (swift and fast buffered), it is not possible to make measurements which compare the two channels. In other words, it is possible to make measurements using sensor A, or B, or both, but measurements such as A/B and A-B are not permitted. In GPIB remote operation, only one reading can be sent over the bus (it can be A, or B, or a comparative measurement such as A/B, but it is not possible for separate measurements of A and B to be sent over the bus). The exception is that in the swift and fast buffered measurement collection modes, it is possible for both A and B to be sent over the bus. When to use CW, MAP and BAP For measuring signals with any kind of modulation, MAP mode should be used. In this mode, the 8540C makes use of its digital signal processing algorithms to ensure that the reading is the correct average power level regardless of modulation type (see Section B.2.2 for limits on modulation rate, etc.). Of course, CW signals may also be accurately measured in MAP mode. This raises the question, why use CW mode? CW mode offers a few more dB of dynamic range at low power levels when using a CW power sensor, such as the 80301A. In addition, in CW mode the 8540C is form, fit, and function compatible with its predecessor, Model 8540. BAP mode should be used only for the measurement of signals which are pulse modulated. In this mode the meter will accurately measure the average power of the signal during the on-time of the pulse. This mode works equally well regardless of whether the signal is modulated during the pulse on time. 2.6.12 Multi-Tone Tests Multi-tone testing refers to more than one RF carrier combined into one signal to be measured. Twotone intermodulation testing, for example, is a common test performed on a wide variety of RF components and subsystems. MAP mode should be selected for these applications. The 8540C test procedure is as follows: 1. Calibrate the sensor according to the procedure outlined earlier in this section. 2. From the Main Menu press [Sensor Setup]. From the Sensor Setup menu, press [Modulated Sensor] and then select the MAP mode by pressing [MAP]. 3. Press [FREQ] and enter the operating carrier frequency. 4. Connect the sensor to the multi-tone source and record the power level. For two-tone testing, small errors in the measurement will result when the carriers are separated by more than about 50 kHz. The amount of error is also a function of average power level. For average power less than about -20 dBm, there is no modulation-induced measurement error at any tone separation. Consult the error charts found in Section B.2.2. Multi-carrier testing usually refers to more than two carriers combined into one signal. Common multicarrier tests combine 10 to 20 carriers. In determining expected measurement error for these types of signals, the maximum difference in frequency between any two carriers should be used as the tone separation when applying the error charts in the manual. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-23 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters Another important feature of multi-carrier signals is that they can have a high peak-to-average power ratio. This ratio can be as high as 10 dB for ten carriers. The significance of this in terms of making power measurements is two-fold. First, care should be taken to keep the peak power level applied to the sensor below the maximum recommended level. Second, when trying to minimize modulation-induced measurement error for carriers separated by more than 50 kHz, it is the peak power level that should be kept below about -20 dBm. 2.6.13 Peak Hold When the Peak Hold feature is selected, the 8540C displays the highest instantaneous power measured from the time the feature is enabled until it is reset by the user. In other words, the displayed value tracks the measured value only when the measured value is rising to a new maximum. When the measured value falls, the displayed value holds at the maximum. When the peak hold feature is reset, the displayed value falls to the current measured value and the process begins again. The Peak Hold feature is available in the MAP, PAP, and BAP measurement modes; it may be enabled from the front panel under the Display Data Line Configuration setup menu, or over the GPIB. Peak Hold is reset by pressing [Reset Line n] (or, in remote control, by sending the command which activates the Peak Hold feature. The reset function controls the time resolution of the reading (that is, for finer resolution, reset more frequently). ☛ NOTE: [Reset Line n] for Peak Hold also resets the Crest Factor Peak Hold Hold Hold Power Hold Hold Peak Hold Hold Instantaneous (Reset) (Reset) Time Figure 2-5: Peak Hold 2-24 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Front Panel Operation 2.6.14 Crest Factor The Crest Factor feature is very similar to the peak hold feature, in that it holds on to the maximum level until a reset occurs, but in this case the displayed value is expressed (in dB) as a ratio of the held maximum power to the average power. The Crest Factor feature is available in the CW, MAP, PAP, or BAP modes only. It can be enabled from the front panel under the Display Data Line Configuration setup menu, or over the GPIB. The Crest Factor feature is reset by pressing [Reset Line n] of the appropriate line or, in remote control, by sending the GPIB command which activates the Crest Factor feature (see Section 3.9). In Figure 2-6, the same power input trace is used in two graphs to illustrate the effect of a drop in average power, with and without a reset. In the top graph, the power drop is followed by a reset. The held value drops to the current measured value, and the crest factor represents the ratio between the new maximum level and the new average level. In the bottom graph, there is no reset after the power drop, and the crest factor represents the ratio between the old maximum level and the new average level. For this reason, the crest factor feature should be reset after an input power level change. ☛ NOTE: [Reset Line n] for the Crest Factor also resets Peak Hold. Crest Factor With a Power Drop Followed by a Reset Hold Crest Factor (dB) Power Hold Hold Hold Hold Avg. Crest Factor (dB) Hold Avg. (Reset) Time Crest Factor With a Power Drop But No Reset Hold Hold Hold Crest Factor (dB) Avg. Crest Factor (dB) Power Hold Avg. Time Figure 2-6: Crest Factor Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-25 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 2.6.15 Burst Signal Measurements In a burst signal, the RF is pulsed on and off (i.e., pulse modulated). Often, the RF is modulated during the pulse on time. Typical examples are TDMA digital cellular telephone formats such as NADC, JDC, and GSM. These formats and many others produce amplitude modulation of the RF during bursts. Two types of power measurement can be made on these types of signals. If the total average power is desired, MAP mode should be used. Total average power includes both the off and on time of the pulses in the averaging. Often it is desired to know the average power just during the bursts. BAP mode makes this type of measurement very easy. The procedure is as follows: 1. Calibrate the sensor according to the procedure outlined earlier in this section. 2. Press [MENU] and select Sensor Setup. Select Burst Avg. and press [ENTER]. 3. Press [FREQ] and enter the operating carrier frequency. 4. Connect the sensor to the burst signal source and record the power level. The 8540C will automatically find the portions of the signal which are in the burst and include only those portions in the average. Burst signals can have a high peak power-to-average power ratio depending on duty cycle. This ratio is proportional to the duty cycle and is given by: ( 10 log Duty Cycle [%] 100 ● ) This assumes no modulation during the burst. Modulation during the burst will increase this ratio by its own peak-to-average ratio. Due to this characteristic of burst signals, care must be taken to keep the peak power below the maximum rated input power of the sensor. ☛ 2-26 NOTE: If the burst average power is too low or if the bursts are too narrow, the 8540C may lose sync with the bursts and fail to display the burst average power. When this happens, the BAP mode indicator on the front panel will flash and the meter will display total average power as in MAP Mode. The conditions under which the 8540C may lose sync are listed in Section B.2.2. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Front Panel Operation 2.6.16 Burst Start Exclude, Burst End Exclude When measuring burst signals, it is sometimes desirable to mask the beginning or the end of a burst so that overshoot and other distortions do not affect the reading. For example, the GSM test specification for burst power measurements requires exclusion of the first 5% of the burst. The Burst Start Exclude and Burst End Exclude features make it possible for BAP mode measurements to exclude the beginning or the end of a burst in this way. Both features can be used simultaneously, but this requires caution: if the excluded periods overlap, there is nothing left of the burst to be measured. If the entire burst is excluded, the BURST AVG LED on the front panel will flash on the screen to the right of the sensor power units, and the meter will revert to average measurement in the style of the MAP mode. The duration of the excluded period is not specified directly; instead, the number of samples to be excluded is specified, which yields a guaranteed minimum exclude time of 90 µs × (n + .5) where n is the number of samples. The actual amount of time excluded may substantially exceed this minimum. In typical applications, it is sufficient to exclude one sample, which yields a guaranteed minimum exclude time of 135 µs. Burst Start Exclude Power Burst Width Exclude Include Time Burst End Exclude Burst Width Power Include Exclude Time Figure 2-7: Burst Start Exclude & Burst End Exclude Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-27 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 2.6.17 Burst Dropout In the BAP mode, average power is measured only during bursts. Because, in this mode, the bursts are automatically detected by the power meter, the user need not be aware of the burst repetition rate in order to make the measurement. However, the BAP measurement algorithm defines bursts in a way which may be considered undesirable in some applications. In the example illustrated below, a 3.5 ms burst is followed by an OFF period of the same duration. During the burst, two brief dropouts occur. Normally, in BAP mode, each dropout would be interpreted as the end of a burst; the BAP algorithm would interpret the burst as three separate bursts, and the dropouts would be excluded from the average power measurement. As a result, the average power reading would be artificially raised. When the Burst Dropout feature is enabled, the BAP algorithm is modified so that a dropout of sufficiently brief duration is not interpreted as the end of a burst. In the example below, dropout time is specified at 350 µs. The two dropouts, which occur during the burst have a duration of less than 350 µs; therefore the entire burst is interpreted as a single burst, and the dropouts are included in the average power measurement. The 3.5 ms OFF period following the burst is interpreted as the end of the burst, because it exceeds 350 µs in duration. This feature must be configured and interpreted with care. The dropout time is selected from a series of discrete values (.17 ms, .26 ms, .35 ms, and so on up to 31.96 ms); however, these are only the guaranteed minimum values. In practice, the BAP algorithm may tolerate dropouts up to 2.15 times as long as the minimum value. Therefore, the time between bursts must be at least 2.2 times as long as the selected dropout time (because, if the time between bursts is less than the tolerated dropout time, the BAP algorithm never recognizes the end of a burst, and the signal is simply averaged, as if the MAP mode had been selected). Also, dropouts occurring at the end of a burst are a problem, because the BAP algorithm cannot distinguish them from the end of the burst itself; there should be at least 250 µs of burst remaining after the last dropout within that burst. Burst Dropout (Dropped Time = 350 µs) 350 µs Burst definition does not cover this 3.5 ms period because it exceeds 350 µs Power (dropout time) Burst definition covers this entire time period, including the two dropouts because they are <350 µs 245 µs Dropout 280 µs Dropout Time Figure 2-8: Burst Dropout 2-28 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Front Panel Operation 2.6.18 Optimizing Measurement Speed In many power measurement situations, measurement speed is defined in terms of settling time following a step change in average power. In other words, it is desired to know the average power level within some specified tolerance as quickly as possible following a power level change. This is often accomplished by setting up the power meter in free-run mode over the GPIB and monitoring the collected measurement data with the host computer until it falls within the predetermined tolerance window. The Auto average feature of the 8540C eliminates the need for the host computer to do any data monitoring and can be set up to automatically output measurement data when it has settled to within the specified tolerance. This is done by triggering each measurement with a TR2 command and waiting for the meter to signal the host with an SRQ. The SRQ is asserted and the data is put on the bus as soon as the power measurement has averaged long enough to be within the specified tolerance. The tolerance is specified by including the measurement settling tolerance parameter with an FA command (Auto average on). This parameter is specified in terms of percentage. For example, if a measurement settling tolerance of 1% is specified, the 8540C Auto average algorithm will specify an averaging time just long enough so that the result put on the bus is within ±0.5% (that is, ±0.02 dB) of the average power. Thus, the settled measurement data is available on the bus in the minimum time necessary to be within the specified tolerance. The tolerance specified in the FA command is a target tolerance. For example, it is possible that the peak-to-peak power variation of the signal being measured is so great that the maximum averaging time of 20 seconds is not long enough to reduce the variation to within the specified tolerance. It is also possible that the rate of power variation is so slow that more than 20 seconds of averaging is required. In these cases, further averaging would have to be done by the host computer. The following example program shows how to set up a triggered measurement, optimized for speed using the auto averaging feature: Tr2: ON INTR 7 GOSUB Srq_interrupt ENABLE INTR 7 OUTPUT 713;*SRE41 OUTPUT 713;CS OUTPUT 713;TR2 Data_ready=0 WHILE Data_ready=0 END WHILE RETURN Srq_interrupt: State=SPOLL(713) IF BIT(State,0) THEN Data_ready=1 ENTER 713;Tr2_reading OUTPUT 713;CS OUTPUT 713;*SRE0 END IF RETURN Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 ! Read using TR2 command ! Set up SRQ interrupt ! Enable SRQ interrupt ! Set service request mask ! Clear status byte ! Trigger measurement ! Clear flag ! Wait for data ready ! SRQ jumps here ! Get status byte ! If the Data Ready bit is set... ! Set the flag ! Read the measurement ! Clear the status byte ! Clear the service request mask 2-29 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 2.6.19 Peak Power Measurements Peak power sensors directly measure the amplitude of pulsed microwave signals. The direct sampling technique is more accurate than traditional duty cycle correction methods. The sample position can be displayed on an oscilloscope. 2.6.20 1. Calibrate a peak power sensor and connect it to a pulsed microwave source. 2. Press [MENU]. Go to Sensor Setup, and select internal, external, or CW triggering. 3. Select the desired trigger level (for internal or external triggering). 4. Select the desired sample delay (for internal or external triggering). 5. Optionally, set the desired delay offset (for internal or external triggering). 6. Connect the peak power sensor’s Detector Out to an oscilloscope to view the sample position. For 80350A Peak Power Sensors, also connect the sensor’s Sample Delay output to the oscilloscope and trigger on that channel. Measuring an Attenuator (Single Channel Method) Attenuators are useful for many applications. With the 8540C, attenuators can be calibrated quickly and accurately. The single channel calibration procedure outlined below is efficient for calibrating at a single frequency or at a limited number of frequencies. 2-30 1. Connect the power sensor to the signal source through a 6 dB attenuator (a matching pad) and adjust the source output power to about 0 dBm. Verify that the source output is stable. 2. Press [FREQ] and enter the operating frequency (this step is optional). 3. From the Main menu, press [Rel] to set the reference level. 4. Insert the attenuator to be calibrated between the matching pad and the power sensor. 5. Record the attenuator value. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Front Panel Operation 2.6.21 Improving Accuracy Mismatch uncertainty is the largest source of error in power measurement. The 6 dB pad that is used in the attenuator calibration procedure above reduces mismatch uncertainty by effectively improving the return loss (or reducing the SWR) of the source. Mismatch uncertainty is large when a device has a poor impedance match relative to 50 Ω. Poorly matched devices reflect a large proportion of incident signals and create standing waves along the transmission line. At various points along the transmission line, the standing wave will be at maximum or minimum amplitude. Mismatch uncertainty is a measure of the deviation between these amplitude levels. Inserting an attenuator into the transmission line reduces mismatch uncertainty by reducing the amplitude of the reflected signal, thereby reducing the difference between a standing wave’s maximum and minimum levels. Compared to an attenuator, most microwave sources have poor impedance matching. Using the 6 dB attenuator during the calibration has the effect of lowering the SWR of the microwave source. The only compromise is a corresponding 6 dB reduction in the source’s dynamic range when the 6 dB attenuator is attached. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-31 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 2.6.22 Performance Verification Verifying accuracy and calibrating test equipment are essential to microwave engineers and technicians. Accurate, repeatable measurements are required for validating designs, certifying calibrations, making engineering decisions, approving product components, certifying standards, and verifying performance specifications. 1. A 6 dB attenuator is placed at the input port of a power splitter to provide a good impedance match from the source. This effectively reduces the VSWR of the source. Depending on the signal quality of your source over frequency, additional attenuation may be desirable. A two-resistor power splitter provides consistently matched power levels at its output ports, X and Y. The largest sources of error are power splitter tracking errors and mismatch uncertainty. 2. Connect the reference standard power meter to power splitter output X, and the power meter to be verified to splitter output Y. 3. Adjust the source frequency to a standard reference frequency (50 MHz for most power meters). 4. Enter the operating frequency or frequency cal factors into the power meters. 5. Adjust the source amplitude to the maximum sensor operating level (+20 dBm for standard sensors). 6. Zero each power meter and record the measurement values immediately after settling. 7. Adjust the source for +19 dBm output level and repeat Step 6. 8. Continue testing at 1 dB increments through the rest of the standard sensor’s 90 dB dynamic range. 9. Calculate measurement uncertainty and compare the measured results to the specified tolerances. At low power levels, be sure to zero the sensor prior to taking measurements. At levels below -55 dBm, the measurements should be recorded just after zeroing is completed. The zeroing process must be repeated periodically, depending on the operating level, due to drift characteristics. 2-32 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Front Panel Operation 2.6.23 Sources of Error In the previous accuracy verification procedure, there are four sources of error: • • • • Source output level variation Power splitter output tracking Power meter X total measurement uncertainty Power meter Y total measurement uncertainty Worst case uncertainty, which should be used for calibration purposes, is the arithmetic sum of all four of these sources of error. Source output level variation occurs in all microwave sources. This happens when the signal source output level changes during the time it takes to record the displayed value on power meter X and then to read the displayed value on power meter Y. This source of error can be minimized by using a laboratory grade signal source. Power splitter output tracking errors are the maximum signal level variation at the splitter X output as compared to the splitter Y output. Total measurement uncertainty for each of the power meters is the worst case combination of mismatch uncertainty, instrument accuracy, and sensor accuracy. Mismatch uncertainty is calculated from the reflection coefficients of the sensor and the splitter (source) according to the following formula: M (dB) = 20 log where ρ = 10 [1+ _ (ρSENSOR) (ρSOURCE)] VSWR- 1 VSWR+ 1 For a source mismatch specified in terms of return loss (RL), the equation should be modified according to: ρSOURCE= 10 where ρ = r -RL (dB) 20 The following factors affect instrument accuracy: • • Instrument linearity or instrumentation uncertainty Reference calibrator setability or power reference uncertainty The following factors affect sensor accuracy: • • • • • • Calibration factor uncertainty Calibrator to sensor (or power reference to sensor) mismatch uncertainty Noise Zero set Calibration pad uncertainty (for thermal-based power meters only) Sensor linearity Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2-33 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 2-34 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3 Remote Operation 3.1 Introduction The Series 8540C can be operated from a remote host over the General Purpose Interface Bus (GPIB) using either Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments (SCPI) or IEEE Standard 488-1978 (Digital Interface for Programmable Instruments)commands. Table 3-1 shows which functions of the IEEE 488 standards are implemented in the 8540C. Table 3-1: Implemented IEEE Standards Function 3.1.1 8540C Implementation Source Handshake SH1 (complete capability) Acceptor Handshake AH1 (complete capability) Talker T5 (basic talker, serial poll, talk only mode, unaddressed if MLA) Extended Talker TE0 (no capability) Listener L3 (basic listener, listen only mode, unaddressed if MTA) Extended Listener LE0 (no capability) Service Request SR1 (complete capability) Remote/Local RL1 (complete capability) Parallel Poll PP1 (remote configuration) Device Clear DC1 (complete capability) Device Trigger DT1 (complete capability) Controller C0 (no capability) Sending Commands to the 8540C The 8540C power meter uses standard protocols for communication over the GPIB. Commands conform to IEEE 488.1 or IEEE 488.2 guidelines. Three emulation modes (HP436, HP437, and HP438) are available for users of power meters who cannot rewrite their application software. The program examples in this chapter are written in HTBasic™ format (HTBasic is a trademark of TransEra Corporation). Other languages would use different commands but the string that is sent or received will always be the same. In HTBasic, the OUTPUT command sends a string to the GPIB. The number after OUTPUT is the GPIB address of the instrument. The factory-set default address of the 8540C is 13 and the address of the GPIB is assumed to be 7; therefore, examples of command strings in this manual are preceded by OUTPUT 713;. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-1 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters The GPIB address can be set from the front panel to any number from 0 to 30. GPIB address 40 will set the instrument to the listen only mode. Address 50 sets the instrument to the talk only mode. To change the GPIB operating mode or address, enter the menu system with the MENU key. Select the SETUP menu using the up/down arrow keys. ENTER this sub menu system and select the GPIB setup menu key. The operating mode and GPIB address can be set in the GPIB setup menu using the arrow keys. Press ENTER to save your selection or press ESCAPE (the menu key) to exit without saving. 3.1.2 Clear Device The interface command CLEAR 713 resets the GPIB and sets the 8540C to its preset condition. 3.1.3 Clear Interface The interface command ABORT 7 resets the GPIB without resetting the 8540C to its preset condition. The 8540C will not be addressed after the abort. 3.1.4 Local and Remote Control The interface command LOCAL 713 places the 8540C into the local control mode. The interface command REMOTE 713 places the 8540C into the remote control mode. Enter LOCAL 713 to return the instrument to local mode. The interface command LOCAL LOCKOUT 7 places the 8540C in the local lockout mode. This is a remote control mode in which all of the 8540C front panel keys are disabled. The GPIB LOCAL command must be issued to return the 8540C to local mode (disconnecting the GPIB cable will also return the instrument to local mode). 3.1.5 Sensor Selection and Calibration Power sensor selection data, specifications, and calibration (local and remote) are contained in Appendix B of this manual. 3-2 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.1.6 Polling The GPIB supports parallel and serial polling. The example programs below show how to use the parallel and serial poll capabilities of the 8540C to determine when a requested zeroing operation is completed. Parallel Polling Ppoll_zero PRINT entering parallel poll zero routine PPOLL CONFIGURE 713;8 OUTPUT 713;CS AEZE State=0 WHILE State 1 State=PPOLL(7) END WHILE PPOLL UNCONFIGURE 713 PRINT parallel zero done RETURN ! zero using parallel poll ! configure response on bit zero ! clear status byte, zero channel A ! initialize variable ! stay here until zero done ! read the poll ! cancel parallel poll mode Serial Polling Srq_zero: PRINT entering SRQ interrupt zero routine ON INTR 7 GOSUB Srq_interrupt OUTPUT 713;CS ENABLE INTR 7;2 OUTPUT 713;@1;CHR$(2) OUTPUT 713;AEZE Flag=0 WHILE Flag=0 WAIT 1 PRINT Still inside while loop END WHILE PRINT SRQ interrupt zero done RETURN Srq_interrupt: PRINT an SRQ interrupt has occurred Example:OUTPUT 713;CS Flag=1 RETURN Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 ! zero with an srq interrupt ! clear status byte ! enable srq interrupts ! enable srq handshake ! execute zero command ! test flag reset to false ! stay here until test flag set true ! SRQ interrupts jump here ! clear status byte ! set control flag true 3-3 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.1.7 Data Output Formats (Standard Measurement Collection Mode) The data output format for the standard measurement collection mode is: ± D.DDDDE± NNCRLF ±: D.DDDD: E: ±: NN: CR: LF: 3.1.8 Sign of the Mantissa Mantissa (5 digits) Exponent (indicates that an exponent follows) Sign of the Exponent Magnitude of the Exponent Carriage Return Line Feed Data Output Formats (Fast Measurement Collection Modes) Data output formats for the swift and fast buffered modes are expressed in the form of a signed five-digit number with two digits to the right of the decimal and no exponents. In some cases multiple values are sent: One sensor swift mode: Two sensor swift mode: Fast buffered mode: 3.1.9 ±DDD.DD CRLF ±DDD.DD,±DDD.DD CRLF ±DDD.DD, . . . . .±DDD.DD CRLF Power-On Default Conditions The interface wake-up state is: GPIB Local Mode Unaddressed, Service Request Mask Cleared Status Byte Cleared TR3 Free Run Trigger Mode Set GT2 Group Execute Trigger Mode Set Parallel Poll Data Line Unassigned Display Enabled Service Request Mask Cleared Event Status Register = 128 Event Status Mask Clear 3-4 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.2 Command Syntax The elements of the 8540C interface commands are introduced below. The discussion is general. Because some commands are included for the sake of compatibility with earlier models, there are some variations in syntax from one command to another which must be carefully accommodated. 3.2.1 Functions At a minimum, the interface command includes a function code. The function indicates the nature and purpose of the command. Some commands contain a function code and nothing else. For example, the function AP, which causes the 8540C to measure power using the A sensor, stands alone as a command. Commands which consist only of a function code are referred to in this manual as simple commands. However, most commands consist of a function code combined with other elements. Functions are listed alphabetically in the Command Set tables (see Section 3.3). 3.2.2 Prefixes Some commands must begin with a prefix that identifies the sensor to which the command applies. For example, function code ZE (which causes a sensor to be zeroed) must be combined with a prefix in order to specify which sensor is zeroed. The full command is either AE ZE (for sensor A) or BE ZE (for sensor B). Many of the commands described in this chapter are stated to require an AE or BE prefix, which specifies the sensor that will be affected by the command. In some situations, the prefix can be omitted. When the 8540C receives a command containing a sensor-specific prefix, it assumes that all subsequent commands refer to the same sensor until a command is received which specifies the other sensor. Therefore, if a command prefixed by AE is received, subsequent commands can omit the prefix provided that they are intended for Sensor A. Because Model 8541C supports only one sensor, the AE and BE prefixes can be omitted from any command issued to that model. It does no harm to include the prefix even when it is superfluous; some users may find that the most convenient approach is to include the prefix in all applicable commands. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-5 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.2.3 Variables Some commands must include one or more variables to specify quantities or options for the command. For example, the function code ANALOG (which is used in commands that configure the analog output) is combined with many different variables to specify different aspects of the analog output. In the command ANALOG STD TOP LOG -80.0, 20.0, 0.0, 10.0 the variables are interpreted as follows: STD Specifies the standard analog output (as opposed to the optional second output). TOP Specifies the top line of the display. LOG Specifies that power is to be measured in logarithmic units (that is, dB or dBm). -80.0 Specifies that the low end of the analog output voltage range represents -80 dBm in. +20.0 Specifies that the high end of the analog output voltage range represents +20 dBm in. 0.00 Specifies that the low end of the analog output range is 0 volts. 10.0 Specifies that the high end of the analog output range is 10 volts. In the above example, the numeric variables are strung together, with separator characters between them (see Separators below). However, in some commands, numeric variables are preceded in the command string by the variable name. For example, in the command FBUF PRE TTL BUFFER 200 TIME 1300, the numeric variables known as buffer and time are identified by name within the string. Many variables are qualitative rather than quantitative; they select from among the various modes or options available for a particular function. 3.2.4 Suffixes Some commands require a terminating suffix. For example, the function code DY specifies a duty cycle. It requires an AE or BE prefix (to indicate which channel is meant), and a numeric variable (to indicate the duty cycle as a percentage). Finally, the command must include a terminating suffix (the choices of suffix in this case are EN, PCT, and %). The command AE DY 50 % sets the duty cycle for channel A to 50 percent. ☛ 3-6 NOTE: Some commands that include numeric variables require a terminating suffix. However, many other commands do not require terminating suffixes, and interface problems will occur if the suffixes are used in commands which don’t need them. Each command must be used so that its particular syntax requirements are met. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.2.5 Separators Spaces, commas, colons, and semicolons can be used as separators between the various elements of a command (function codes, variables, etc.). Commands are usually spelled out in this manual with spaces inserted between the elements (for example, SWIFT PRE GET BUFFER 100), for the sake of readability. Although separators within a command are permitted, they are usually not required; in the command descriptions in this chapter (beginning with Section 3.4), required separators are noted. 3.2.6 Command Format Illustrations A command format is used in this chapter to show the possible elements of a command, as shown below: [AE or BE] DY [n] [EN or PCT or %] Variables are shown within brackets. In this example, the prefix can be AE or BE, the function is DY, a numerical variable [n] follows the function, and the suffix at the end can be EN, PCT, or %. Possible commands which use this example format include AE DY 42 % and BE DY 29.5 EN. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-7 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.3 Series 8540C Command Codes 3.3.1 IEEE 488.2 Common Commands Table 3-2 lists the IEE 488.2 common commands that are implemented in the 8540C. For further information refer to the manual section cited in Table 3-2. Table 3-2: IEEE 488.2 Command Set Command 3-8 Description Section *CLS Clear status byte 3.30.1 *ESE Set Event Status Enable Register 3.30.2 *ESE? Ask for current status of Event Status Enable Register 3.30.2 *ESR? Ask for and clear Event Status Register bits 3.30.2 *IDN? Ask for instrument ID 3.14 *RST Software reset1 3.26 *SRE Set the service request mask 3.30.1 *SRE? Ask for service request mask 3.30.1 *STB? Ask for status byte 3.30.1 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.3.2 8540C Function Codes Table 3-3 lists the function codes that are applicable when the instrument is in the 8541C mode or the 8542C mode. Most of these codes do not stand alone; commands; prefixes, variables, and suffixes must be combined with them. For further information refer to the sections cited in Table 3-3. Table 3-3: 8540C Function Codes Command @1 Description Section Set service request mask 3.30.1 @2 Set learn mode 2 data 3.15.2 ?ID Ask for instrument ID 3.14 AD Measure A-B 3.29 Configure analog output 3.4 ANALOG AP Measure sensor A 3.29 AR Measure A/B 3.29 BAP BD BAP mode Measure B-A 3.19.4 3.29 BP Measure sensor B 3.29 BR Measure B/A 3.29 BSPE Burst end exclude 3.20 BSTE Burst start exclude 3.20 BTDP Burst dropout 3.20.3 CH Select active measurement line for subsequent commands 3.4.1 CL Calibrate sensor 3.7 Ask for crest factor value 3.9 CRF CR Crest factor CS Clear status byte CW CW mode 3.19 DA Test LCD display 3.10 DC0 Duty cycle disable 3.11 DC1 Duty cycle enable 3.11 DD Display disable 3.10 DE Display enable 3.10 DU Display user message 3.10 DY Set duty cycle 3.11 Sensor EEPROM query 3.12 Auto averaging 3.5 EEPROM FA FBUF 3.9 3.30.1 Fast buffered mode 3.18.3 FH Hold current averaging number 3.5.1 FM Set averaging number 3.5.2 FMOD Fast modulated mode 3.18.5 FR Frequency 3.13 GT0 Cancel GET 3.17.2 GT1 GET single measurement 3.17.2 GT2 GET full measurement with settling 3.17.2 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-9 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters Table 3-3: 8540C Function Codes (Continued) Command ID Ask for instrument ID Section 3.14 KB Enter cal factor 3.6 LG Log units (dB or dBm) 3.32 LH Set high limit 3.16 LL Set low limit 3.16 LM0 Disable limit checking 3.16 LM1 Enable limit checking 3.16 LN Linear units (Watts or %) 3.32 LP1 Ask for learn mode #1 string 3.15.1 3.15.2 LP2 Ask for learn mode #2 output MAP MAP mode 3.19 MAX Ask for max value 3.21 MEAS Ask for measurement mode 3.19.6 MIN Ask for minimum value 3.21 MN0 Min/max disable 3.21 MN1 Min/max enable 3.21 OC0 Disable calibrator source 3.8 OC1 Enable calibrator source 3.8 OF0 Offset disable 3.22 OF1 Offset enable 3.22 OS Set offset value PAP PEAK PH PKH PAP mode Peak sensor settings 3.22 & 3.22.3 3.19 3.24 & 3.25 Peak hold 3.23 Ask for peak hold value 3.23 PR Preset the 8540C1 3.26 RC Recall a saved instrument state 3.31 RE Display resolution 3.28 RL0 Disable relative measurement 3.27 RL1 Enable relative measurement 3.27 RL2 Use old reference for relative measurement 3.27 RV Ask for service request mask 3.30.1 SM Ask for status message 3.30.3 ST SWIFT Store instrument state Swift mode 3.31 3.18.4 TR0 Trigger hold mode 3.17 TR1 Trigger single measurement 3.17 TR2 Trigger full measure with settling 3.17 TR3 Free run trigger mode 3.17 Configure VPROPF feature 3.33 Sensor zeroing 3.34 VPROP F ZE 3-10 Description Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.3.3 HP437 Emulation GPIB Command Set The GPIB commands that are available when the instrument is placed in the HP437 emulation mode. Footnotes appear at the end of Table 3-4. Table 3-4: 8540C Command Set for HP437 Emulation Command Description *CLS Clear all Status Registers2 *ESE set the event status enable mask3 *ESE? event status register enable mask query3 *ESR? event status register query3 *IDN? GPIB identification query2 *RST Software reset *SRE Set the Service Request Mask value2 *SRE? Service Request Mask query *STB? Read the Status Byte *TST? Self test query @1 Prefix for Status Mask @2 Learn mode prefix CL CAL1 CS Clear the Status Byte CT0 - CT9 DA clear sensor data tables 0 thru 9 [ignored] All display segments on DC0 Duty Cycle on DC1 Duty Cycle off DD Display disable DE Display enable DN down arrow emulation [ignored] DU Display user message DY ERR? ET0 - ET9 EX Duty Cycle (enter duty cycle value) device error query edit sensor cal factor table 0 thru 9 [ignored] exit [ignored] FA automatic filter selection FM manual filter selection1 FR frequency entry GT0 ignore Group Execute Trigger (GET) bus command GT1 trigger immediate response to GET command GT2 trigger with Delay response to GET command ID GPIB identification query KB Cal Factor1 LG Log display LH High limit1 LL Low limit1 LM0 LM1 LN Disable limits checking function Enable limits checking function Linear display Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-11 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters Table 3-4: 8540C Command Set for HP437 Emulation (Continued) Command Description LP2 HP437 learn mode LT Left arrow [ignored] OC0 Reference oscillator off OC1 Reference oscillator on OD Output display text [ignored] OF0 Offset off - Local OF1 Offset on - Local OS Offset (enter offset value) PR Preset RA Auto range4 RC Recall1 RE Resolution1 RF0 - RF9 Enter sensor ref cal factor [ignored] RH Range hold4 RL0 Exit REL mode RL1 Enter REL mode using REL value RL2 Use old ref number RM Set range1, 4 RT Right arrow [ignored] RV Read Service Request Mask value SE Sensor [ignored] SM Status Message SN0 - SN9 ST enter sensor serial number [ignored] Store instrument state TR0 Trigger hold TR1 Trigger immediate TR2 Trigger with delay TR3 Trigger - free run UP Up arrow [up arrow] ZE Zero Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 3-12 A numeric entry is required by these GPIB codes, followed by the code EN (ENTER). This GPIB code uses the next 6 characters (0-9, A-Z, or an underscore) as input data. The asterisk (*) must be included as part of the GPIB command string. The 8540C can always measure over its entire dynamic range; there is no need to specify the range. Therefore, range-related commands have no effect on the measurement capability of the 8540C. The auto range, range hold, and set range commands only offset the analog output voltage, and only in HP436, HP437, or HP438 GPIB emulation modes. In these emulation modes (when using a single sensor, and not measuring in a relative mode), the power will be scaled to a range of 0 to 1 volts, representing the relative power within the current 10 dB range of the 8540C. The range hold and set range commands will simulate locking the range of power represented by the output voltage. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.3.4 HP438 Emulation GPIB Command Set These are the GPIB commands that are available when the instrument is placed in the HP438 emulation mode. Footnotes appear at the end of Table 3-5. Table 3-5: 8540C Command Set for HP438 Emulation Command Description ?ID Ask for ID (the old way) @1 Prefix for Service Request Mask @1;CHR$(4) Set Service Request Mask to 4 AD Measure A-B AE Specifies the A sensor AP Measure sensor A AR Measure A/B BD Measure B-A BE Specifies the B sensor BP Measure sensor B BR Measure B/A CL1 Calibrate sensor (precede with AE or BE) CS Clear status byte DA Test LCD display DD Display disable DE Display enable FA Set auto average filtering (precede with AE or BE) FH Hold preset average number (precede with AE or BE) FM Set averaging number GT0 Group execute trigger cancel GT1 Group execute trigger single measurement GT2 Group execute trigger full measurement with settling KB Cal Factor LG Set Log units (dB or dBm) LH High limit LL Low limit LM0 Disable limit checking LM1 Enable limit checking LN Set linear units (Watts or %) LP1 Set learn mode #1 LP2 Set learn mode #2 OC0 Turn off calibrator source OC1 Turn on calibrator source OS Offset PR Preset the instrument to a known state RA2 Resume autorange [not supported] Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-13 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters Table 3-5: 8540C Command Set for HP438 Emulation (Continued) Command Description RC Recall previous instrument state RH2 Do a range hold RL0 Turn off rel mode RL1 Turn on rel mode RM2 Set manual range RV Ask for status request mask SM Ask for status message ST Store instrument state TR0 Trigger hold mode TR1 Trigger single measurement TR2 Trigger full measurement with settling TR3 Free run trigger mode ZE Zero sensor (precede with AE or BE) Notes: 1. 2. 3-14 A numeric entry is required by these GPIB codes, followed by the EN suffix. The 8540C is always able to measure over its entire dynamic range; there is no need to specify the range. Therefore, rangerelated commands have no effect on the measurement capability of the 8540C. The auto range, range hold, and set range commands only offset the analog output voltage, and only in HP436, HP437, or HP438 GPIB emulation modes. In these emulation modes (when using a single sensor, and not measuring in a relative mode), the power will be scaled to a range of 0 to 1 volts, representing the relative power within the current 10 dB range of the 8540C. The range hold and set range commands will simulate locking the range of power represented by the output voltage. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.3.5 HP436 Emulation GBIP Command Set Table 3-6 lists the GPIB commands that are available when the instrument is placed in the HP436 emulation mode: Table 3-6: 8540C Command Set for HP436 Emulation Command Description 51 Set range 5 41 Set range 4 31 Set range 3 21 Set range 2 11 Set range 1 91 Set auto range A Set linear units (Watts) B Set relative mode C Set relative value D Set Log units (dBm) Z Zero sensor + Enable cal factors - Disable cal factors (ignored) H Set TR0 mode T Set TR2 mode I Set TR1 mode R Set TR3 mode V Set TR3 mode Notes: 1. The 8540C is always able to measure over its entire dynamic range; there is no need to specify the range. Therefore, rangerelated commands have no effect on the measurement capability of the 8540C. The auto range, range hold, and set range commands only offset the analog output voltage, and only in HP436, HP437, or HP438 GPIB emulation modes. In these emulation modes (when using a single sensor, and not measuring in a relative mode), the power will be scaled to a range of 0 to 1 volts, representing the relative power within the current 10 dB range of the 8540C. The range hold and set range commands will simulate locking the range of power represented by the output voltage. In HP436 emulation, the specified range is also indicated in the power data strings returned to the host. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-15 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.4 Analog Output 3.4.1 Standard Output Commands relating to the standard analog output (that is, the rear panel analog output which is installed in all instruments, not the optional second output) are based on the ANALOG function code, as described below. Enabling and Disabling the Output The ANALOG function can enable or disable the analog outputs. The command format for this purpose is: Syntax: ANALOG STD STATE [ON or OFF] STD indicates that the standard analog output (not the optional output) is being configured. STATE indicates that the analog output ON/OFF status is being configured. The variables ON and OFF indicate whether the analog output is to be enabled or disabled. Example: OUTPUT 713;ANALOG STD STATE ON OUTPUT 713;ANALOG OPT STATE OFF ! Enable analog output ! Disable analog output Setting Options for the Output The ANALOG function can also configure various aspects of the analog output. The command format is: Syntax: ANALOG STD [TOP or BOT] [LG or LN] [a b c d] STD indicates the standard analog output (not the optional output) is being configured. [TOP or BOT] specifies the top or bottom line of the display. [LG or LN] specifies logarithmic (dBm) or linear (Watts) measurement. The command string ends with four numeric variables (with at least one separator character between each pair of them), which define the relationship between the input power range and the output voltage range: a: b: c: d: power level represented by the minimum output voltage, power level represented by the maximum output voltage, minimum output voltage, maximum output voltage. Valid power range numbers are -100 to +100 [dBm] for LOG, or 0 to 1E15 [Watts] for LIN. Valid voltage range numbers are 0.00 to +10.00 [VDC]. Examples: OUTPUT 713;ANALOG STD TOP LOG -80.0, 20.0, 0.0, 10.0 ! Configure the analog output top line display channel as follows: ! logarithmic units, -80 to +20 dBm input, 0 to 10 volt output OUTPUT 713;ANALOG STD BOT LIN 0.00, 1.00E-3, 0.0, 1.0 ! Configure the analog output bottom as follows ! linear units, 0 to 1.00 mW, 0 to 1 volt output 3-16 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.4.2 Optional Speed Count Commands relating to the optional second analog output (also see Option 06 in Appendix C) are based on the ANALOG function code, as described below. Enabling and Disabling the Output The ANALOG function can enable or disable the optional analog output. The command format for this purpose is: Syntax: ANALOG OPT STATE [ON or OFF] OPT indicates that the standard analog output (not the optional output) is being configured. STATE indicates that the analog output ON/OFF status is being configured. The variables ON and OFF indicate whether the analog output is to be enabled or disabled. Example: OUTPUT 713;ANALOG OPT STATE ON OUTPUT 713;ANALOG OPT STATE OFF ! Enable second analog output ! Disable second analog output Setting Options for the Output The ANALOG function can also configure various aspects of the analog output. The command format is: Syntax: ANALOG OPT [TOP or BOT] [LG or LN] [a b c d] OPT indicates the standard analog output (not the optional output) is being configured. [TOP or BOT] specifies the top or bottom line of the display. [LG or LN] specifies logarithmic (dBm) or linear (Watts) measurement. The command string ends with four numeric variables (with at least one separator character between each pair of them), which define the relationship between the input power range and the output voltage range: a: b: c: d: power level represented by the minimum output voltage, power level represented by the maximum output voltage, minimum output voltage, maximum output voltage. Valid power range numbers are -100 to +100 [dBm] for LOG, or 0 to 1E15 [Watts] for LIN. Valid voltage range numbers are 0.00 to +10.00 [VDC] (or -10.00 to +10.00, depending on Option 06 configuration). Examples: OUTPUT 713;ANALOG OPT TOP LOG -80.0, 20.0, 0.0, 10.0 ! Configure the second analog output top line display channel ! as follows: ! logarithmic units, -80 to +20 dBm input, 0 to 10 volt output OUTPUT 713;ANALOG OPT BOT LIN 0.00, 1.00E-3, 0.0, 1.0 ! Configure the second analog output bottom line display ! channel as follows: ! logarithmic units, -80 to +20 dBm input, 0 to 10 volt output Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-17 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.5 Averaging 3.5.1 Auto Averaging The 8540C is normally used in the auto averaging mode. The power meter chooses an averaging factor that is appropriate for the ambient noise level. Activating the Auto Filter Mode The command which activates auto averaging for a sensor is based on the FA function. The command format is: Syntax: [AE or BE] FA [AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. FA activates the auto filter mode for the selected sensor. Example: OUTPUT 713;AE FA ! activate auto averaging filtering for sensor A Setting the Measurement Settling Target In the auto averaging mode, the 8540C chooses the lowest averaging factor that will yield a stable measurement at the present resolution setting. Stability is defined in terms of peak to peak variation in the measurement; the variation target value is expressed as a percentage of average power. Default values for this Measurement Settling Target are: Table 3-7: Measurement Setting Target Default Values Resolution Peak to Peak Variation xx. 25% (∼1 dB) xx.x 4.7% (∼.2 dB) xx.xx 0.46% (∼.02 dB) xx.xxx 0.10% (∼.004 dB) Because the target value affects the speed of measurement, it is possible to increase measurement speed by increasing the target value (a small increase in the target value can result in a large increase in speed). If the auto averaging mode is selected using the front panel menus, or the AE FA or BE FA commands as described above, the default target values shown in the table are used. However, it is possible to add a numeric variable after FA in order to specify a different target value: Syntax: [AE or BE] FA [t] [EN % or PCT] [t] represents the measurement settling target value in per cent, and has a valid range of 0.10 to 100.00. Example: 3-18 OUTPUT 713;BE FA .8 % ! activate auto averaging filtering for sensor B, with ! a measurement settling target of .8% Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation Freezing the Present Averaging Number The command which causes auto filtering to hold its present averaging number is based on the FH function. The command format is: Syntax: [AE or BE] FH [AE or BE] prefix specifies sensor A or Sensor B. FH causes the 8540C to hold its present averaging number; auto averaging is deactivated. Example: 3.5.2 OUTPUT 713;BE FH ! hold present average number for sensor B Manual Averaging The averaging number can be specified directly. The commands for this purpose are based on the FM function. The command format is: Syntax:[AE or BE] FM [v] EN [AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. FM specifies manual averaging. [v] has allowable values of 0 through 9. Each value represents a particular averaging number. The numbers are shown in Table 3-8. A terminating suffix is required (EN). Table 3-8: Numbering Averaging Value of v Averaging Number Value of v Averaging Number 0 1 5 32 1 2 6 64 2 4 7 128 3 8 8 256 4 16 9 512 Examples: OUTPUT 713;AE FM 2 EN ! set averaging number to 4 OUTPUT 713;AE FM 8 EN ! set averaging number to 256 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-19 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.6 Cal Factors You should not need to employ the command described below with the 8540C; it is included here for the sake of compatibility with remote programs written for older power meters. When a sensor is attached to the 8540C, the power meter automatically loads calibration factors from an EEPROM in the sensor. This data is frequency related, and in order for the 8540C to make use of it, the user must supply frequency information to the power meter, either by means of the front panel FREQ key, by means of the GPIB FR command (see FREQUENCY, Section 3.13), or by means of the VPROPF input. Once the frequency has been specified, the 8540C automatically applies the appropriate cal factor to each reading. The KB function code specifies a cal factor which is to be used in place of the cal factors stored in the sensor EEPROM. The command format is: Syntax: [AE or BE] KB [n] EN [AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. [n] specifies a cal factor, expressed as a percentage with a valid range of 1.0 to 150.0. A terminating suffix is required (EN). Examples: 3-20 OUTPUT 713;AE KB 96 EN ! enter a 96% cal factor for sensor A OUTPUT 713;BE KB 102 EN ! enter 102% cal factor for sensor B Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.7 Calibration Commands which cause the 8540C to calibrate a sensor are based on the CL function code. The command format is: Syntax: [AE or BE] CL [n] [EN or PCT or %] [AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. [n] represents a reference calibration factor of n%. The 8540C makes no use of this variable; instead it reads cal factors from the sensor EEPROM. The variable is included in the command format only for compatibility with power meters which require it. Any value between 50 and 120 can be entered for n. A terminating suffix is required (EN, PCT, or %). Examples: OUTPUT 713;AE CL 100 EN ! Calibrate sensor A OUTPUT 713;BE CL 100 EN ! Calibrate sensor B The appropriate sensor must be attached to the calibrator output for the calibration process to function. If the sensor is not attached, the calibration will fail, and operation will continue as before. Calibration Routine The following is an example of a GPIB program to calibrate a sensor. It is strongly recommended that this format be followed for remote calibration. Note that the service request feature is used to determine when the calibration has completed; this will result in the fastest calibration routine. Calibrate: ON INTR 7 GOSUB Srq_interrupt ENABLE INTR 7;2 OUTPUT 713;*SRE010 OUTPUt 713;CS OUTPUT 713;CL100EN Flag=0 WHILE Flag=0 END WHILE RETURN Srq_interrupt: OUTPUT 713;*STB? ENTER 713;State IF BIT(State, 1) THEN PRINT GOOD CAL ELSE IF BIT(State, 3) THEN PRINT BAD CAL ENDIF ENDIF OUTPUT 713;CS Flag=1 RETURN Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 ! calibration routine ! setup serial poll interrupt ! jump location ! enable SRQ interrupts ! set service request mask to 2 ! clear status byte ! start calibration reset control flag ! wait while calibrating ! SRQ interrupts jump here ! clear status byte ! set control flag true 3-21 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.8 Calibrator Source The 8540C Calibrator output (a fixed 50 MHz signal at 0 dBm) is activated and deactivated by means of two simple commands: Syntax: [OC1 or OC0] Examples: OUTPUT 713;OC ! turn on calibrator source OUTPUT 713;OC0 ! turn off calibrator source ☛ 3-22 NOTE: This command is needed for test purposes only. The calibrator source is enabled automatically during calibration of a sensor. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.9 Crest Factor The Crest Factor feature holds on to the highest instantaneous power measured from the time the feature is enabled until it is reset; it is similar to the Peak Hold feature, except that the measurement is expressed as a ratio in relation to average power. ☛ 3.9.1 NOTE: The Crest Factor feature can only be used in the standard measurement collections modes (not in the fast modes), and only in a modulated measurement mode (MAP, PAP, or BAP). Crest Factor is not recommended for use in combination with the VPROPF function. Enabling the Crest Factor Feature The Crest Factor feature is enabled or disabled by one of two function codes: Syntax: [CR0 or CR1] Examples: OUTPUT 713;CR1 ! Enable the Crest Factor feature OUTPUT 713;CR0 ! Disable the Crest Factor feature ☛ 3.9.2 NOTE: Like the PH0 and MN0 commands, the CR0 command will disable Peak Hold and Min/Max measurements. Reading the Crest Factor Value The Crest Factor value is read over the bus using a simple command: Syntax: CRF Example: OUTPUT 713;CRF ! Send the crest factor value The Crest Factor feature monitors the maximum power as it is measured, but does not provide any feedback to the controller until a CRF command is received. To monitor for a limit violation, the Limits feature may be more useful (see Section 3.1.6). The Crest Factor feature returns the current ratio between held power and average power, as displayed on the front panel. A CRF command does not initiate data collection in same manner as a trigger command, such as TR1. To get a good reading of the Peak Hold value, the procedure is: 1. Set up the signal being measured, and send CR1 to reset the Crest Factor measurement. 2. Send TR2. 3. Read the TR2 data, or wait for the data ready service request (this allows for settling). 4. Send CRF. 5. Read the Crest Factor value. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-23 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.10 Display Control Testing the Displays The LCD display window and status LEDs on the 8540C front panel can be tested remotely, by means of three simple commands: Syntax: DE (Enable the display) DA (Test the display) DD (Disable the display) Examples: OUTPUT 713;DE ! activate the LCD display ! (this has the effect of canceling a DA or DD command) OUTPUT 713:DA ! Performs a test of the display OUTPUT713;DD ! Disable the display Displaying a Message The DU function can show a test message in the LCD display window. The command format for this purpose is: Syntax: DU [string] The test message string can contain up to 32 characters; the first sixteen characters will be shown on the top line of the LCD display window, and the remaining characters will be shown on the bottom line. Example: 3-24 OUTPUT 713;DU THIS IS A TEST ! show the message THIS IS A TEST on the ! LCD display window Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.11 Duty Cycle Commands 3.11.1 Activating or Deactivating a Duty Cycle The commands which activate or deactivate a duty cycle are based on the DC0 and DC1 functions. The command format is: Syntax: [AE or BE] [DC0 or DC1] [AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. [DC0] turns the duty cycle off (for the specified sensor); if the sensor is in Pulse Average Power measurement mode, this command will change the sensor measurement mode to Modulated Average Power. If the sensor is not measuring Pulse Average Power at the time this command is received, then this command will have no effect. [DC1] turns the duty cycle on. This is equivalent to the PAP command (see Measurement Mode Commands in Section 3.19). Examples: 3.11.2 OUTPUT 713;AE DC0 ! turn off the duty cycle for sensor A OUTPUT 713;BE DC1 ! turn on the duty cycle for sensor B Specifying a Duty Cycle The commands which specify a duty cycle are based on the DY function. The command format is: Syntax: [AE or BE] DY [n] [EN or PCT or %] [AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. DY specifies a duty cycle value; it also configures the sensor to Pulse Average Power mode. Therefore, this function includes the capabilities (and entry error reporting) of the PAP function (see Measurement Mode Commands in Section 3.19). [n] species the duty cycle value in percent with a valid range of .001 to 99.999). A terminating suffix is required (EN, PCT, or %). Examples: 3.11.3 OUTPUT 713;AE DY 50 % ! set 50% duty cycle for sensor A OUTPUT 713;BE DY 25.000 EN ! set 25% duty cycle for sensor B OUTPUT 713;BE DY 40.412 PCT ! set 40.412% duty cycle for sensor B Reading Duty Cycle Status The status message bit O indicates whether the duty cycle function is active for the selected sensor. 0 indicates OFF; 1 indicates ON. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-25 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.12 EEPROM The EEPROM command is used to query the cal factor data in the sensor EEPROM. The cal factor data is typically stored in the EEPROM at 1 GHz steps over the frequency range of the sensor. Additional cal factors may also be stored at additional special frequencies. When a measurement frequency is specified which does not exactly match the frequencies at which cal factors have been stored, the power meter determines the appropriate cal factor via interpolation. Commands to read EEPROM cal factor data are based on the EEPROM function code. The command format is: Syntax: EEPROM [A or B] [CALF? or FREQ?] [A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. [CALF?] queries the cal factors. The cal factor data is output as a table of cal factors expressed in dB, separated by commas. [FREQ?] queries the frequencies which correspond to the cal factors. The frequency data is output as a table of frequencies expressed in Hz, separated by commas. Examples: OUTPUT 713;EEPROM A CALF? Response: 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00 OUTPUT 713;EEPROM A FREQ? Response: 3-26 ! Query sensor A EEPROM whole cal factor ! table ! (This example is from an 80301A sensor) ! Query sensor A EEPROM whole ! frequency table ! (This example is from an 80301A sensor) 5.000e7, 2.000e9, 3.000e9, 4.000e9, 5.000e9, 6.000e9, 7.000e9, 8.000e9, 9.000e9, 1.000e10, 1.100e10, 1.200e10, 1.300e10, 1.400e10, 1.500e10, 1.600e10, 1.700e10, 1.800e10 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.13 Frequency Cal factors are stored in the sensor’s EEPROM by frequency. Specifying a frequency causes the 8540C to apply the cal factor appropriate to that frequency. To cancel the use of cal factors, specify a frequency of 50 MHz (this is the frequency of the front panel Calibrator reference output, and has a cal factor of zero). Commands which specify a frequency are based on the FR function. The command format is: Syntax: [AE or BE] FR [n] [HZ or KZ or MZ or GZ] [AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. FR specifies a frequency value. [n] specifies the frequency value (the units are Hz, kHz, MHz, or GHz, depending on the terminating suffix used). A terminating suffix is required (HZ, KZ, MZ, or GZ). Examples: OUTPUT 713;AE FR 5.67 GZ ! frequency for sensor A is 5.7 GHz OUTPUT 713;AE FR 1.0E9 HZ ! frequency for sensor A is 1E9 Hz (1 GHz) OUTPUT 713;BE FR 84.6 MZ ! frequency for sensor B is 84.6 MHz OUTPUT 713;BE FR 4E6 KZ ! frequency for sensor B is 4E6 kHz (4 GHz) Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-27 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.14 Instrument Identification The 8540C can be queried over the GPIB for purposes of identification; user application programs make use of such queries in order to verify that the appropriate equipment is connected. The 8540C will reply to an ID query by sending back an identification string. The simple commands which query the instrument ID consist of any of three function codes: Syntax: [ID or ?ID or *IDN?] Example: OUTPUT 713;*IDN? ! ask for ID string ENTER 713; Name ! read ID into string variable Name Identification Strings The ID string is determined by the configuration choices that were made (from the front panel) under the Config/GPIB menu. In the 8541 or 8542 mode, the ID string consists of four fields separated by commas: Field 1 is the manufacturer (GIGA-TRONICS). Field 2 is the model (8541C or 8542C). Field 3 is the serial number field (it displays the serial number of the calibrator EEPROM) Field 4 is the software version number. Example strings: 8451C mode 8452C mode Name = GIGA-TRONICS,8451C,9544112,3.00 Name = GIGA-TRONICS,8452C,9548024,3.00 However, the ID strings for the following emulation modes are fixed, as follows: HP437B mode HP438A mode HP436A mode Name = HEWLETT-PACKARD,437B,1.8 Name = HP438A,VER1.10 Not Applicable HP and Hewlett Packard are registered trademarks of the Hewlett Packard Company. 3-28 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.15 Learn Modes The 8540C has the ability to send information regarding its current configuration to the controller. The controller requests this information by sending a learn mode command. At a later time, the controller can send the configuration information back to the power meter in order to reconfigure the 8540C to the same state it was in when it received the learn mode command. Conceptually this feature is similar to the store and recall capability of the 8540C but with several important differences: • • • • The configuration information is stored in the controller’s memory and not in the 8540C memory. Learn Mode #1 returns information regarding the current GPIB operational configuration (such as the trigger mode) which would not be covered by the store/recall function. The learn modes do not support many of the advanced features of the 8540C. The learn modes involve transmission of long strings of data between the controller and the 8540C. These strings must be transmitted without interruption; transmissions cannot be considered complete until EOI is read. The two learn modes are discussed under separate headings on the following pages. The learn modes are provided for the sake of compatibility with remote programs written for older power meters. The configuration information returned to the host is not as complete as the information that would be stored in the 8540C memory using the store/recall function; the configuration data for many features of the 8540C are not included in the learn mode data. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-29 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.15.1 Learn Mode #1 Learn Mode #1 is used to return the configuration of the 8540C to the controller in the form of a sequence of GPIB commands. Requesting the String The simple command which requests the Learn Mode #1 string has the following format: Syntax: LP1 Example: OUTPUT 713;LP1 ! requests learn mode #1 string After receiving the LP1 command, the 8540C will return the Learn Mode #1 string the next time it is addressed to talk. The string will consist of up to 128 ASCII characters. The last character is sent with EOI true. Table 3-9 shows the information contained in the Learn Mode #1 string, and the order in which it is sent. Table 3-9: Learn Mode #1 Output Format Output from the Power Meter1 Parameter Trigger Mode TRd Measurement Mode AP, BP, AR, BR, AD, or BD SENSOR A PARAMETERS Cal Factor Offset Range Filter Low Limit High Limit AE KB ddd.d EN OS±dd.dd EN RA d EN FA or FM d EN LL ±ddd.ddd EN LH ±ddd.ddd EN SENSOR B PARAMETERS Cal Factor Offset Range Filter Low Limit High Limit BE KB ddd.d EN OS ±dd.dd EN RA d EN FA or FM d EN LL ±ddd.ddd EN LH ±ddd.ddd EN Active Entry Channel AE or BE Measurement Units LG or LN Reference Oscillator Status OC0 or OC1 Group Trigger Mode GTd Limits Checking Status LM0 or LM1 Carriage Return Line Feed EOI 1± indicates sign; d indicates a single digit. Sending the String The power meter can be restored to the configuration described in the Learn Mode #1 string, by sending the string to the 8540C. 3-30 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.15.2 Learn Mode #2 Learn Mode #2 is used to return the 8540C configuration information to the controller in the form of a series of binary values. Requesting the String The simple command which requests the Learn Mode #2 string has the following format: Syntax: LP2 Example: OUTPUT 713;LP2 ! requests learn mode #2 string After receiving the LP2 command, the 8540C will return the Learn Mode #2 string the next time it is addressed to talk. The string starts with two ASCII characters, @ and 2, followed by a string of 28 (58 for the 437 emulation mode) 8-bit binary bytes. The last byte is sent with EOI true. Learn Mode #2 requires a controller that can receive and send information in binary form. The Learn Mode #2 string contains the following information: • • • • • • • • • Measurement mode REL mode status (on or off) Reference oscillator status (on or off) Current reference value if in REL mode Measurement units (Log or Lin) Cal Factor for each sensor Offset for each sensor Range for each sensor Filter for each sensor Sending the String The command that sends the Learn Mode #2 data to the 8540C is based on the @2 function. The command format is: binary bytes The 8540C will change its configuration to match the configuration defined by the Learn Mode #2 string. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-31 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.16 Limits 3.16.1 Setting Limits Commands which set limits are based on the LH and LL function codes. The command format is: Syntax: [AE or BE] [LH or LL] [n] EN For limit commands, the [AE or BE] prefix specifies a line of the display rather than a sensor. [AE] specifies the top line of the display. [BE] specifies the bottom line. [LH] specifies the high limit; LL specifies the low limit. [n] is a limit value, expressed in dBm or dB as appropriate. A terminating suffix is required (EN). Examples: ☛ 3.16.2 OUTPUT 713;AE LH 12.34 EN OUTPUT 713;AE LL -2.58 EN OUTPUT 713;BE LH 2.34 EN OUTPUT 713;BE LL -100.00 EN ! set top line high limit to +12.34 dB ! set top line low limit to -2.58 dB ! set bottom high limit to +2.34 dB ! set bottom line low limit to -100.00 dB NOTE: These commands must be preceded by CH [n] EN command. Activating Limits Limit-checking is activated or deactivated by simple commands consisting of one of two function codes: Syntax: [AE or BE] [LM0 or LM1] For line commands, the [AE or BE] prefix specifies a line of the display rather than a sensor. [AE] specifies the top line of the display. [BE] specifies the bottom line. [LM0] disables limit checking. [LM1] enables limit checking. Examples: OUTPUT 713; AE LM0 OUTPUT 713; BE LM1 ! disable limit checking for the top line ! enable limit checking for the bottom line Before enabling limit checking (LM1), you must set the high and low limits (LH and LL). Once enabled, the Status Byte (bit 4) will signal a too high or too low condition. The status message AA bytes will indicate a too high condition (error code 21), or a too low condition (error code 23). Status Message bytes L or M contains the limit status for the top line display and the bottom line display respectively . 0 indicates within limits, 1 indicates too high, and 2 indicates too low. The LCD display will indicate a too high condition with an up arrow displayed to the left of the reading, and a down arrow displayed to the left of the reading for a too low condition. If the sound mode is enabled, a high or low pitched sound will be generated. Sound can be disabled using the Config menu. ☛ 3-32 NOTE: These commands must be preceded by CH [n] EN command. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.16.3 Measuring with Limits For Sensor A or B, measurements with limits are enabled by the command Syntax: LM1. Example: OUTPUT 713; AP LM1 ! Measure sensor A and enable limit checking This measures Sensor A with the previously set AE, LL and LH limits. Example: OUTPUT 713; BP LM1 ! Measure sensor B and enable limit checking This measures Sensor B with previously set BE, LL and LH limits. To measure Sensor A and B simultaneously (Model 8542C only) with limits enabled (LM1), 1. Press [ENTER] 2. Press [MENU] 3. Enter the menu format (A, B, A/B..., OFF). 4. Select Top Line and press the left/right cursor keys until A appears. 5. Select Bottom Line and press the left/right cursor keys until B appears. 6. Press [ENTER]. Example: OUTPUT 713; AE LM1 ! Enable limit checking for the top line OUTPUT 713; BE LM1 ! Enable limit checking for the bottom line This allow the power meter to display both sensor readings and enables both of the previously set AE and BE, LL and LH limits for Sensors A and B. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-33 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.17 Measurement Collection Modes (Standard) 3.17.1 Measurement Triggering Trigger modes determine when a measurement will be made. Four simple commands consisting of one of four function codes select the desired mode: Syntax: [TR0 or TR1 or TR2 or TR3] All four modes discussed here are standard measurement collection modes (as opposed to the fast modes described in Section 3.18), and use the standard data output format. Trigger Hold (TR0) This command places the instrument in standby mode. The LCD display is frozen at the current values. The display will be updated when the instrument receives a TR1 or TR2 command. To resume the normal free run mode of the instrument and display, use the TR3 command. During the standby mode, the instrument continues to make measurements and update the internal digital filter, but does not update the display or the GPIB buffer. Example: OUTPUT 713;TR0 ! Select the trigger hold mode Trigger Immediate (TR1) This command triggers a single reading; the reading is added to the internal digital filter. An ENTER statement will return the updated filter power level. After a TR1 command, the instrument returns to the standby mode. Example: OUTPUT 713;TR1 ! Trigger a single measurement Trigger Immediate with Full Averaging (TR2) This mode triggers a new series of readings; enough to update the digital filter for a noise free reading at the current power level. An ENTER statement will return the fully updated filter power level. After a TR2 command, the instrument returns to the standby mode. Example: OUTPUT 713;TR2 ! Trigger a full measurement, with settling Free Run (TR3) This free run trigger mode (which is the default mode) allows the user to read the power at any time with an ENTER statement. There is no need to send the TR3 command again. Multiple ENTER statements can be executed. The power meter will return the present power level just as if you had looked at the LCD display. Example: 3-34 OUTPUT 713;TR3 ! Free run trigger mode Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.17.2 Group Execute Trigger The GPIB GET command (group execute trigger) causes all the devices on the interface which are currently addressed to listen to start a device dependent operation (usually a measurement). Three simple commands (consisting of one of three function codes) regulate the 8540C response to a GET command: Syntax: [GT0 or GT1 or GT2] Group Trigger Cancel (GT0) This command disables the response of the 8540C to a GPIB GET command. Example: OUTPUT 713;GT0 ! Group execute trigger cancel Group Trigger Immediate (GT1) This mode is similar to the mode specified by the TR1 command (trigger immediate), except that the GT1 command causes the 8540C to wait for a GPIB GET command. When the GET command is received, it triggers a single reading which is added to the internal digital filter. An ENTER statement will return the updated filter power level. After a GT1 command, the instrument is placed in the standby mode. Example: OUTPUT 713;GT1 ! Group execute trigger single measurement Group Trigger Immediate with Full Averaging (GT2) This mode is similar to the mode specified by the TR2 command (trigger immediate with full averaging), except that the GT2 command causes the 8540C to wait for a GPIB GET command. When the GET command is received, it triggers a new series of readings; enough to update the digital filter for a noise free reading at the current power level. An ENTER statement will return the fully updated filter power level. After a GT2 command, the instrument is placed in the standby mode. Example: OUTPUT 713;GT2 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 ! Group execute trigger full measurement with settling 3-35 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.18 Measurement Collection Modes (Fast) 3.18.1 General The 8540C offers three special fast measurement collection modes which are available only during remote operation over the GPIB. These fast modes make it possible to take more measurements per second, but at the cost of limited functionality compared to the standard measurement collection mode. The fast modes operate differently from the standard measurement collection mode in several important ways. The three fast modes are called Swift, Fast Buffered, and Fast Modulated. Sensor Measurements Supported One restriction on the 8540C functionality in the fast modes is that it cannot perform comparative measurements (that is, measurements consisting of a comparison between the two sensors, such as A/B or A-B). However, when the 8540C operates in the Swift and Fast Buffered modes, it does have an added capability which is not otherwise available: measurements from both sensors can be returned to the host. In the Fast Modulated mode, only one sensor measurement can be performed and returned to the host. Averaging The averaging feature has a unique implementation in the Swift and Fast Buffered modes. Note that in standard measurement collection modes, and in the Fast Modulated modes, the averaging factor is taken to indicate the amount of filtering desired. Each measurement which is returned to the host is a true running average for a period of time which is derived from the averaging factor. In the Swift and Fast Buffered modes, the averaging indicates the exact number of samples to be taken for each returned measurement, with the proviso that a minimum of four samples are taken (even if a number below four is requested). Note that four samples are also taken if auto averaging is selected. Each measurement returned to the host reflects all new data. Therefore, operation will be much faster with an averaging number of four than with a higher number. Disabled Features The following features are disabled during operation in any of the three fast modes: over-range alert, limit checking, min/max power, relative measurements, peaking meter, analog output, and VPROPF (voltage proportional to frequency) correction. Measurement Changes Other changes to the operation of the instrument during fast operation include the following: the temperature of the sensors is not read and updated, so the temperature correction will become inaccurate over time if the temperature of the sensor changes. 3-36 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation Warning Regarding Interruption and Reconfiguration Another important consideration is that, while any of the three fast measurement modes is running, it should not be interrupted, and the measurement setup should not be changed. The measurement setup must be thoroughly configured before the command is sent to start the fast measurement mode. To reconfigure the instrument, or to zero a sensor, it is necessary to exit the fast mode and then restart it. If a measurement setup command is sent after a fast mode command, the results are undefined. Fast Mode Setup Prior to initiating a fast measurement collection mode, the host should select the measurement (i.e., AP or BP), select the measurement mode (i.e., CW, MAP, PAP, PEAK, or BAP), define the frequency correction (via the FR or KB command, but not via the VPROPF function), define the offset (if any), define the averaging (via the FA or FM command), and define the duty cycle (if applicable). When a fast mode is initiated, the display will blank and a message will display indicating the fast mode selected. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-37 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.18.2 Data Output Formats for Fast Modes The data output formats for fast measurement collection are illustrated below. Fast mode data is always returned in units of dBm. Each A or B represents a single digit (0 to 9). For the Swift Free-Run Mode If one sensor is used, the format is: ±AAA.AA CR LF ±AAA.AA CR LF etc. or: ±BBB.BB CR LF ±BBB.BB CR LF etc. If two sensors are used, the format is: ±AAA.AA,±BBB.BB CR LF ±AAA.AA,±BBB.BB CR LF etc. For The Swift Triggered & Fast Buffered Modes If one sensor is used, the format is: ±AAA.AA, ±AAA.AA, etc. CR LF or: ±BBB.BB, ±BBB.BB, etc. CR LF If two sensors are used, the format is: ±AAA.AA, ±AAA.AA, etc. [until the specified number of readings has been sent] ±BBB.BB, ±BBB.BB, etc. [until the specified number of readings has been sent], CR LF For the Fast Modulated Mode In this mode, only one sensor can be used; the format is: ±AAA.AA CR LF ±AAA.AA CR LF etc. or: ±BBB.BB CR LF ±BBB.BB CR LF, etc. ☛ 3-38 NOTE: If BAP is unable to sync, 200.00 is added to the actual value in order to flag this error condition. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.18.3 Fast Buffered Mode Fast Buffered Mode is a fast measurement collection mode, which makes it possible for a series of measurements to be taken and buffered rapidly, without external triggering of each measurement. The measurement collection can consist of a buffer-load of measurements taken after a trigger, or a bufferload of measurements taken prior to a trigger (that is, the trigger marks the beginning or the end of the measurement period, depending on the option selected). This mode also makes it possible to buffer a very large number of data points. For the sake of speed, no chopped measurements are taken in the fast buffered mode. The fast buffered mode cannot be entered if a modulated measurement (MAP, PAP, or BAP) is being performed. Commands related to the fast buffered mode are based on the FBUF command. (For the sake of backward compatibility with earlier Giga-tronics power meter designs, the command BURST is accepted as a substitute for FBUF. However, this command has nothing to do with the burst average power measurement mode; it is a vestige of the terminology applicable to previous models.) For the FBUF commands, the command format is: Syntax: FBUF [PRE or POST] [GET or TTL] BUFFER [b] TIME [t] [PRE or POST] define the relationship between the measurement period and the trigger: [PRE] the trigger marks the end of the measurement period. The 8540C will continuously take measurements and buffer them until a trigger is received. At that point, it will stop collecting data and output all of the previously collected data in a continuous data stream the next time it is addressed to talk. [POST] the trigger marks the beginning of the measurement period. The 8540C will wait for a trigger before taking and buffering the measurements. After the requested number of measurement have been taken and buffered, it will be ready to output all of the data in a continuous stream the next time it is addressed to talk. If the GPIB GET command is specified as the trigger, the 8540C will assert a service request at this time. [GET or TTL] define the trigger: [GET] the expected trigger is a GPIB GET command. [TTL] the expected trigger is a TTL high at the rear panel trigger input. The buffer value (numeric variable [b]) specifies the number of measurements to be taken and stored in the buffer. The minimum value is one. The maximum value is 5,000. The time value (numeric variable [t]) is an optional variable which specifies a fixed delay between measurements. The time value specifies the time (in ms) to wait between measurements; the minimum value is zero. The maximum value is 5000 ms (five seconds). ☛ Examples: NOTE: This delay is in addition to the relatively short time it takes to perform each measurement. If no time value is specified, [t] is assumed to be zero, and the measurements are taken as fast as possible. OUTPUT 713;FBUF PRE GET BUFFER 200 ! take measurements (as fast as possible) until GET is received ! then output the last 200 measurements taken Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-39 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters OUTPUT 713;FBUF POST TTL BUFFER 100 TIME 2 ! wait for a TTL trigger, then take readings at intervals of 2 ms ! until a total of 100 measurements have been taken Two simpler commands are also based on the FBUF function code: Syntax: FBUF [DUMP or OFF] [DUMP] stops the data measurement and buffering, and prepares to return the data taken so far to the host, even if fewer than the requested number of measurements have been taken. The requested number of measurements are still returned to the host (the extra measurements beyond those actually taken are represented by the number -300.00). [OFF] causes the 8540C to exit the fast buffered mode. All unread data is lost. Examples: OUTPUT 713;FBUF DUMP ! Stop measurement and buffering OUTPUT 713;FBUF OFF ! Exit the fast buffered mode Notes on Speed in the Fast Buffered Mode The fast buffered mode is the fastest method of collecting measurement data. Top speed in the fast buffered mode is achieved by using a low averaging number (≤4), the POST trigger mode, and no time delay between measurements. The POST trigger mode is faster than the PRE trigger mode because in the latter mode the 8540C must check for a trigger between each measurement. In the POST mode, the 8540C is in freerun operation after the trigger is received. 3-40 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.18.4 Swift Mode Swift mode is a fast mode which allows for fast continuous data taking and return of each measurement to the host as it is taken (the freerun mode). Swift mode also allows for triggered buffered measurements, in which a host or external trigger indicates when to take each measurement. The swift mode cannot be entered if a modulated measurement (MAP, PAP, or BAP) is being performed. Commands related to the swift mode are based on the SWIFT function code: Syntax: SWIFT [FREERUN or OFF] [FREERUN] initiates the freerun mode (continuous taking and returning of measurements). [OFF] causes the 8540C to exit the swift mode; all unread data is lost. Examples: OUTPUT 713;SWIFT FREERUN ! Initiate swift freerun mode OUTPUT 713;SWIFT OFF ! Exit the swift mode For commands which set up triggered measurements, the command format is: Syntax: SWIFT [GET or TTL] BUFFER [b] [GET or TTL] define the trigger: [GET] the expected trigger is a GPIB GET command. The 8540C signals the host by asserting SRQ every time it is ready to take a measurement. [TTL] the expected trigger is a TTL high at the rear panel trigger input. For triggered measurements, the 8540C signals the host every time it is ready to take a measurement (consisting of a set of samples equal to the averaging number). The 8540C then waits for the trigger; when the trigger is received, the 8540C de-asserts the signal to the host, measures the data, and buffers the data. When the instrument is again ready to measure data, it again asserts the signal to the host. After the specified number of measurements, the 8540C is ready to output data. BUFFER (followed by the numeric variable [b]) specifies the number of measurements to be taken and stored in the buffer. The minimum value is one. The maximum value is 5000. Examples: OUTPUT 713;SWIFT PRE GET BUFFER 200 ! take measurements until GET is received ! then output the last 200 measurements taken OUTPUT 713;SWIFT POST TTL BUFFER 100 ! wait for a TTL trigger, then take 100 measurements Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-41 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters Example Programs The following program can measure, buffer, and print 30 readings on one sensor: REAL Data(30)7 OUTPUT 713;SWIFT GET BUFFER 30WAIT 0.5 ! wait for instrument configuration FOR I=1 to 30 Srq_flag=0 TRIGGER 713 ! wait for ready condition ! trigger measurement WHILE Srq_flag=0 Srq_flag=SPOLL(713) END WHILE NEXT I ENTER 713;Data(*) FOR I=1 TO 30 PRINT I,Data(I) NEXT I ☛ NOTE: If your computer does not support matrix reads, you can read the entire buffer into a string and parse the data. Multiple ENTER commands will not work. The following program can be used to perform 20 measurements on two sensors in swift freerun mode: OUTPUT 713;APBP OUTPUT 713;SWIFT FREERUN WAIT 0.5 FOR I=1 to 20 ENTER 713;ReadA,ReadB PRINT ReadA,ReadB NEXT I OUTPUT 713;SWIFT OFF The following program can be used to measure, buffer, and print 30 readings on each of two sensors: REAL DataA(30),DataB(30) OUTPUT 713;SWIFT GET BUFFER 30 WAIT 0.5 FOR I=1 to 30 srq_flag=0 TRIGGER 713 ! send group execute trigger WHILE srq_flag=0 srq_flag=SPOLL (713) END WHILE NEXT I ENTER 713;DataA(*),DataB(*) ! read the buffer FOR I=1 to 30 PRINT I,DataA(I),DataB(I) NEXT I 3-42 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.18.5 Fast Modulated Mode This is a fast mode which permits more frequent return of measurement data to the host, during operation in the modulated measurement modes (MAP, PAP, or BAP). The commands which activate or deactivate this mode are based on the FMOD function code: Syntax: FMOD [ON or OFF] [ON or OFF] enables or disables the fast modulated mode. When the fast modulated mode is enabled, data will be taken and returned continuously. This is analogous to the swift freerun mode. The fast modulated mode cannot be initiated unless a modulated measurement (MAP, PAP or BAP) is being performed. Examples: OUTPUT 713;FMOD ON ! Enable fast modulated mode OUTPUT 713;FMOD OFF ! Disable fast modulated mode Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-43 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.19 Measurement Mode Commands 3.19.1 CW Mode Commands which specify the CW measurement mode are based on the CW function code: Syntax: CW [A or B] [AE or BE] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. These commands can be used with any sensor (although it is superfluous in the case of a CW sensor). Possible GPIB entry errors: 60 (uncalibrated sensor), 61 (missing sensor). Examples: 3.19.2 OUTPUT 713;CW A ! select CW mode for sensor A OUTPUT 713;CW B ! select CW mode for sensor B MAP Mode Commands which specify the modulated average power measurement mode are based on the MAP function code: Syntax: MAP [A or B] [AE or BE] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. These commands will work only with a modulated sensor. Possible GPIB entry errors: 60/61 (uncalibrated or missing sensor A/B), 62/63 (not a modulated sensor, or two sensor operation active, A/B). Examples: OUTPUT 713;MAP A ! select MAP mode for sensor A OUTPUT 713;MAP B ! select MAP mode for sensor B If an irregularly modulated signal is measured in MAP mode, measurement settling time will vary as the power meter attempts to synchronize to the modulation. In such a situation, it may be desirable to disable synchronization for faster measurement. The commands which disable synchronization are based on the MAP function code. Syntax: MAP [A or B] 0 [AE or BE] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. 0 specifies that synchronization is to be disabled. Examples: ☛ 3-44 OUTPUT 713;MAP A 0 ! disable MAP mode synchronization for sensor A OUTPUT 713;MAP B 0 ! disable MAP mode synchronization for sensor B NOTE: To reactivate synchronization, send the MAP A or MAP B command again. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.19.3 PAP Mode Commands which specify the pulse average power measurement mode are based on the PAP function code: Syntax: PAP [A or B] [A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. These commands will work only with a modulated sensor. Possible GPIB entry errors: 60/61 (uncalibrated or missing sensor A/B), 62/63 (not a modulated sensor, or two sensor operation active, A/B). Examples: 3.19.4 OUTPUT 713;PAP A ! select PAP mode for sensor A OUTPUT 713;PAP B ! select PAP mode for sensor B BAP Mode Commands which specify the burst average power measurement mode are based on the BAP function code: Syntax: BAP [A or B] [A or BE] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. These commands will work only with a modulated sensor. Possible GPIB entry errors: 60/61 (uncalibrated or missing sensor A/B), 62/63 (not a modulated sensor, or two sensor operation active, A/B). Examples: 3.19.5 OUTPUT 713;BAP A ! select BAP mode for sensor A OUTPUT 713;BAP B ! select BAP mode for sensor B Peak Mode The commands for Peak mode are discussed under separate headings for the 80350A and 80340A sensors (see Sections 3.24 and 3.25 respectively). Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-45 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.19.6 Measurement Mode Query It is possible to query the 8540C over the bus to determine what measurement mode has been selected for a particular sensor. The 8540C will respond to a measurement mode query by returning one of the following strings to the controller: NO SENSOR UNCAL CW MAP (or MAP SYNC OFF)1 PAP PEAK BAP (or BAP a b c)2 Measurement mode query commands are based on the MEAS function code: Notes: 1. 2. MAP SYNC OFF will be returned if MAP mode synchronization has been disabled. BAP a b c will be returned if any of the advanced features have been enabled. In this message, a represents the burst start exclude time in ms, b represents the burst end exclude time in ms, and c represents burst dropout time in ms. The value ranges are 0 ≤ a ≤512;0 ≤ b ≤512;0.00 ≤ c ≤ 31.96 Syntax: MEAS [A? or B?] [A? or B?] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. Examples: 3-46 OUTPUT 713;MEAS A? ! queries the measurement mode setting for sensor A OUTPUT 713;MEAS B? ! queries the measurement mode setting for sensor B Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.20 Advanced Features 3.20.1 Burst Start Exclude Commands which cause the beginning of a burst to be excluded from measurement are based on the BSTE function code (this feature is available only in the BAP mode): Syntax: [AE or BE] BSTE [a] EN [AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. [a] specifies the number of samples to be excluded; it has an integer value in the range of 0 to 512 (Selecting a value of zero samples effectively disables this function). A terminating suffix is required (EN). Examples: OUTPUT 713;AE BSTE 1 EN ! exclude one sample from start of burst, for BAP ! measurements on sensor A OUTPUT 713;BE BSTE 3 EN ! exclude three samples from start of burst, for BAP ! measurements on sensor B 3.20.2 Burst End Exclude Commands which cause the end of a burst to be excluded from measurement are based on the BSPE function code (this feature is available only in BAP mode): Syntax: [AE or BE] BSPE [a] EN [AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. [a] specifies the number of samples to be excluded; it has an integer value in the range of 0 to 512 (Selecting a value of zero samples effectively disables this function). A terminating suffix is required (EN). Examples: OUTPUT 713;AE BSPE 1 EN ! exclude one sample from end of burst, for BAP ! measurements on sensor A OUTPUT 713;BE BSPE 3 EN ! exclude three samples from end ofburst, for BAP ! measurements on sensor B Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-47 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.20.3 Burst Dropout Tolerance Commands which define a tolerated burst dropout time are based on the BTDP function code (this feature is available only in BAP mode): Syntax: [AE or BE] BTDP [a] EN [AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. [a] specifies the dropout time in milliseconds with a range of 0 to 31.96, and a resolution of .01 ms. However, the value entered will be rounded to the nearest one of a series of discrete values (.017, .026, .035); the actual value can be checked by means of a MEAS query. The dropout time represents a guaranteed minimum time; the time actually tolerated will usually be greater, and can be up to 2.125 times greater (Selecting a value of zero effectively disables this function). A terminating suffix is required (EN). Examples: OUTPUT 713;AE BTDP .02 EN ! set dropout time to .02 ms or next high discrete ! value, for BAP measurements on sensor A OUTPUT 713;BE BTDP .03 EN ! set dropout time to .03 ms or next highest discrete ! value, for BAP measurements on sensor B 3-48 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.21 Min/Max Power Value The Min/Max feature monitors the measurements being taken, and maintains a continuously updated record of the highest and lowest values measured so far. ☛ 3.21.1 NOTE: The Min/Max feature can only be used in the standard measurement collections modes (not in the fast modes). Enabling the Min/Max Feature ☛ NOTE: These commands must be preceded by CH [n] EN command. The Min/Max feature is enabled or disabled by simple commands consisting of one of two function codes: Syntax: [MN0 or MN1] Examples: OUTPUT 713;MN ! Enable the Min/Max feature OUTPUT 713;MN0 ! Disable the Min/Max feature The MN1 command, like the LG command, has the effect of specifying logarithmic measurement units (dB or dBm). Like the PH0 and CR0 commands, this command will disable crest factor and peak hold measurements. 3.21.2 Reading the Min/Max Values Min/Max values are read over the bus using simple commands consisting of one of two function codes: Syntax: [MIN or MAX] MIN specifies that the current minimum measured value should be sent. MAX specifies that the current maximum value should be sent. Examples: OUTPUT 713;MIN ! Send the minimum measured value OUTPUT 713;MAX ! Send the maximum measured value The Min/Max feature monitors the minimum and maximum powers as they are measured and displayed on the front panel. Transient drop-outs or spikes in the power may not be captured by this feature. If it is necessary to examine transient or unusual events, the triggering capability of the peak power sensor, the fast measurement modes, or the Peak Hold feature may provide a better way to characterize the signal in question. The Min/Max feature monitors for the minimum and maximum power, but does not provide any feedback to the controller until a MIN or MAX command is received. To monitor for a limit violation, the Limits feature may be more useful (see Section 3.16). Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-49 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters The Min/Max feature returns the current Min/Max values as displayed on the front panel. A Min or Max commands does not initiate data collection in same manner as a trigger command, such as TR1. To get a good reading of Min/Max values, the procedure is: 3-50 1. Set up the signal being measured, and send MN1 to reset the Min/Max measurements. 2. Send TR2. 3. Read the TR2 data, or wait for the data ready service request (this allows for settling). 4. Send MIN or MAX. 5. Read the Min or Max value. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.22 Offset Commands Power offsets (in dB) can be specified, in order to provide a fixed correction for loss or gain in the test setup. The offset is added to, not a replacement of, the sensor’s cal factors. All measurement data returned by the 8540C over the bus is corrected for the offset that has been specified (even in the fast measurement collection modes). Be careful with offsets when you are using the analog outputs. The offset value is reflected in the analog output voltage. A change in the offset value may result in a measurement which is outside of the power range represented by the voltage range of the analog output. 3.22.1 Enabling/Disabling an Offset The commands which enable and disable the offset function are based on the function codes OF0 and OF1: Syntax: [AE or BE] [OF0 or OF1] [AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. [OF0] deactivates the offset; [OF1] activates the offset. Examples: 3.22.2 OUTPUT 713;AE OF0 ! Disable offset for sensor A OUTPUT 713;BE OF1 ! Enable offset for sensor B Setting an Offset Value The commands which specify the offset value are based on the OS function code: Syntax: [AE or BE] OS [n] EN [AE or BE] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. [OS] indicates that an offset is being specified for the sensor. [n] specifies the offset in dB. The value of n can range from -99.999 dB to +99.999. A terminating suffix (EN) is required. Example: ☛ OUTPUT 713;AE OS 20.00 EN ! Set +20 dB offset for sensor A OUTPUT 713;BE OS -15.12 EN ! Set -15.12 dB offset for sensor B NOTE: A change to the offset of a sensor will reset any Peak Hold or Crest Factor measurement involving that sensor. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-51 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.22.3 Measured Offset Entry A measurement can be saved and used as an offset. The command format for this purpose is: Syntax: [AP, BP, AR, BR, AD, or BD] OS DO EN The command begins with a function code which describes the measurement that is to be stored as an offset value. There are six possible function codes; they are interpreted as follows: AP:A BP:B AR:A/B BR:B/A AD:A-B BD:B-A OS followed by DO indicates that the difference between the current offset and the current value of the measurement described in the prefix, is to be saved as an offset value. A terminating suffix (EN) is required. Examples: 3-52 OUTPUT 713;AP OS DO EN ! Save measurement A as an offset OUTPUT 713;BP OS DO EN ! Save measurement B as an offset OUTPUT 713;AR OS DO EN ! Save measurement A/B as an offset OUTPUT 713;BR OS DO EN ! Save measurement B/A as an offset OUTPUT 713;AD OS DO EN ! Save measurement A-B as an offset OUTPUT 713;BD OS DO EN ! Save measurement B-A as an offset Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.23 Peak Hold The Peak Hold feature causes the measured value to hold at the highest instantaneous power measured from the time the feature is enabled until it is reset (the measured value changes only when it is rising to a new maximum, or when it is reset). The Peak Hold feature can only be used in the standard measurement collections modes (not in the fast modes), and only in a modulated measurement mode (MAP, PAP, or BAP). Peak Hold is not recommended for use in combination with the VPROPF function. 3.23.1 Enabling the Peak Hold Feature The Peak Hold feature is enabled or disabled by simple commands consisting of one of two function codes: Syntax: [AE or BE] [PH0 or PH1] Examples: OUTPUT 713;AE PH1 ! Enable the Peak Hold feature for sensor A OUTPUT 713;BE PH0 ! Disable the Peak Hold feature for sensor B Description: Like the MN0 and CR0 commands, the PH0 command will disable Crest Factor and Min/ Max measurements. Sending the PH1 command after Peak Hold is enabled will reset it. Peak Hold will also reset when you send a CR1 command (see Section 3.9). 3.23.2 Reading the Peak Hold Value The Peak Hold value is read over the bus using a simple command: Syntax: [AE or BE] PKH Example: OUTPUT 713;AE PKH ! Send the peak hold value for sensor A Description: The Peak Hold feature monitors the maximum power as it is measured, but does not provide any feedback to the controller until a PKH command is received. To monitor for a limit violation, the Limits feature may be more useful (see Section 3.16). The Peak Hold feature returns the current held value as displayed on the front panel. A PKH command does not initiate data collection in same manner as a trigger command, such as TR1. To get a good reading of the Peak Hold value, the procedure is: 1. Set up the signal being measured, and send PH1 to reset the Peak Hold measurement. 2. Send TR2. 3. Read the TR2 data, or wait for the data ready service request (this allows for settling). 4. Send PKH. 5. Read the Peak Hold value. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-53 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.24 Peak Power Sensor Commands (80350A Series) Commands related to the peak power sensor are based on the function code PEAK. 3.24.1 Setting the Trigger Mode & Trigger Level The command format for setting trigger modes and levels is: Syntax: PEAK [A or B] [INT or EXT] TRIG [n] A or B specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. [INT or EXT] specifies internal or external triggering. TRIG indicates that a trigger level is being set. [n] specifies the trigger level in units of dBm in the case of internal triggering, or volts in the case of external triggering. Examples: OUTPUT 713:PEAK A INT TRIG -10.00 OUTPUT 713:PEAK B EXT TRIG 1.50 ! Configure sensor A for internal triggering at ! a trigger level of -10.00 dBm ! Configure sensor B for external triggering ! at a trigger level of 1.50 Vdc The command format for selecting the CW mode is: Syntax: PEAK [A or B] CW [A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. CW specifies the CW mode. Example: 3.24.2 OUTPUT 713:PEAK A CW ! Configure sensor A for CW measurements Setting the Delay A delay between the trigger and the actual measurement can be specified (in the CW mode, delay settings have no effect). The command format for setting the delay is: Syntax: PEAK [A or B] DELAY [n] [A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. DELAY indicates that a delay value is being set. [n] is a numerical variable which specifies the delay in seconds. It has a range of -20E-9 (-20 ns) to 104E-3 (104 ms). Examples: ☛ 3-54 OUTPUT 713;PEAK A DELAY 1.20E-6 ! Configure sensor A for a delay of 120 µs OUTPUT 713;PEAK B DELAY 33.5E-9 ! Configure sensor B for a delay of 33.5 ns NOTE: The actual duration of the delay is the sum of this setting and the delay offset setting. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.24.3 Setting the Delay Offset An offset to the trigger delay can be specified (in the CW mode, delay settings have no effect). The command format for setting the delay offset is: Syntax: PEAK [A or B] OFFSET [n] [A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. OFFSET indicates that a delay offset value is being set. [n] is a numerical variable which specifies the offset in seconds. It has a range of -20E-9 (-20 ns) to 104E-3 (104 ms). The default value of the offset is 0. Example: 3.24.4 OUTPUT 713;PEAK A OFFSET 1.20E-6 ! Configure sensor A for a delay offset of ! 120 µs Reading Values Trigger The query format for trigger settings is: Syntax: PEAK [A? or B?] [A? or B?] Sensor A or Sensor B. Example: OUTPUT 713;PEAK A? ! Query the current sensor A trigger setting OUTPUT 713;TRIG$ ! Enter the returned string into the string variable TRIG The possible replies to the query are CW, INT_TRIG, and EXT_TRIG. Delay and Delay Offset The query format for delay and delay offset settings is: Syntax: PEAK [A or B] [DELAY? or OFFSET?] [A or B] specifies Sensor A or sensor B. [DELAY?] indicates that delay is being queried. [OFFSET?] indicates that delay offset is being queried. Examples: OUTPUT 713;PEAK A DELAY? ! Query the current delay setting for sensor A ENTER 713;Delay ! Enter the returned number into the variable Delay OUTPUT 713;PEAK B OFFSET?! Query the current delay offset setting for sensor B ENTER 713;Offset Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 ! Enter the returned number into the variable Offset 3-55 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.25 Peak Power Sensor Commands (80340A Series) Commands related to the peak power sensor are based on the function code PEAK. (For the sake of backward compatibility with earlier Giga-tronics power meter designs, the command PULSE is accepted as a substitute for PEAK). The command format for setting the trigger mode is: Syntax: PEAK [A or B] [INT or EXT] [TRIG or DLYTRIG] [A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. [INT or EXT] specifies internal or external triggering. [TRIG] indicates the immediate triggering mode. [DLYTRIG] indicates the delayed triggering mode. Examples: OUTPUT 713;PEAK A INT TRIG OUTPUT 713;PEAK B EXT DLYTRIG ! Configure sensor A for internal triggering ! in the immediate triggering mode ! Configure sensor B for external triggering ! in the delayed triggering mode The command format for selecting the CW mode is: Syntax: PEAK [A or B] CW [A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. CW specifies the CW mode. Examples: 3-56 OUTPUT 713;PEAK A CW ! Configure sensor A for CW measurements Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.26 Preset The PR command resets the 8540C to its default settings, leaving the user settings intact as Previous Settings if they were different from the default settings. This command does not function while in the SWIFT, FMOD or CM modes. Alternatively, the IEEE 488.2 command *RST also resets the 8540C to it’s default settings, and functions in the SWIFT, FMOD and CM modes. These modes must be re-entered either over the GPIB or from the front panel. The preset conditions of the instrument are outlined in Table 3-10. Table 3-10: Preset (Default) Conditions Sensors (All parameters apply to sensor A & sensor B) Parameter General Condition Parameter Condition Cal Factor 100.0% Sensor Selection Sensor A Offset 0.00 dB Calibrator Off Filter AUTO Default Sensor Prefix Sensor A Range AUTO Resolution 2 (0.01 dB) Low Limit 0.000 dBm Limits Checking Off High Limit 0.000 dBm Max/Min Off Frequency 50 MHz REL Off Duty Cycle OFF, 1.000% Trigger Mode TR3 Measurement Mode See Note 1 Group Execute Trigger Mode GT2 Display Function Display Enable Peaking Meter Mode Status Pulse Sensor Mode Internal Trigger Measurement Units See Note 2 Sound On Analog Output Off Notes: 1. 2. The default measurement mode depends on the sensor type. For a CW sensor, the default is CW. For an 80401 sensor, the default is MAP. For a peak sensor, the default is INT TRIG. Regardless of the sensor type, all advanced features are turned off. There is a slight difference between the preset conditions as set by a remote command, and as set from the front panel menus. This difference has to do with measurement units. If the 8540C is preset from the front panel, this sets the measurement units to dBm in all cases. If the 8540C is preset over the bus, this sets the measurement units to Watts in the case of HP438 emulation, and has no effect at all in the case of HP436 emulation; otherwise, it sets the measurement units to dBm. This distinction is made to accommodate differences between emulations for remote programming purposes without affecting the benchtop user. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-57 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.27 Relative Measurements In the relative measurement mode, the 8540C saves the current measured power level as a reference. Subsequent measurements will be expressed relative to this reference level; the measurement units become dBr (for logarithmic measurement) or % (for linear measurement). ☛ NOTE: These commands must be preceded by the CH [n] EN command. The simple commands associated with relative measurement modes consist of one of three function codes: Syntax: RL0 or RL1 or RL2 [RL0] deactivates the relative measurement mode. [RL1] activates the relative mode, and causes the current measured level to be recorded as the reference level. [RL2] activates the relative mode and causes the reference level that was saved under a prior RL1 command to be used as the reference level. That is, if the relative mode is activated by an RL1 command, and then deactivated by an RL0 command, the effect of RL2 is to restore the reference level that was saved in response to the RL1 command. Examples: OUTPUT 713;RL0 ! Disable the relative mode OUTPUT 713;RL1 ! Enable the relative mode ! save the current level as a reference OUTPUT 713;RL2 ! Replace the current reference level ! with the previous level 3-58 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.28 Resolution ☛ NOTE: These commands must be preceded by CH [n] EN command. Commands which specify measurement resolution are based on the function code RE. The command format is: Syntax: RE [a] EN RE indicates that resolution is being set. [a] indicates the resolution with four values allowed (0, 1, 2, and 3). These specify the number of digits to the right of the decimal point. A terminating suffix (EN) is required. ☛ NOTE: This command affect measurements shown on both lines of the display. Examples: 3.29 OUTPUT 713;RE 0 EN ! Set the display resolution to xx. OUTPUT 713;RE 1 EN ! Set the display resolution to xx.x OUTPUT 713;RE 2 EN ! Set the display resolution to xx.xx OUTPUT 713;RE 3 EN ! Set the display resolution to xx.xxx Sensor Selection Six simple commands (consisting of one of six function codes) specify how the sensors are used: Syntax: [AP BP AR BR AD BD] Examples: OUTPUT 713;AP ! Measure sensor A OUTPUT 713;BP ! Measure sensor B OUTPUT 713;AR ! Measure A divided by B OUTPUT 713;BR ! Measure B divided by A OUTPUT 713;AD ! Measure A less B OUTPUT 713;BD ! Measure B less A These commands, like the prefixes AE and BE, are sensor-specific, and cause the 8540C to assume that subsequent commands are intended for the same sensor unless they specify otherwise. Also, these commands (like the MN0, CR0, and PH0 command) have the effect of disabling Min/Max monitoring, Crest Factor, and Peak Hold. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-59 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.30 Status 3.30.1 Status Byte Message The power meter responds to a Serial Poll Enable (SPE) bus command by sending an 8-bit byte when addressed to talk. If the instrument is holding the SRQ bus control line true (issuing the Require Service message), bit position 6 in the Status Byte and the bit representing the condition causing the Require Service message to be issued will both be true. The bits in the Status Byte are latched, but can be cleared by sending the Clear Status (CS) program code. Table 3-11: Status Byte and Service Request Mark Bit Weight Service Request Condition 7 128 0 6 64 RQS bit Require Service 5 32 Event Status 4 16 Over/Under Limit 3 8 Measurement or Cal Zero Error 2 4 Entry Error 1 2 Cal/Zero Complete 0 1 Data Ready The condition indicated in Bits 1-5 must be enabled by the Service Request Mask to cause a Service Request Condition. The mask is set with the @1 program code followed by an 8-bit byte, or the *SRE program code followed by three ASCII characters. The value of the byte is determined by summing the weight of each bit to be checked (the three ASCII characters are the value of the byte in decimal). The RQS (bit 6) is true when any of the conditions of bits 1-5 are enabled and occur. Bits remain set until the Status Byte is cleared. OUTPUT 713;CS ! clear SRQ and status byte or OUTPUT 713;*CLS ! clear SRQ and status byte (488.2) State = SPOLL(713) ! read status byte or OUTPUT 713;*STB? ! ask for status byte (488.2) ENTER 713;State ! read status byte with 3 ASCII digit numbers OUTPUT 713;@1;CHR$(4) ! set service request mask to 4 or 3-60 OUTPUT 713;*SRE004 ! set service request mask to 4 OUTPUT 713;RV ! ask for service request mask or OUTPUT 713;*SRE? ! ask for service request mask (488.2) Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.30.2 Event Status Register The Event Status Register (ESR) is essentially a second status byte; it is an 8-bit byte, described in the table below. When a specified event occurs, the ESR bits are set true; they can be read by sending an *ESR? command. When the command is received, the 8540C responds by sending an ASCII 3 digit value (from 0 to 255) that describes the present state of the register. This ASCII value is arrived at by summing the weighted values of the transmitted bits. The ESR bits consist of the following: Power On This bit will always be set. Command Error This bit is set when an improper GPIB code is sent to the instrument. The command WT would be considered a command error, for example. Execution Error When incorrect data is sent to the instrument, this bit will be set. For example, the command FR-1.0MZ would be considered an execution error. Device Dependent Error Errors 1 through 49 are measurement errors, and will set this bit true whenever they occur. If an ESR bit is set true, this causes bit 5 of the Status Byte to be set only when a corresponding bit in the Event Status Enable Register is enabled. This register is similar to the Service Request Mask, in that it can be used to specify which bits in the ESR register will set bit 5 of the Status Byte. The Event Status Enable Register is set by sending the program code *ESE, followed by an ASCII 3 digit value (the value is determined by summing the weights of the bits to be checked). To read the current setting of the Event Status Register, send the command *ESE?. The 8540C sends an ASCII 3 digit value that describes the current state of the register (the value is determined by summing the weights of the bits that are set). Table 3-12: Event Status & Event Status Enable Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Power On 0 Bit 5 Bit 4 Command Error Execution Error Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Bit 3 Device Dependent Error Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 0 0 3-61 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.30.3 Status Message Examples: OUTPUT 713;SM ! ask for status message ENTER 713;Statusmess$ ! read status message Status Message Output Format The output format is as follows: AAaaBBCCccDDddEFGHIJKLMNOPAA Measurement Error Code aa Entry Error Code BB Operating Mode CC Sensor A Range cc Sensor B Range DD Sensor A Filter dd Sensor B Filter E Measurement Units F Active Entry Channel G Oscillator Status H REL Mode Status I Trigger Mode J Group Trigger Mode K Limits Checking Status L Limits Status M NA N Offset Status O Duty Cycle Units/Status P Measurement Units Carriage Return Line Feed Each letter in the Status Message Output Format denotes a single ASCII character. See the list of codes in Tables 3-13 through 3-15 on the following pages for expanded definitions of the individual elements in this format. 3-62 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation Elements of the Status Message Output Format Table 3-13: Error Code Returned in Position AA Error Code Message Notes 00 All OK. 01 Cannot zero sensor A. Ensure no RF power to sensor A. 02 Cannot zero sensor B. Ensure no RF power to sensor B. 03 Sensor A not connected to Calibrator. Connect sensor A to Calibrator. 04 Sensor B not connected to Calibrator. Connect sensor B to Calibrator. 05 Cannot Cal Sensor A. Check sensor A connection to Calibrator; reference must be 1.00 mW. 06 Cannot Cal sensor B. Check sensor B connection to Calibrator; reference must be 1.00 mW. 21 Over limit. An over-limit condition has occurred (for either the top or bottom line of the display). 23 Under limit. An under-limit condition has occurred (for either the top or bottom line of the display). 26 Sensor A unable to synchronize burst average power measurements to a pulse stream. Check measurement setup and RF signal. 27 Sensor B unable to synchronize burst average power measurements to a pulse stream. Check measurement setup and RF signal. 31 No sensor on Channel A. Connect sensor A, or change channels if B is connected. 32 No sensor on Channel B. Connect sensor B, or change channels if A is connected. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-63 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters Table 3-14: Error Code Returned in Position aa Error Code 3-64 Message Notes 00 All OK. 50 Entered Cal Factor out of range. Enter value between 1.0% and 150.0% 51 Entered Offset out of range. Enter value between -99.999 dB and +99.999 dB 53 Entered average number out of range. Enter valid average number. 54 Entered recall memory number out of range. Enter valid recall memory number between 0 and 20. 55 Entered store memory number out of range. Enter valid store memory number between 1 and 20. 60 Unable to set requested measurement mode or sensor measurement because sensor A is unattached or uncalibrated. This may be due to receipt of a MAP, PAP, BAP, DC1, or DY command. 61 Same as Error 60 above, but for sensor B. 62 Unable to set up sensor A to perform a modulated measurement (MAP, PAP, or BAP), because the sensor is not a modulated sensor. OR: Unable to modify a BAP measurement because the sensor is not a modulated sensor. 63 Same as Error 62, but for sensor B. 67 Unable to activate Peak Hold or Crest Factor features. This may be set due to receipt of a CR1 or PH1 command. Peak Hold and Crest Factor can be enabled only in MAP, PAP, or BAP modes. 68 Unable to initiate fast measurement collection mode. Verify using modulation sensor and measurement mode selections. 70 Entered peak sensor A data error. Check entered data. 71 Entered peak sensor B data error. Check entered data. 72 Entered peak sensor A delay out of range. Check entered delay. 73 Entered peak sensor B delay out of range. Check entered delay. 74 Entered peak sensor A trigger out of range. Check entered trigger value. 75 Entered peak sensor B trigger out of range. Check entered trigger value. 76 Sensor EEPROM data entry has error. Check entry data. 77 Sensor A does not exist. Check sensor A. This error code refers only to the EEPROM command. 78 Sensor B does not exist. Check sensor B. This error code refers only to the EEPROM command. 79 Measurement settling target for auto-average mode is out of range. Value must be 0.10% to 100.00%. 81 Duty cycle out of range. Value must be between 0.001% and 99.999%. 82 Frequency value out of range. Value must be between 0 Hz and 100 GHz. 85 Resolution value out of range. Value must be between 0 and 3. 90 GPIB data parameter error. Check, then enter with valid prefix. 91 Invalid GPIB code. Check, then enter with correct code. This may be set due to receipt of a MAP, BAP, DC1, DY, BSTE, BSPE, or BTDP command. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation Table 3-15: Other Codes in the Status Message Position BB Significance Codes Operating Mode 00 = Sensor A 01 = Sensor B 02 = A/B 03 = B/A 04 = A-B 05 = B-A 06 = Zeroing A 07 = Zeroing B 08 = Cal A 09 = Cal B 10 = Ext Cal A 11 = Ext Cal B 20 = Peak A delay 21 = Peak B delay CC & cc Sensor A range & Sensor B range Manual Range: 01 = 1 02 = 2 03 = 3 04 = 4 05 = 5 Auto Range: 11 = 1 12 = 2 13 = 3 14 = 4 15 = 5 DD & dd Sensor A filter & Sensor B filter Manual Filter: 00 = 0 01 = 1 02 = 2 03 = 3 04 = 4 05 = 5 06 = 6 07 = 7 08 = 8 09 = 9 Auto Filter: 10 = 0 11 = 1 12 = 2 13 = 3 14 = 4 15 = 5 16 = 6 17 = 7 18 = 8 19 = 9 E Measurement Units 0 = Watts, 1 = dBm F Active Entry Channel A = A, B = B G Calibrator Output Status 0 = Off, 1 = On H REL Mode Status 0 = Off, 1 = On I Trigger Mode 0 = Freerun, 1 = Hold J Group Trigger Mode 0 = GTO, 1 = GT1, 2 = GT2 K Limits Checking Status 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled L Limits Status M Bottom Line Limits Status 0 = In limits 1 = Over high limit 2 = Under low limit N Offset Status 0 = Off, 1 = On O Duty Cycle 0 = Off, 1 = On P Measurement Units 0 = Watts, 1 = dBm, 2 = %, 3 = dB Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-65 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.31 Store and Recall The instrument’s current configuration can be saved in a register for later recall. 3.31.1 Saving a Configuration The commands for saving the instrument state are based on the ST function code: Syntax: ST [r] EN ST is the Save function code. [r] identifies the register in which the instrument’s configuration is to be saved (and from which it can later be retrieved). The value of [r] can be any number from 1 through 20. A terminating suffix (EN) is required. Example: ☛ 3.31.2 OUTPUT 713;ST12EN ! Save the current instrument configuration in register 12 NOTE: Register 0 contains the previous state of the instrument; to recover from an accidental preset, recall the configuration from that register. Retrieving a Configuration The commands for recalling a configuration from a register are based on the RC function code: Syntax: RC [r] EN RC is the Recall function code. [r] identifies the register in which the instrument’s prior configuration has been saved and from which it is now to be retrieved. The value of [r] can be any number from 0 through 20. A terminating suffix (EN) is required. Examples: 3-66 OUTPUT 713;RC3EN ! Recall the configuration that was saved in register 3 OUTPUT 713;RC0EN ! Recall the prior configuration (this command recovers ! from configuration errors) Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.32 Units ☛ NOTE: These commands must be preceded by CH [n] EN command. Logarithmic or linear measurement units are specified by simple commands consisting of the function codes LG and LN. Syntax: LG or LN Examples: OUTPUT 713;LG ! set Log units (dB or dBm) OUTPUT 713;LN ! set Linear units (Watts or %) These commands affect all types of measurements, except for the fast measurement collection modes. These modes always return measurement readings in dBm. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 3-67 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3.33 VPROPF Feature The VPROPF feature (voltage proportional to frequency) provides a means of indicating to the 8540C the approximate frequency of the signal that it is measuring, so that the appropriate cal factor can be applied. The frequency is indicated by means of a variable voltage input. The 8540C reads the voltage as an expression of frequency, and applies the proper cal factor from the table stored in the sensor EEPROM (interpolating for frequencies that fall between the stored values). In order for the 8540C to interpret the input voltage input correctly, it is necessary to specify the starting point (that is, the frequency at zero volts) and the slope (the rate at which voltage increases with frequency). 3.33.1 Enabling & Disabling VPROPF Commands related to the VPROPF function are based on the function code VPROPF. The command format, for purposes of activating or deactivating the VPROPF feature, is as follows: Syntax: VPROPF [A or B] STATE [ON or OFF] [A or B] specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. STATE indicates that the VPROPF feature is being enabled or disabled. [ON or OFF] enable or disable the VPROPF function. Examples: 3.33.2 OUTPUT 713;VPROPF A STATE ON ! Enable VPROPF for sensor A OUTPUT 713;VPROPF B STATE OFF ! Disable VPROPF for sensor B Configuring VPROPF The command format, for purposes of configuring the VPROPF feature, is as follows: Syntax: VPROPF [A or B] MODE [f] [s] [A or B] specifies Sensor A and Sensor B. MODE indicates that the VPROPF feature is being configured (that is, the start frequency and slope are being specified). [f] indicates the start frequency (the frequency at zero volts), expressed in Hz. The start frequency must be less than the upper frequency limit of the sensor. [s] indicates the slope of the VPROPF(the ratio of input voltage to input frequency), expressed in V/Hz. The value must be between 1E-12 and 1E-8. Example: OUTPUT 713;VPROPF A MODE 2.00E9 1.00E-9 ! Configure the VPROPF feature for sensor A ! as follows: ! 2.00 GHz start frequency ! 1.00 Volt per GHz slope 3-68 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Remote Operation 3.34 Zeroing The commands used for zeroing of a sensor are based on the function code ZE. The command format is: Syntax: [AE or BE] ZE [AE or BE] prefix specifies Sensor A or Sensor B. Examples: ☛ OUTPUT 713;AE ZE ! Zero sensor A OUTPUT 713;BE ZE ! Zero sensor B NOTE: If the sensor is attached to an RF source, the source must be turned off prior to zeroing. Zeroing before calibration is not necessary; zeroing of the sensor is part of the sensor calibration process. The following is an example of how to zero a sensor with the GPIB program. The service request feature determines when the zero has completed; this results in the quickest zeroing routine. Zero: ON INTR 7 GOSUB Srq_interrupt ENABLE INTR 7;2 OUTPUT 713;*SRE010 OUTPUT 713;CS OUTPUT 713;ZE Flag=0 WHILE Flag=0 END WHILE RETURN Srq_interrupt: OUTPUT 713;*STB? ENTER 713;State IF BIT(State, 1) THEN PRINT GOOD ZERO ELSE IF BIT(State, 3) THEN PRINT BAD ZERO ENDIF ENDIF OUTPUT 713;CS Flag=1 RETURN Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 ! zero routine ! setup serial poll interrupt jump location ! enable SRQ interrupts ! set service request mask to 2 ! clear status byte ! start zero ! reset control flag ! wait while zeroing ! SRQ interrupts jump here ! clear status byte ! set control flag true 3-69 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 3-70 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 4 Theory of Operation1 4.1 General This chapter provides a functional description of the circuits used in Series 8540C power meters. The circuits are contained in the four printed circuit boards listed in Table 4-1: Table 4-1: 8540C Circuit Board Assemblies Reference Designation Title Assembly Drawing Part # Schematic Part # A1 CPU PC Bd Assembly 21693 21694 A2 8541C Analog PC Bd Assembly 30164 30165 A2 8542C Analog PC Bd Assembly 30173 30165 A3 Front Panel PC Bd Assembly 21229 21230 A4 LCD Display Assembly 21240 NA The 8540C Interconnection Diagram (see drawing no. 30161) on page 8-3 shows how the assemblies are connected to one another. Also see Figure 4-1 for a block diagram of the CPU board interconnection. Most of the electrical circuitry resides on the CPU PC Board (A1) and the Analog PC Board (A2). The CPU interfaces with the Analog assembly through connection A1J1/A2P1. The CPU also connects to the Front Panel assembly (A3) that provides the keyboard interface and the LED status indicators, and to the LCD display assembly (A4). Various cable connections are provided on the 8540C rear panel. The GPIB connector communicates with the CPU board through connector J3. Three rear panel BNCs connect to the CPU board, and two rear panel BNCs connect to the Analog board. J8 on the CPU assembly is used for in-house development and testing, and for the Time Gating (Option 11) PC board. The LCD Display (A4) is an OEM purchased part and does not include a circuit schematic in this manual. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 4-1 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 4.2 CPU PC Board (A1) +5V +15V 12 MHz CLOCK INTERRUPTS TO FRONT PANEL KEYS 68000 CPU POWER SUPPLY AC -15V GPIB IEEE 488 RAM BANK 0 8279 RAM BANK 1 BATTERY ROM BANK 0 ROM BANK 1 TO FRONT PANEL LEDs 8255 ROM BANK 2 TO FRONT PANEL LCD BUFFERS TO ANALOG PC BOARD Figure 4-1: CPU Block Diagram 4.2.1 Power Supply As shown in the Interconnection Diagram in Chapter 8, ac main power (110 or 220 V) is applied to transformer T1. One 8.4 Vac and 19 Vac outputs from T1 are supplied to the dc power supply on the CPU board. The dc power supply produces the +5 Vdc and +15/-15 Vdc required by various circuits in the meter. The T1 transformer’s 8.4 Vac and 33 Vac enter the dc supply through J9. CR6 rectifies the 8.4 Vac to an unregulated 8 Vdc. C54 and C6 provide filtering, and the unregulated voltage is applied to regulators U37 and U38. The U37 regulator supplies 5 V (at 0.5 A) required by the front panel LCD display’s backlight. U38 supplies 5 V required by all of the digital circuitry. TP12 and TP13 are available to test the level of the 5 V supply. CR7 rectifies the unregulated voltage of the +16.5/-16.5 V filters which is applied to U39 and U40 through C9 and C12. U39 is the +15 V regulator, and U40 is the -15 V regulator. TP14 and TP15 are available to test these voltages. 4.2.2 Battery Back-Up A 3.6V lithium battery is used for non-volatile RAM backup for system configuration storage registers. TP16 & TP17 and R29 are used as a current draw monitor for the battery. If the battery is supplying too much current, it will be shown as the voltage drop across R29. Typically, the non-volatile RAMs should draw about 3 mA from the battery. This will produce 3 mV across TP16 & 17. 4-2 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Theory of Operation 4.2.3 Circuit Description Y1 (shown in the upper left corner of page 8-9) is a 24 MHz crystal oscillator that provides the main clock signals for the circuitry. U1A is a divide-by-two counter that outputs 12 MHz. This 12 MHz is used by the 68000 microprocessor, U9, so that U9 is running at a 12 MHz clock speed. The clock is further divided down for other uses at U2. U2 also provides wait states when accessing peripherals. U17D/E/F and U16C&D provide U9 with decoding of the status lines for auto vector interrupts. U16A provides an upper data byte write signal, and U16B furnishes the lower data byte write signal. The 68000 microprocessor (U9) is a 16-bit component with a high 8 bits and a low 8 bits. Most 8 bit peripherals operate using the low 8 bits with only those devices requiring more than 8 bits using the high 8 bit data. (e.g. the ROM and RAM use both upper and lower). U4 is a PAL (Programmable Logic Device) that provides address decoding for RAM Banks 0 and 1, and ROM banks 0, 1, and 2. U4 pin 15 is a chip select for all peripherals. The signal from U4 goes to U18 which further decodes address signals into various port chip selects. The U4 and U2 ICs provide the wait state function. When U4 decodes ROM or RAM it immediately passes back DTAK via pin 12 of U9. When it encounters a peripheral device address (when pin 15 is low for the chip select), DTAK is held off until a signal is received on pin 1. The pin 1 signal comes from the wait state generation of U2. The sequence is: The address strobe comes on, U4 looks at the address lines and detects that it is a peripheral being addressed, and the chip select from U4 pin 15 goes to pin 2 of U2. U2A then starts counting down until pin 6 comes true (through jumper D) which happens 8 clock cycles later (a wait state of 8). The signal gets passed to pin 1, and then U4 passes DTAK (pin 12) to the U9 processor. By this method, various wait states can be generated with jumpers A, B, C, and D (1, 2, 3, and 4 wait states). (ROM and RAM are always 0 wait states so DTAK passes right through.) The RAM 1 chip select is passed through U10 which is a nonvolatile RAM controller. This chip will only chip select to pass through from pin 5 to pin 6 if pin 8 has a valid 5 V of power supplied to it. When the power supply is off and pin 8 no longer has 5 V applied to it, U10 will automatically stop chip selects from passing through. It automatically routes pin 2’s power (instead of routing pin 8’s power) from the backup battery to pin 1 which is the battery voltage for RAM Bank 1. This means that when power is turned off, no memory is lost and chip select is disabled to stop any memory writes from occurring that could corrupt the data. U22 provides the reset for the processor, U9. When the power is turned on U9 asserts the reset line, pin 5, for 250 ms. That signal is buffered by U20A&B (open collector drivers) that cause the reset of U9. When U9 is reset it reasserts pin 18, buffered by U17A, which provides the reset signal. This can be tested at TP8. R2 and R3 divide down the unregulated supply voltage and provide pin 1 of U22 with a threshold voltage. When the power supply has been turned off, U22 will detect this by seeing a voltage change in the pin 1 voltage. When the voltage drops, it will assert the interrupt, pin 7 of U22. This tells U9 that the power is being turned off, and that it should complete any current operations before the power is removed. U21 provides encoding of the interrupt signals by an 8 line to 3 line encoding routine. Interrupt 0 is not used. Interrupts 1 through 7 can be enabled or disabled by removing or replacing jumpers A through G. Jumper H disables all interrupts so that it is not necessary to remove A through G if this is desired. Interrupt 1 occurs when a sensor is connected or disconnected. Interrupt 2 is used with the rear panel BNC trigger. Interrupt 3 occurs when any GPIB bus activity is in progress. Interrupt 4 occurs when a front panel key is depressed, and interrupts 5 and 6 are available for programmable timing provided by U26 (currently not used). Interrupt 7 is used when the power supply is shut down. U26 is one of three programmable times in the system. These timers divide down the supply clock, clock 0, 1, and 2, which are all 0.75 MHz clocks that can be programmed to provide different clock signals. Presently, U26 is not used (for future development). Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 4-3 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters U8 (a Texas Instrument 9914 GPIB controller) is a peripheral chip used for GPIB affectivity. U6 and U7 provide buffering of GPIB signals before they are sent over the bus. Pin 1 of U7 programs the GPIB bus to be a master controller or a talker/listener device. Presently, only talker/listener modes are used in the 8540C Series meters. U23 is an 8279 keyboard controller that provides keyboard scanning and key press detection. It also provides an 8-key buffer. U19 is a 3 to 8 line decoder used for column and row scanning which are detected by pins 1, 2, 38, 39, and U23. When U23 detects a key press, it asserts interrupt 4 from U24A. U22, U23, U24, and U25 provide pull ups for the keyboard matrix. U25 is a PIA (Peripheral Interface Adapter) used to program the 20 front panel LEDs. Pin 10 of U25 provides drive for the single LED on the CPU board, DS1, that is used for internal testing. Pins 11, 12, and 13 are auxiliary signals which are presently not used. The battery interfaces with U27 and U28. Each of these devices typically draw 1 µA, for a total battery dissipation of approximately 3 µA. There are additional signals present at U3. Pin 4 drives Q1 which, in turn, drives a piezo-electric beeper for front panel audio signals. U3-3 resets the trigger latch, U1-2 is an output buffered by U24E which is the RF blanking signal used to turn off the source RF during zeroing. This is done automatically through J7. Pin 18 is the trigger latch input from U1B. The following is the normal sequence of operation for the external trigger signal: The trigger input signal is applied through the TRIGGER INPUT BNC connector, J4, on the rear panel. R11, R12, CR2, and CR13 provide input protection for U24B which buffers the trigger signal and acts as a Schmitt trigger. The trigger can either assert Interrupt 2 to provide edge detection, or be latched by U1B for level detection. U1B can be set by asserting pin 13, and then unasserting pin 13 which sets the latch ready for a new trigger signal, which is read by pin 9. U3-19 is an input from U24D which is for future use. R11, R14, CR4, and CR5 also provide input protection. The CPU Board connects to the Analog Board via J1. Bus signals are buffered by U12 and U13 which are bidirectional devices that buffer the 16 data lines, D0-D15. These tri-state buffers are only active when the Analog Board is chip selected via CS Analog (pin 12 of U18). All 16 data lines are sent to the Analog Board, but only 4 addresses (A0 - A3) are buffered by U14A. Reset, not read/write, read/not write, and the lower data write signals are also buffered. The Chip Select Analog is further decoded into 8 additional chip selects for the Analog Board by U15 which then outputs ACS0 through ACS1. Referring to Sheet 2 of the A1 Circuit Schematic (drawing #21694), the DIP sockets that the ROMs and RAMs are mounted in are configured to accept either 512K or 1M devices. 512K devices are 28 pin components that have to go into 32 pin sockets. When this is done, pins 1, 2, 31, and 32 are not used, which means that the 512K device is occupying pins 3 through 30 of the socket. The difference in address decoding between 512K and 1M devices is provided by PAL U4. The ROM and RAM banks are word addressed. The necessary reads and writes are done in 16 bit words. Each chip in the bank provides 8 bits (or 1/2 of the word). For example, ROM Bank 0 is composed of U35 and U36. U35 is the lower 8 bits, and U36 is the upper 8 bits of data. U33 and U34 are ROM Bank 1, and U31 and U32 are ROM Bank 2. RAM Bank 0 is only loaded if Option 02 (128K Buffer) is specified. This option provides more memory buffer for the fast measurement collection. RAM Bank 0 is volatile RAM (loses memory when power is turned off). RAM Bank 1 is composed of U27 and U28 which are non-volatile because they are connected to the backup battery. Connection J6 interfaces the LCD display with the CPU Board. R26, R27, and R28 provide current limiting for the LED backlight of the display (draws approximately 1/2 Amp). The resistor divider network, R16, is used to provide contrast adjustment for the LCD display. U11B buffered by U24F provides a decoded data strobe. 4-4 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Theory of Operation 4.3 Analog PC Board (A2) 4.3.1 Circuit Description Sheet 1 of the Analog Circuit Schematic (drawing #30165) shows the Channel A sensor amplifier used with both the 8541C and 8542C. Sheet 2 of Analog Circuit Schematic covers the Channel B sensor amplifier circuits used with the 8542C only. Also see Figure 4-2 for a block diagram of the Analog board interconnection. Since these are essentially duplicate circuits (the differences will be described), this discussion will mainly focus on the Sheet 1 components. The sensors are connected from the front panel through W6J1 which enters the Analog Board through J1 for sensor A and J2 for sensor B. The detected dc voltage from the sensor is a differential voltage applied to pins 3 and 4 of J1. This differential voltage goes to U25, which is a FET chopping circuit. The outputs are pins 7,10 and 2,15 of U25. An incoming signal can either be fed straight through or inverted. The signal is fed straight through when CHAMCHP is high; it is fed through in the inverted mode when CHAMCHP is low. This provides chopper stabilized amplification when low power signals are being received by switching the FET switch from the inverting to non-inverting mode and back again at a rate of 300 times per second. -24V OFFSET DAC A/D BIAS +24V CHANNEL A CHOPPER A/D LOW PASS AMP X1,8 64, 512 AMP X1,8 AMP X1,8 10 kHz -24V OFFSET DAC A/D BIAS +24V CHANNEL B CHOPPER A/D LOW PASS AMP X1,8 64, 512 AMP X1,8 AMP X1,8 10 kHz THERMISTOR POWER SENSOR CAL ATTENUATOR 0, -10 -20, -30, -40 OSCILLATOR +10 TO +20 dBm CONTROL CIRCUIT Figure 4-2: Analog PC Block Diagram Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 4-5 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters There are three stages of gain in the analog processing chain. All three stages are gain programmable and fully differential. Stage 1 is made up of two identical composite amplifiers. The positive half of stage 1 is composed of amplifiers U29, U46, U48 and RF JFETs Q13-16. U29 is a precision amplifier, which handles the dc and low frequency portion of the signal. The high frequencies are handled by U48, which is buffered by the two JFET source follower stages and ac coupled at about 30 Hz by C94 and C98. The outputs of U29 and U48 are combined in U46, a high speed unity-gain buffer. The gain of the stage is selected by feeding the output back through different points on the resistor ladders. Analog switch U31 connects different points on the resistor ladders back to the inverting input of the composite amplifier. The resistor ladder consisting of R12, R25, R26, R36 and R270 is used for gains of 1, 8, and 64. The ladder made up of R21, R112 and R190 is used for the 512 gain setting. The U47 analog switch performs two functions. For low bandwidth sensors such as 80300 or 80400, the high amplifier is switched out to reduce noise and achieve good pulse response at high gain. The other half of U47 switches in band-limiting resistor R42 when the high-speed amplifier is switched in and it is set for unity gain. Stages 2 and 3 are identical differential amplifiers. Each can be set for gains of 1 and 8. For stage 2, analog switch U62 selects one of two points on the resistor ladder consisting of R43, R243 and R145. C231 and C246 on stage 3 limit the bandwidth when that stage is set to a gain of 8. An offset voltage from DAC, U17 (sheet 3) is injected into the amplifier chain at two different points. For all but the highest gain setting of stage 1, the offset is injected at the input of stage 2. When stage 1 is set for a gain of 512, the offset is injected at the input to stage 1. Analog switch U56 routes the offset voltage tot he proper path. U54C and B buffer the offset voltage path to stage 2 input. U54A and D buffer the path to stage 1 input. U56 switches the deselected path to analog ground so that no offset or noise is injected at that point. Sheet 6 of the A2 Circuit Schematic shows the last stage in the analog chain and the analog-to-digital converter. U26 is a unity gain differential-to-single-ended stage, which drives the input of the A/D converter, U91. A bias voltage from amplifier U25 is also summed into U26. This bias voltage sets the A/D input at -2.4V. The A/D input voltage range is -2.5 V to +2.5 V. The bias voltage allows negative excursions in voltage due to noise. When the chopper is enabled, analog switch U90 synchronously alternates the bias voltage between -2.4V and +2.4V. This allows the A/D to measure the inverted signals during chopping. The bias voltage is derived from the A/D 2.5 V reference voltage using resistive dividers R63 and R68, and R73 and R261 in the non-inverted and inverted modes respectively. Refer to Sheet 2 (Channel B) of the A2 Circuit Schematic (drawing #30165) which is exactly the same as Channel A (with different component numbers). Each detector has a thermistor included in its housing so that the power meter can read the temperature of the sensor. The voltage from that thermistor is applied through J1-J6 (for channel A) and amplified by a gain of 2 by U39D. Channel B sensor voltage comes through J2-J6 and is amplified by U39A. The amplified versions of the thermistor voltages are applied to different inputs of the multiplexed A/D, U22 (sheet 3). The software continuously monitors those inputs to check for the presence of a sensor. When a sensor is present, the software uses the thermistor voltage in a temperature compensation algorithm. U22 also reads the voltage from the J3 VPROPF connector. CR15 provides input protection and U38A is a unity-gain buffer. The output of U38A is applied to the U22 A/D through voltage divider R51 and R52. This attenuates the maximum VPROPF voltage of 10V down to the 2.5 V that the A/D requires. U23 is a 5 volt regulator and supplies U22 with Vdd. The sensors also have EEPROMs that connect to the system through a serial interface. Channel A uses J1-13 for the clock and J1-12 for the data. This is a bidirectional device wherein data needs to be written to the sensor and also read to the sensor. U41:2 buffers incoming data, and U41:3 buffers outgoing data. Q2 provides the necessary open collector interface. U18 supplies the clock during a read or write action. 4-6 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Theory of Operation The clock signal is buffered by U41:1. Channel B has a duplicate circuit consisting of U41:3,4,5 and Q3. DC supplies of +5 V and ±12V are also routed to the sensors. The 12V supplies are routed through RT3 and RT4 which are used to provide solid state fusing in case of any shorts. These are resettable solid state fuses which do not need to be replaced. The +5 V can be switched on and off. This is buffered by Q8 which can enable or disable Q1. U113:1 and :2 buffer sensor control lines for gain and chop respectively. U113:3 and :4 perform the same function on channel B. 4.3.2 Analog Board Control Lines This section describes the various control lines on the analog board. The names of the control lines are identical for channels A and B except for the letter B, which is shown in parenthesis. Stage 1 Gain Control of stage 1 gain requires setting two sets of switches. One set of switches sets the gain. The control lines are CHA(B)MX1A1 and CHA(B)MX!A0 and come from U104. The other set of switches adjusts the frequency compensation for the amplifier in unity gain to keep it reliably stable, and disconnects the high speed amplifier for low bandwidth sensors. The control line CHA(B)COMP controls the compensation of stage 1. CHA(B)WBWR controls the connectivity of the high speed amplifier. These control lines come from U21. The following defines the settings and gain of Stage 1. CHA(B)MX1A1 CHA(B)MX1A0 Gain CHA(B)COMP CHA(B)WBWR 80600 and Higher Sensors 0 0 512 0 0 0 1 64 1 0 1 0 8 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 All Other Sensors 0 0 512 0 1 0 1 64 1 1 1 0 8 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 Stages 2 and 3 Gain Each of these gain stages has its own gain setting switch. Control line CHA(B)MX3A1 controls stage 2 gain, and CHA(B)MX3A0 controls stage 3 gain. These control lines come from U21. The following defines the settings and gain of stages 2 and 3. CHA(B)MX3A1 CHA(B)MX3A0 Stage 2 Gain Stage 3 Gain 0 0 8 8 1 0 1 8 1 1 1 1 CW Filter (Gain Range 6) This filter is switched in (logic high) when all gain stages are at maximum gain. Its control line, CHA(B)FILT, is a 4-input NAND function of the four gain control lines. This control lines comes from U21. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 4-7 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters Chopping There are two control lines for chopping. The CHA(B)MCHP line performs the chopping function by switching the U28 analog switch (channel A). This control line comes from U104. The other line, CHA(B)BIAS flips the polarity of the A/D bias voltage to match the chopping polarity. This line comes from U21. CHA(B)MCHP CHA(B)BIAS CHOPPER POLARITY 0 1 Invert 1 0 Non-invert 0 1 Invert 1 0 Non-invert Sensor Gain The amplifier in the sensor has two gain settings. This is controlled by a line from U21 called CHA(B)SGN. The assignment is as follows: CHA(B)SGN Gain 0 1 1 8 Sensor Chopper Control The chopper in the sensor is controlled by a line from U104 called CHA(B)SCHP. The assignment is as follows: 4-8 CHA(B)SCHP Chopper Polarity 0 Non-invert 1 Invert Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Theory of Operation 4.4 Calibrator Module Sheets 4 and 5 of the A2 Circuit Schematic (drawing #30165) cover the interconnections for the Calibrator circuit. The Calibrator Module is located on the Analog PC Board. It is basically the heart of the 8540C Series Power Meters in that it is a patented system that allows the power sensors to be calibrated against an internal thermistor power standard (see Figure 4-3). In contrast to the conventional fixed-level calibrators, the 8540C calibrator produces a range of power levels over a 50 dB dynamic range to an accuracy of a few thousandths of a dB. Figure 4-3: Calibrator Internal Power Standard The thermistor is mounted in a self-balancing bridge configuration using dc substitution in the bridge. In this arrangement, the thermistor is maintained at a fixed operating point and the dc power in the thermistor, PDC, is related to the RF power, PRF, by the simple relationship: PDC + PRF = PAMBIENT = constant The constant, PAMBIENT, is found by turning the RF power off and measuring the ambient voltage, VAMBIENT, to which the self-balancing bridge settles. The advantage of this approach is that the linearity of the thermistor-leveled oscillator is limited only by the accuracy with which dc voltages can be measured and the stability of the RF calibrator. To ensure exceptional stability, the thermistor assembly is enclosed in a temperature-stabilized environment and a low drift sampling circuit is used to hold the ambient bridge voltage. The RF power can then be programmed by controlling a difference voltage, δV, at the summing node. The power is related to the voltage by: δV PRF = VAMBIENT - delta R1 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 2 delta 2R 1 2 4-9 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters This permits the RF power to be precisely controlled over a dynamic range of about 12 to 15 dB. The dynamic range is extended using a switched attenuator, the properties of which are determined using the thermistor-leveled oscillator itself. The effective attenuation (including all mismatch effects) of each attenuator relative to the next is measured by finding a pair of powers, one for each attenuator, that produces identical signals from the sensor under test. Because the sensor under test is used at a fixed operating point, no knowledge of its detection law is required. 4.4.1 General The operation of the various circuitry functions of the Calibrator Module can be understood more easily if the circuits are discussed individually. The 11 functional sections of this module include the following: 1. The 50 MHz oscillator, Q4, and its current control circuit consisting of U16D, Q5, and U2C. 2. The RF output circuit consisting of the low pass filter, the stepped attenuator, and the connector and cable to the front panel of the 8540C meter. 3. The oven that maintains the control thermistor at a constant 60 °C is located on the small board attached to the bottom of the heater transistor, Q1. The board has two thermistors, RT1 and RT2, and Q7, the control transistor. 4. The thermistor bridge used to measure the RF power by dc substitution, consisting of RT1, U1, and Q6. 5. The track and hold circuit that remembers the ambient bridge voltage, using U2B, U8D, and U3A. 6. The 14-bit DAC and reference supply used to measure the ambient bridge voltage and control the RF output level, made up of U11, U7, U8A & B, U6, U16A, U13, U12, U4, and U15. 7. The correction circuit used to measure the temperature of the pin diode attenuator so that a correction for the temperature dependent loss of the diodes can be corrected, consisting of RT2 and U16C. 8. Sensor NV (Non-Volatile) RAM control circuit, U41D/E/F, Q3, and U18. 9. Calibrator NVRAM control circuit, U14 and U18. 10. Sensor interrupt control circuit, U9, U10A, U40A/B/C, and U39A. 11. The digital control circuit consisting of U18, U15B/C, U10B/C, U9B, and U15A. 4.4.2 50 MHz Oscillator The first section of the Calibrator Module Assembly circuitry consists of a colpits oscillator circuit with a controllable power output. The output power is measured by the thermistor bridge and set by varying the dc current through Q4. This current is supplied by a voltage to current converter circuit consisting of U16D, Q5, and U4. The power generated by Q4 is nearly linearly related to the current through it. Thus, the voltage from U4 that is converted to current by U16D and Q5 is linearly related to the RF power generated. When the calibrator is set for 0 dBm, the voltage at U4-6 is near 0 volts. 4-10 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Theory of Operation 4.4.3 RF Output The 50 MHz oscillator output is capacity coupled to the low pass filter, L13, L14, L15, and associated capacitors. The resultant harmonic-free RF is applied to the switched pin attenuator, CR8 - 14, and associated resistors and control amplifiers U19 and U16B. The first section is 10 dB, the output section is 20 dB, and a resistor between sections adds another 10 dB. Thus, the output power can be programmed from +20 to -30 dBm. 4.4.4 Oven The measuring thermistor is maintained at a constant 60 °C by being mounted on the heater transistor, Q1, which is driven from the sensing thermistor RT2 by way of the Q7 current amplifier. RT2 is mounted very close to RT1 so that both are maintained at the same temperature. When RT2 gets to a temperature of 60 °C, the voltage across it is just enough to maintain drive to the heater. This condition will be maintained regardless of the ambient temperature. 4.4.5 Thermistor Bridge RT1 is connected in a self-balancing bridge circuit which will deliver just enough power to the thermistor to keep it at 500 ohms. Thus, if part of the power delivered to it is from the RF generated by the oscillator and the rest is from the dc current of the bridge, then by reducing the amount of dc power, the circuit will increase the drive to the oscillator as needed to keep the total power in RT1 constant. It is only necessary to measure the amount of dc power reduction to know the amount of RF power present. In this way, a precisely known RF output level can be established. 4.4.6 Track & Hold and DAC In order to know how much power is being added by the oscillator, it is necessary to measure the power delivered to the thermistor with no RF present. This is done by turning off the oscillator power (closing switch U2C), and then measuring the voltage out of the control bridge. This is known as the ambient bridge voltage. To make this measurement, the following conditions are established: U8D and U2B are switched open, and U8A & C switch closed. Then, by using the DAC, U13, a successive approximation measurement of the voltage is made. Note that the output of the DAC is connected to one input of U4, and the bridge is connected to the other. Thus, it becomes a comparator that will make it possible for the computer to tell when the output voltage of the DAC is greater than the bridge voltage, and so complete the successive approximation. Once this is done, the DAC is set for 0V output, U8A is opened, U8B is closed, U8D and U2B are closed, and the track and hold capacitor, C39, will charge up to the voltage which represents the zero RF power condition of the bridge. When the oscillator is turned on by U9C, then the sampling switch, U2B, will open and allow C39 to supply this RF OFF condition to the measuring circuit. Any voltage from the DAC will now reduce the amount of dc power being delivered to the thermistor bridge, and the control circuit will add just enough current to the oscillator to cause its output to add back that much RF power into the bridge. 4.4.7 Correction Thermistor Circuit The compensation thermistor is mounted near CR13 to sense the temperature of the 20 dB attenuator section that is used to produce the 0 dBm output. This is the only absolute power specified. All other power levels are measured by the software relative to 0 dBm. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 4-11 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 4.4.8 Calibrator NVRAM Control Circuit The calibrator serial number and the correction constant for the 0 dBm output level, as well as the date of calibration and password for rewrite access, is contained in a Non-Volatile RAM. The read and write for it is provided by the parallel peripheral interface (PPI) U18. Before allowing access to the NVRAM, the software looks for a logic 1 on port A, bit 0 of the PPI and, if that is present, it asks the operator for the password. If the correct password is supplied, then the collected data will be written into U14. If the jumper W1 is set to supply a logic 0 to the PPI, the operator will then have write access to U14 without needing a password. 4.4.9 Digital Control Circuit The digital control circuit is the interface between the CPU and the preceding functions. 4-12 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Theory of Operation 4.5 Front Panel PC Assembly (A3) (Refer to the A3 Front Panel Circuit Schematic on page 8-21.) The Front Panel PC assembly consists of a 4 X 4 keyboard matrix and circuitry to interface the 20 front panel LEDs to the CPU board (see Figure 4-4). The LCD Display (A4) is an OEM purchased part and does not include a circuit schematic in this manual. Keyboard Matrix From 8279 (CPU Board) From 8255 (CPU Board) From 68000 (CPU Board) LEDs LCD Figure 4-4: Front Panel PC Assembly Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 4-13 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 4-14 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 5 Calibration & Testing 5.1 Introduction This chapter includes procedures for calibration and performance testing the Series 8540C Universal Power Meters. Refer to Appendix B of this manual for power sensor selection and calibration. 5.2 Calibration Procedure If any of the instrument performance characteristics cannot be calibrated within specification, refer to the troubleshooting procedure in Chapter 6. 5.2.1 Equipment Required Table 5-1 lists the equipment required for calibration of the 8540C power meters. Table 5-1: Equipment Required for Calibration Description Representative Model Key Characteristics CW Thermistor Power Meter HP 432A VRF and VCOMP available externally Thermistor Mount HP 478A-H75 ≤1.07 VSWR @ 50 MHz (30 dB return loss) Accuracy ±0.5% @ 50 MHz Digital Voltmeter (DVM) Fluke 8842A ±0.05% accuracy & 1 µV resolution Directional Coupler, 10 dB Mini Circuits ZFDC-10-1 10 dB ≤1.15 SWR @ 50 MHz Step Attenuator, 0 to 90 dB in 10 dB increments Weinschel Model AC 118A-90-33 ≤1.15 SWR @ 50 MHz ±0.1 dB attenuation RF Source (Signal Generator) (High Power) Wavetek Model 2405 Option XP +22 dBm @ 50 MHz Low Pass Filter Integrated Microwave Model 904 881 >30 dB attenuation @ 100 MHz GPIB Controller for IBM PC National PC2/2A With driver software Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 5-1 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 5.2.2 Calibrator Output Power Perform the Calibrator Output Power Reference Level check (see Section 5.3.2). If the unit fails to meet the power output specification within the 0.981 mW to 1.019 mW minimum and maximum limits, then proceed with the steps below. To correct the setting of the power output of the calibrator, you must know the password if it has been set, or you must defeat it by setting jumper A2W1 to position B. (This jumper is located and indicated on the Analog PC Board.) If no password has been set, you can proceed with the jumper in position A. Calculate the percent error in power (as described in the Performance Verification Level check) and change the CALFAC by that amount. For example, if the power output is low by 0.5% then increase the CALFAC by that amount. In the following procedure if you make a mistake and wish to start over, press [ESCAPE] and then continue from Step 1. 1. Press [MENU]. 2. Scroll to SERVICE MENU (using one of the up/down, left/right keys on the front panel) and press [ENTER]. 3. Scroll to CALIBRATOR and press [ENTER]. 4. Select EEPROM and press [ENTER]. 5. Press [ENTER] to get past SNumb (unit serial number). 6. Enter CALFAC change using the number obtained at the beginning of this test. Press [ENTER]. 7. Correct the date and press [ENTER]. 8. Correct the time and press [ENTER]. 9. Select WRITE and press [ENTER]. 10. Enter the correct password if needed. If it is not needed, you can either set one or clear it. Press [ENTER]. 11. You must verify that the correction has been done by again entering (reads new Cal Fac number): a. Scroll to the SERVICE MENU. b. Scroll to CALIBRATOR and press [ENTER]. c. Select Power and press [ENTER]. d. Select 0 dBm and press [ENTER]. 12. If the calibrator is now within tolerance, perform step 11 again and turn the calibrator OFF instead of selecting 0 dBm. The sensor(s) can now be calibrated by connecting to the calibrator output and pressing ZERO/CAL. If the calibration does not complete satisfactorily, refer to the calibrator voltage and frequency checks starting on page 5-3. The Linearity test can now be performed as detailed in Section 5.3.3. This is a complete procedure, and must be performed in the exact order given to produce accurate results. If this test fails, try it again with a different sensor. If it still fails, refer to the calibrator voltage and frequency checks starting on page 5-3. 5-2 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Calibration & Testing The following tests require that the power meter’s housing be removed. To remove the cover, remove the three Binder head screws on the back panel and slip the cover off. This can best be done by carefully resting the unit on the front panel using a cushion or pad to prevent scratching. Refer to the Analog PC Board description in Chapter 4 for further help in defining the problem. If the fault cannot be located to the component level, the PC board can be removed and replaced with a different one with no further calibration required except to set the calibrator output power to 0 dBm. 5.2.3 Power Supply Voltage Checks There are a number of power supplies in the power meter. The rectifiers, filters, and regulators for the ±15 volt and the +5 volt supplies are on the CPU PC Board (A1). All the other supplies are on the Analog PC Board (A2). In case there is a regulated voltage failure, check the corresponding unregulated supply (see Sheet 3 of the A1 Circuit Schematic on page 8-8). The unregulated voltage must be at least 2 volts more than the required regulated output. To measure the supplies, turn the unit on and let it stabilize for a minute or so. Then proceed as follows: 1. Connect the low side of the DVM to A2TP3 (GND) 2. Connect the high side to the points shown in Table 5-2. Table 5-2: DC Power Supply Test Points Test Point Voltage A2TP3 GND TP4 -14.25 to -15.75 TP5 4.8 to 5.2 TP2 14.25 to 15.75 U33-3 11.4 to 12.6 U40-3 -11.4 to -12.6 TP37 4.8 to 5.2 U83-3 (Ch. B) -4.8 to -5.2 U82-3 (Ch. B) 4.8 to 5.2 U57-3 -4.8 to -5.2 U58-3 4.8 to 5.2 TP27 11.4 to 12.6 TP29 (Ch. B) 11.4 to 12.6 TP30 (Ch. B) -11.4 to -12.6 TP28 -11.4 to -12.6 U16-1 -9.1 to -10.9 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 5-3 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 5.2.4 Calibrator Voltages To measure the calibrator voltages, first make sure that neither side of the DVM is grounded. The following measurements should find most of the problems that can arise in the calibrator circuitry. 1. Connect the DVM across the large resistor, A2R174. Measure 0.4 to 0.9 volts depending on the room temperature and how long the unit has been operating. This voltage is proportional to the current in the thermistor heater transistor which maintains the calibrator thermistor in a 60 °C environment. The voltage measured in the next step is dependent on this being correct. The exact ambient temperature and on-time of the instrument mentioned in Step 1 are not specific factors, but do have some effect on the reading taken across A2R174. If there is a problem in the circuit, the measured voltage will usually be outside of the 0.4 to 0.9 Volts specification (for example, 0 Volts or +5 Volts). 5.2.5 2. Connect the low side of the DVM to A2TP3 and the high side to A2TP1. Measure +7 to +8.5 volts. This is the voltage applied to the thermistor bridge that is used to measure the calibrator power. This voltage will vary as the calibrator provides different amounts of RF power. This measurement assumes that the calibrator is OFF. To verify that the calibrator is off, press MENU, scroll to REF POWER ON/OFF, press ENTER select OFF, and press ENTER again. 3. Turn the calibrator ON. Press MENU, scroll to REF POWER ON/OFF, press ENTER, select ON, and press ENTER. Now connect the high side of the DVM to A2U3, pin 7. Measure +3 to +10 volts which should change less than 2 mV per minute. Turn the calibrator off. If the voltage is incorrect or drifts excessively, troubleshoot the sample and hold circuit surrounding A2U3A. Calibrator Frequency Check To measure the frequency of the calibrator: 5.2.6 1. Connect a 50 MHz counter to the calibrator output connector. 2. Turn ON the calibrator according to the procedure given in Step 3, above. 3. Measure 49 to 51 MHz. 4. Turn the calibrator OFF. GPIB Test Functions If the unit will not calibrate its sensors, there are some test functions available through the GPIB. Using these functions, it is possible to check out the operation of the different parts of the calibrator system. 1. 5-4 Connect a controller to the GPIB interface connector on the rear panel of the unit, and set the address as required. a. Press MENU. Scroll to the Config menu and press ENTER. b. Scroll to GPIB and press ENTER. c. Select the MODE and ADDRESS as needed and press ENTER. (MODE is either 8541C or 8542C. The default address is 13). Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Calibration & Testing 2. 3. If the calibrator output power as measured in the Performance Verification Test is within tolerance but the unit will still not complete a sensor calibration, perform the following test to determine if the calibrator is operating correctly: a. Send TEST CALIB SOURCE 10 from the controller, followed by TEST CALIB ATTEN 0 (The calibrator output should be +20 dBm ±0.8 dB). b. Send TEST CALIB ATTEN 10 (This will insert the 10 dB attenuator into the calibrator output. The power should measure a decrease of 10 dB ±1 dB). c. Repeat Step 2b, substituting 20, 30 and 40 successively in the command. The power should be attenuated by the attenuation level specified in the command ±1 dB. This will verify the health of all of the attenuators. The next step is to verify the oscillator power control circuits. This is done by setting the power to higher and lower levels and measuring the results. Send the command TEST CALIB ATTEN 0, followed by TEST CALIB SOURCE X where X is -3 to +13. The resulting power output should range between -13 dB from the first reading taken in Step 2.a to at least +21 dBm. This checks the calibrator control circuits completely. If the unit still will not calibrate a sensor the problem is in the measurement circuits, not the calibrator. Proceed to the next heading. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 5-5 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 5.3 Performance Verification Tests Information in this section is useful for periodic evaluation of the 8540C and its power sensors. These tests can also be used for incoming inspection testing when the instrument is first received, if required. If the 8540C has not previously been used, review the precautions in Section 1.2 of the manual before the instrument is turned on. Prior to starting the following procedures, the instrument should be allowed to warm up for at least 24 hours to assure maximum stability during testing. The test for the Calibrator Output Power Reference Level given in this section is valid for an ambient temperature range between +5 °C and +35 °C (+41 °F to +95 °F). The instrument plus power sensor linearity test is valid when the sensor has been calibrated using the front panel calibrator at a temperature between 0 °C and +50 °C (+32 °F to +122 °F), and if operating within ±5 °C (±9 °F) of that calibration temperature. It is recommended that the verification be done in the order described since some of the steps use the configuration from a previous step. 5.3.1 Equipment Required Table 5-3 lists the equipment required for performance testing of the 8540C power meters. Table 5-3: Equipment Required for Performance Testing Description Representative Model Key Characteristics CW Thermistor Power Meter HP 432A VRF and VCOMP available externally Thermistor Mount HP 478A-H75 ≤1.07 VSWR @ 50 MHz (30 dB return loss) Accuracy ±0.5% @ 50 MHz Digital Voltmeter (DVM) Fluke 8842A ±0.05% accuracy and 1 µV resolution Directional Coupler, 10 dB Mini Circuits ZFDC-10-1 10 dB ≤1.15 SWR @ 50 MHz Step Attenuator, 0 to 90 dB in 10 dB increments Weinschel Model AC 118A-90-33 ≤1.15 SWR @ 50 MHz ±0.1 dB attenuation RF Source (Signal Generator) (High Power) Wavetek Model 2405 Option XP +22 dBm @ 50 MHz Low Pass Filter Integrated Microwave Model 904 881 >30 dB attenuation @ 100 MHz GPIB Controller for IBM PC National PC2/2A With driver software Performance Verification Test Data Recording sheets are located on pages 5-12 and 5-13. These sheets can be copied and the copies used for recording test results each time Specification and Performance Verification testing is performed on the specific instrument described by this manual. 5-6 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Calibration & Testing 5.3.2 Calibrator Output Power Reference Level The Calibrator Output power reference is factory adjusted to 1 mW ±0.7%. To achieve this accuracy, Giga-tronics uses a precision measurement system with accuracy to ±0.5% (traceable to the NIST formerly the NBS), and allows for a transfer error of ±0.2% for a total of ±0.7%. If an equivalent measurement system is used for verification, the power reference oscillator output can be verified to 1mW ±1.9% (±1.2% accuracy, ±0.5% verification system error, ±0.2% transfer error, for a maximum error of ±1.9%). To ensure maximum accuracy in verifying the Calibrator Output power reference, the following procedure provides step-by-step instructions for using specified test instruments of known capability. If equivalent test instruments are substituted, refer to the Key Characteristics section in Table 5-3. The test setup is illustrated in Figure 5-1. THERMISTOR POWER METER DIGITAL VOLTMETER (+) VCOMP (-) VREF THERMISTOR MOUNT 8540C POWER METER CALIBRATOR OUTPUT Figure 5-1: Calibrator Output Test Setup Procedure: In the following steps, precision power measurements will be made using the 432A Power Meter. For detailed information on using the 432A, please refer to the operating section of the 432A manual. ☛ 1. Connect the 432A to the Calibrator Output on the 8540C as shown in Figure 5-1. 2. Turn on all equipment and then wait 30 minutes for the thermistor mount to stabilize before proceeding to the next step. 3. Set the 432A RANGE switch to COARSE ZERO, and adjust the front panel COARSE ZERO control to obtain a zero (±2% F.S.) meter indication. NOTE: Ensure that the DVM input leads are isolated from chassis ground when performing the next step. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 5-7 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 4. Set the DVM to a range that results in a resolution of 1 µV and connect the positive and negative input, respectively, to the VCOMP and VRF connectors on the rear panel of the 432A. 5. Fine zero the 432A on the most sensitive range, then set the 432A range switch to 1 mW. 6. Record the DVM indication as V0. 7. Turn ON the 8540C Calibrator RF power as follows: Press MENU, scroll to REF POWER ON/OFF, press ENTER, select ON, press ENTER. Record the reading shown on the DVM as V1. ☛ NOTE: The V1 reading must be taken within 15 seconds after pressing ENTER. Otherwise, turn REF POWER OFF and repeat Steps 6 and 7. 8. Disconnect the DVM negative lead from the VRF connector on the 432A, and reconnect it to the 432A chassis ground. Record the new indication observed on the DVM as VCOMP. 9. Repeat Step 7, except select OFF to turn the Calibrator off. 10. Calculate the Calibrator Output level (PCAL) using the following formula: PCAL(Watts) = 2VCOMP (V1- V0 ) + V0 2 - V1 4R(Calibration Factor) 2 where: PCAL = calibrator output power reference level VCOMP= previously recorded value in Step 8 V1= previously recorded value in Step 7 V0= previously recorded value in Step 6 R= 200Ω (assuming HP478A-H75 mount) Calibration factor = value for the thermistor mount at 50 MHz (traceable to the NIST) 11. Verify that the PCAL is within the following limits: 1 mW ±0.019 mW (0.981 to 1.019 mW) For record purposes, the measured value of PCAL can be entered on the Test Data Recording Sheet located on page 5-12. 5-8 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Calibration & Testing 5.3.3 Instrument Plus Power Sensor Linearity Test Description Connect the test setup as shown in Figure 5-2. The linearity will be tested over the range +20 dBm to -60 dBm. At low power levels, the linearity measurement will include the uncertainty due to the zero set specification. The procedure should be repeated for each sensor used with the 8540C. THERMISTOR POWER METER 8540C POWER METER DIGITAL VOLTMETER (+) VCOMP (-) VREF THERMISTOR MOUNT MODEL 2405 RF SOURCE 0 - -70 dB STEP ATTENUATOR POWER SENSOR LOW PASS RF OUT 50 MHz RF AMP (OPTIONAL) +23 TO +32 dB DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 10, 16, 20 dB Figure 5-2: Power Linearity Test Setup When measuring the linearity of a Low VSWR (Series 8031X) or a High Power (Series 8032X) sensor, the power output of the source must be increased by 6 or 10 dB respectively and the directional coupler must be increased from 10 dB to either 16 or 20 dB respectively (see Figure 5-2). The power coefficient of the step attenuator will also have to be considered. The specification of power coefficient for the Weinschel attenuator cited in the Equipment List is: <0.005 dB/dB/W. The latter will affect the linearity of each 10 dB segment, and make it necessary to expand the overall linearity specification by this quantity. In assembling the test setup shown in Figure 5-2, keep in mind that if testing is to be conducted with Low VSWR or High Power sensors, the optional RF Amplifier must have frequency and bandwidth parameters to match the sensor’s characteristics (see the Sensor Selection Guide in Chapter 1, if unsure of characteristics), and the Directional Coupler must be increased as stated above for the particular series of sensors. All Standard (Series 8030X) and True RMS (Series 8033X) sensors are tested with a 10 dB Directional Coupler and without the optional RF amplifier. Refer to the Linearity Data recording section of the Performance Verification Data recording sheets located on pages 5-12 and 5-13. The tolerance is already entered for the various steps, and includes an allowance for specified zero set errors at low power levels. ☛ NOTE: To ensure accurate and repeatable measurements, the 432A power meter should be zeroed just before taking each reading that will be used to calculate P1 in the Power Meter column of the Performance Verification Test Data Sheets on pages 5-12 and 5-13. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 5-9 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters Setup Parameters The following setup parameters should be accomplished prior to performing the Power Linearity test: 1. The 8540C and sensor should be calibrated (see Section 2.6.3. Refer also to the complete instructions on how to calibrate the sensor in Appendix B of this manual). 2. The Averaging is set to AUTO by entering the key sequence [MENU] [Meas Setup] [Average] [Avg A] or [Avg B] [Auto] Test Procedure Extreme care is required in the following procedure since the accuracy requirements are critical to ensure the most accurate test results. Power readings are determined using the thermistor power meter in the same general way as given in the Power Reference Level test. That is, P1 and P2 in the Power Meter reading column of the Performance Verification Test Data Sheet tables are calculated each time for the respective values of VCOMP, V0, and V1 read on the DVM. 1. Set the step attenuator to 70 dB. Turn the source power output off, and then zero the 8540C. (The 8540C is zeroed by pressing [ZERO/CAL] and then following the softkey label instructions.) 2. Set the step attenuator to 0 dB after the 8540C has zeroed. 3. Set the power output of the RF source so that the thermistor power meter indicates 1.00 mW ±0.025 mV. 4. Record the calculated power meter reading and the displayed 8540C reading in the correct columns of the Linearity Data recording sheet on page 5-12. 5. Set the power output of the RF source so that the thermistor power meter indicates 3.98 mW ±0.10 mW. 6. Record the new calculated power meter reading and the new displayed 8540C reading as in Step 4 above. 7. Set the power output of the RF Source so that the thermistor power meter indicates 3.98 mW ±0.10 mW. 8. Record the calculated power meter reading and the displayed 8540C reading as in Step 4, above. 9. Set the power output of the RF Source so that the thermistor power meter indicates 5.01 mW ±0.13 mW. 10. Record the new calculated power meter reading and the new displayed 8540C reading as in Step 4, above. 11. Repeat using the power meter indications in the Data Recording sheet on page 5-13. Note that the Step Attenuator is used to generate the remaining 70 dB range of 10 dB steps for a total range of 80 dB. Repeat Step 1, above, between each 10 dB step shown on the Linearity Data Recording sheet. 12. Make the calculations indicated on the Linearity Data sheet, and enter the values in the appropriate blank spaces. 5-10 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Calibration & Testing 5.3.4 GPIB Port Check The following steps are used to confirm that the GPIB port is functional. 1. Set the 8540C to the desired address (the default is 13; see Table 2-1 for address setting instructions if necessary). 2. Connect the GPIB controller to the GPIB Port on the rear of the 8540C. 3. Send the command (if emulating an HP 438): *IDN? or ?ID (*IDN? is the IEEE 488.2 Common ID query. When addressed to talk after receiving the command, the 8540C will output a string that identifies itself as Model 8541C or 8542C.) 4. Display the response on the controller. This completes the Specification and Performance Verification Tests for the 8540C Series Digital Power Meter and its sensors. If the instrument has performed as described in this chapter, it is correctly calibrated and within specifications. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 5-11 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters Giga-tronics Series 8540C Performance Verification Test Data Sheet Date: Operator: Test Number: (if required) Series 8540C S/N: Power Sensor S/N: Calibrator Output Power Reference Minimum Actual Reading Maximum 0.981 mW 1.019 mW Linearity Data - (+16 dBm to +20 dBm) Step Attenuator Value 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB 0 dB Power Set Point Power Meter Reading (P) 8450C (DUT) Reading (R) 1.00 mW ±0.025 mW P1 = R1 = 3.98 mW ±0.10 mW P2 = R2 = 3.98 mW ±0.10 mW P1 = R1 = 5.01 mW ±0.13 mW P2 = R2 = 5.01 mW ±0.13 mW P1 = R1 = 6.31 mW ±0.16 mW P2 = R2 = 6.31 mW ±0.16 mW P1 = R1 = 7.94 mW ±0.2 mW P2 = R2 = 7.94 mW ±0.2 mW P1 = R1 = 10 mW ±0.25 mW P2 = R2 = Reference Power Ratio P1/P2 = P1/P2 = 8540C (DUT) Reading Ratio Linearity Error (%)1 Linearity Specification Accumulated Linearity Error2 ±1% Same as Lin. error above R1/R2 = R1/R2 = +1% -1.6% P1/P2 = R1/R2 = +1% -2.7% P1/P2 = R1/R2 = +1% -3.8% P1/P2 = R1/R2 = +1% -4.9% (continued) -60 dBm to +16 dBm Linearity Data are on the next page. Notes: 1. 2. Linearity Error (%) = [(R1/R2) / (P1/P2) - 1] x 100 Accumulated error is the sum of the current dB segment linearity error plus the previous accumulated error. 5-12 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Calibration & Testing Linearity Data - (-60 dBm to +16 dBm) Linearity Error (%)1 Step Attenuator Value Power Set Point Power Meter Reading (P) 8540C (DUT) Reading (R) Reference Power Ratio 8540C (DUT) Reading Ratio Linearity Specification Accumulated Linearity Error2 See Note 3 0 dB 10 dB 20 dB 30 dB 40 dB 50 dB 60 dB 70 dB ±1% 1.00 mW ±0.025 mW P1 = R1 = 10.00 mW ±0.25 mW P2 = R2 = 1.00 mW ±0.025 mW P1 = R1 = 10.00 mW ±0.25 mW P2 = R2 = 1.00 mW ±0.025 mW P1 = R1 = 10.00 mW ±0.25 mW P2 = R2 = 1.00 mW ±0.025 mW P1 = R1 = 10.00 mW ±0.25 mW P2 = R2 = 1.00 mW ±0.025 mW P1 = R1 = 10.00 mW ±0.25 mW P2 = R2 = 1.00 mW ±0.025 mW P1 = R1 = 10.00 mW ±0.25 mW P2 = R2 = 1.00 mW ±0.025 mW P1 = R1 = 10.00 mW ±0.25 mW P2 = R2 = P1/P2 = Same as Lin. error above R1/R2 = ±1% P1/P2 = R1/R2 = ±1% P1/P2 = R1/R2 = ±1% P1/P2 = R1/R2 = ±1% P1/P2 = R1/R2 = ±1% P1/P2 = R1/R2 = ±1.5% P1/P2 = R1/R2 = ±6% Notes: 1. 2. 3. Linearity Error (%) = [(R1/R2) / (P1/P2) - 1] x 100 Accumulated error is the sum of the current dB segment linearity error plus the previous accumulated error. Use the first CW Linearity error value entered in the +16 dBm to +20 dBm Linearity Data on page 5-12. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 5-13 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 5-14 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 6 Maintenance 6.1 Periodic Maintenance This chapter describes maintenance practices and troubleshooting guidelines for the 8540C. 6.1.1 Testing & Calibration The 8540C should be periodically tested (and calibrated, if it will not pass all performance tests), using the test and calibration procedures described in Chapter 5 of the manual. Testing (and, if necessary, calibration) should be performed at one year intervals, unless the 8540C is operated in an extremely dirty or chemically contaminated environment, or is subject to severe abuse (such as being dropped). In such cases, more frequent maintenance (immediate, if the unit is dropped or severely abused in some way) is required. 6.1.2 Cleaning The front panel and housing of the unit can be cleaned using a cloth dampened in a mild detergent. Do not use abrasive cleaners, scouring powders, or any harsh chemicals. Wipe the soap residue off with a clean, damp cloth, then dry with a clean dry cloth. 6.1.3 Lithium Battery The power meter contains a 3.6V lithium battery, which preserves configuration and calibration data while line power is off. If the 8540C is to be placed in long term storage (2 years or more), the battery should be removed. To check the battery, connect a voltmeter between TP13 (ground) and TP16 (+) on the CPU PC Board (A1). If the voltage is less than 3.1V, the battery should be replaced. Replacement Battery life depends on the usage of the 8540C. With normal daily use, the battery is expected to last at least three years. To avoid unintentional loss of data in the volatile memory of the 8540C, it is recommended that the lithium battery be replaced every three years. This can be done without losing the data stored in RAM if the old battery is removed and the new battery installed in less than 10 seconds with main power off, or if power is left on while changing the batteries. WARNING Battery replacement requires removing the cover from the instrument and then restoring power before removing the battery. This procedure should be performed only by qualified personnel. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 6-1 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters This replacement procedure is intended for users knowledgeable in the use and care of equipment using non-rechargeable lithium batteries. The recommended replacement battery is a Tadiran Type TL-5242, Giga-tronics Part# 21212. Lithium batteries can supply substantial current and, depending on factors such as the state of charge, can overheat when shorted. 1. Turn OFF the 8540C. 2. Remove the cover. 3. Turn ON the 8540C (to maintain memory power while replacing the battery). 4. Note the orientation of the battery which is located on the left side of the top (CPU) PC board, half way back in the unit. The battery is held in place with a plastic clamp and a “hook and loop” fastener. Cut the plastic clamp and peel the battery free of the PC board. 5. Disconnect the battery wires. The connector is polarized so it can only be inserted one way, with the red wire toward the rear of the instrument. 6. Install the new battery, replace the plastic clamp, and connect the wires. 7. Turn OFF the 8540C and measure the battery voltage between TP13 (com) and TP17 (bat). It must be at least 3.5V. 8. Replace the cover and secure. 9. If desired, a label can be attached indicating when the next battery replacement is due. To test for satisfactory operation of the new battery, turn the 8540C ON, calibrate a sensor, turn the 8540C OFF, wait ten seconds, and turn the 8540C instrument back ON. The sensor calibration should still be valid, as indicated by the displayed power level. 6-2 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Maintenance 6.2 Troubleshooting If the 8540C seems to be malfunctioning, the first step is to determine whether or not the problem is actually being caused by the 8540C. Investigate any auxiliary equipment to which the 8540C is connected, and check all connections between devices in the test setup. Make sure that the 8540C has not been configured incorrectly (either by way of the front panel configuration menus or over the GPIB). Before investigating the 8540C’s circuits, review the circuit descriptions in Chapter 4. ☛ 6.2.1 NOTE: If you are returning an instrument to Giga-tronics for service, first contact Giga-tronics customer service at 800.444.2878 or Fax 925.328.4702, so that a return authorization number can be assigned. General Failure If the front panel displays are erratic, blank, or unresponsive to the front panel controls, this suggests a general breakdown of the control system, probably resulting from a problem in the power supply or the CPU circuit. 6.2.2 1. If nothing will light up on the front panel at all (not even the backlighting of the display window), check the fuse. If the fuse has failed, check the line voltage setting, correct it if it is wrong, and replace the fuse (see Section 1.2). The display window may not show a readable message if the contrast setting on the rear panel is not adjusted properly. 2. Investigate the power supply circuit (see Sheet 3 of the A1 Circuit Schematic, drawing #21694 in Chapter 8); check all regulated voltage outputs. 3. Check the connections between the CPU PC board (A1), the LCD display PC board (A4) and the Front Panel PC board (A3). Channel-Specific Failure in the 8542C If the instrument is a Model 8542C and only one of the two sensors will calibrate, troubleshoot the circuits associated with the channel that fails. The separate channels are shown on Sheet 1 (Ch A) and Sheet 2 (Ch B) of the A2 Analog Circuit Schematic, drawing #21697 in Chapter 8. For example, if the unit will calibrate sensor A but not sensor B, proceed as follows: 6.2.3 1. Try reversing the two sensors to determine if one of them is bad. 2. If the unit fails to display the B UNCALIBRATED message, or fails to display any sensor B data when the sensor is connected, the problem probably lies in the temperature sensing thermistor circuit which connects to U39, pin 3. Measure the voltage at U39, pin 1. It should be about 2 or 3 volts. If it is above 7 or below 0.5 volts, the thermistor circuit is faulty. Functional Failures If the power supplies and the CPU seem to be working normally, yet the 8540C will not perform its calibration or measurement functions, it is necessary to perform more detailed testing to find the source of the problem. A number of instrument self-test functions are available. On the Service menu, select TEST FUNCTIONS for an extensive menu of tests. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 6-3 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 6-4 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7 Parts Lists 7.1 Introduction This chapter contains the parts lists for all major and minor assemblies in the Series 8540C Universal Power Meters. Parts lists for available Options are in Appendix C under the respective option heading. A List of Manufacturers is included in Section 7.3. 7.2 Parts Lists for Series 8540C Universal Power Meters If not otherwise specified, the following parts lists apply to both the Model 8541C and 8542C power meters. 8541C SINGLE CHANNEL POWER METER, Rev. C Item Part Number 1 30160 1 58900 30160 8541C CHASSIS ASSY 2 30280 1 58900 30280 SERIES 8540C OPER/MAINT MANUAL 3 WMP0-03007 1 16428 17250 7.5’ IEC POWER CORD 4 20954-001 1 54516 20954-001 DET EXT CABLE ASSY 1.5M (5 FT) 5 30614 1 58900 30614 STANDARD COVER 6 HFFB-00001 2 62559 10603-023 TIP-UP FOOT 7 HFFB-00002 2 62559 10603-024 GRAY FOOT 8 21301 2 58900 21301 SIDE TRIM, 8540 9 21118 1 58900 21118 LABEL, TESTED BY 10 GGS0-00006 22 58900 GGS0-00006 GROUND STRIP 11 HBPP-44004 3 26233 NS137CR440R4 4-40 X 1/4 PAN 12 HBPP-44006 4 26233 NS137CR440R6 4-40 X 3/8 PAN 13 30016 REF 58900 30016 8540 SYSTEM TEST PROCED Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description 7-1 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 30160 7-2 8541C CHASSIS ASSY, Rev. L Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description 1 30157 1 58900 30157 FRONT DEC. PANEL 8541C FAB 2 21200 1 58900 21200 CHASSIS 3 30506 1 0JBU8 30506 854X TOROIDAL PWR XFMR 4 JLFF-16250 1 05245 6EDL4C AC INPUT MODULE 5 SPP3-00202 1 58900 SPP3-00202 250VAC PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 6 30161 REF 58900 30161 8540C SERIES SCHEMATIC 7 10129 1 58900 10129 LABEL, CODE AND SERIAL NUMBER 8 30508 1 58900 30508 854XC XFMR SPACER 10 SPA0-00012 1 31918 FSC-BLACK BLACK BUTTON 11 JMPF-00003 6 09769 60617-1 FEMALE PIN 12 JMF0-00605 1 09769 1-480270-0 6 POSITION SKT HOUSING 13 30449 1 58900 30449 HIGH VOLTAGE LABEL 14 30438 1 58900 30438 PROM SET,MODEL 854XC 15 HIR0-00001 4 0HFJ2 27SR0018 NYLON SNAP RIVET 16 HQIS-00003 1 13103 21323 SILICONE INSULATOR 17 30013 REF 58900 30013 8540 SERIES JIT FLOW CHART 18 30552 REF 58900 30552 8540C PRETEST PROCEDURE 19 HT00-00409 3 53421 T-18R 4 WHITE CABLE TIE 20 WKC1-00000 1 92194 FIT-221-1 CLEAR 1" CLEAR SHRINK TUBING 21 30553 REF 58900 30553 8540C CALIB PROCEDURE 22 30017 REF 58900 30017 8540 CABINETIZING PROC 23 12936 1 16428 8723 CABLE SHIELD 4 COND 24 WGS0-00020 0 51705 SLV-130-20 20 GA 'GLASS' SLEEVING 25 WKAC-18708 2 92194 FIT221-1/8 X 1 3/16 X 1/2 SHRINK TUB 27 WKA0-12500 0 92194 FIT-221-1/8-BLACK 1/8" BLACK SHRINK TUBING 28 HIBR-00440 2 53387 SJ5303-CLEAR MOLDED BUMPER 29 32023 0 ----- 32023 CODE LABEL 101 HBFP-63205 2 58900 HBFP-63205 6-32 X 5/16 FLAT 102 HNSS-63205 2 58900 HNSS-63205 6-32 HEX NUT 103 HBPP-63204 4 58900 HBPP-63204 6-32 X 1/4 PAN 104 10116-004 2 58900 10116-004 SCR, PNH PHILLIPS 2-56x.125 105 JMSF-00003 1 09769 552633-3 IEEE CONN MOUNTING 106 HBFP-83240 1 58900 HBFP-83240 8-32 X 2.5 FLAT 107 HNNS-83205 1 58900 HNNS-83205 8-32 LOCKING NUT 108 10148-002 1 2R182 1415-6 SOLDER LUG, 30 DEG LOCKING #6 109 WSIB-1854X 1 92194 UL1429-18 (19) 18 GA PVC COLOR 54 110 HLLT-60212 1 79963 505-144 # 6 #6 SOLDER LUG 111 20192 1 58900 20192 SHELL,OBLONG 112 20259 1 58900 20259 COVER,CALIBRATOR HOUSING 113 20800 1 58900 20800 LABEL,US PATENT 4,794,325 A1 21693 1 58900 21693 CPU PCB ASSY 854xB A2 30164 1 ----- 30164 8541C ANALOG P.C. ASSY A5 21331 1 58900 21331 FRONT PANEL ASSY, 8541 F1 FSAC-00075 1 ----- MDL-3/4 .75A SB FUSE 3AG RT1 QX00-00275 1 58900 QX00-00275 275 V METAL OXIDE VAR. W3 21175-002 1 58900 21175-002 CABLE ASSY,CPU-GPIB Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Parts Lists 21331 FRONT PANEL ASSY, 8541C, Rev. B Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description 1 21153 1 3 21655 1 58900 21153 KEY PAD ----- 21655 BEZEL, CAST, 3-1/2 X 8-3/8 101 HBPP-440X3 11 102 HWSS-40300 11 58900 HBPP-440X3 4-40 X 7/32 PAN 58900 HWSS-40300 #4 X 3/16 SPLIT LOCK 103 HBFP-44006 4 104 HNKS-44004 4 58900 HBFP-44006 4-40 X 3/8 FLAT 58900 HNKS-44004 4-40 KEP NUT 105 WKA0-75000 2 92194 FIT-221-3/4 3/4 SHRINK TUBING 106 HWFS-40400 2 58900 HWFS-40400 #4 X 1/4 FLAT WASHER A3 21229 1 58900 21229 FRONT PANEL PCB ASSY A4 21240 1 58900 21240 LCD DISPLAY ASSY W2 21217 1 58900 21217 CABLE ASSY,DIG-FRONT W4 21198 1 58900 21198 CABLE ASSY,CAL W5 21199 1 58900 21199 CABLE ASSY, SENSOR INPUT 8542C DUAL CHANNEL POWER METER, Rev. C Item Part Number 1 30172 1 58900 30172 CHASSIS ASSY - 8542C 2 30280 1 58900 30280 SERIES 8540C OPER/MAINT MANUAL 3 WMP0-03007 1 16428 17250 7.5’ IEC POWER CORD 4 20954-001 2 54516 20954-001 DET EXT CABLE ASSY 1.5M (5 FT) 5 30614 1 58900 30614 STANDARD COVER 6 HFFB-00001 2 62559 10603-023 TIP-UP FOOT 7 HFFB-00002 2 62559 10603-024 GRAY FOOT 8 21301 2 58900 21301 SIDE TRIM, 8540 9 21118 1 58900 21118 LABEL, TESTED BY 10 GGS0-00006 22 58900 GGS0-00006 GROUND STRIP 11 HBPP-44004 3 26233 NS137CR440R4 4-40 X 1/4 PAN 12 HBPP-44006 4 26233 NS137CR440R6 4-40 X 3/8 PAN 13 30016 REF 58900 30016 8540 SYSTEM TEST PROCED Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description 7-3 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 30172 Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description 1 30170 1 58900 30170 8542C FRONT DEC PANEL 2 7-4 CHASSIS ASSY, 8542C, Rev. M Item 21200 1 58900 21200 CHASSIS 3 30506 1 0JBU8 30506 854X TOROIDAL PWR XFMR 4 JLFF-16250 1 05245 6EDL4C AC INPUT MODULE 5 SPP3-00202 1 58900 SPP3-00202 250VAC PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 6 30161 REF 58900 30161 8540C SERIES SCHEMATIC 7 10129 1 58900 10129 LABEL, CODE AND SERIAL NUMBER 8 30508 1 58900 30508 854XC XFMR SPACER 9 30013 REF 58900 30013 8540 SERIES JIT FLOW CHART 10 SPA0-00012 1 31918 FSC-BLACK BLACK BUTTON 11 JMPF-00003 6 09769 60617-1 FEMALE PIN 12 JMF0-00605 1 09769 1-480270-0 6 POSITION SKT HOUSING 13 30449 REF 58900 30449 HIGH VOLTAGE LABEL 14 30438 1 58900 30438 PROM SET,MODEL 854XC 15 HIR0-00001 4 0HFJ2 27SR0018 NYLON SNAP RIVET 16 HQIS-00003 1 13103 21323 SILICONE INSULATOR 17 30552 REF 58900 30552 8540C PRETEST PROCEDURE 18 30553 REF 58900 30553 8540C CALIB PROCEDURE 19 HT00-00409 3 53421 T-18R 4 WHITE CABLE TIE 20 WKC1-00000 1 92194 FIT-221-1 CLEAR 1" CLEAR SHRINK TUBING 21 30017 REF 58900 30017 8540 CABINETIZING PROC 22 12936 1 16428 8723 CABLE SHIELD 4 COND 23 WGS0-00020 0 51705 SLV-130-20 20 GA 'GLASS' SLEEVING 24 WKAC-18708 2 92194 FIT221-1/8 X 1 3/16 X 1/2 SHRINK TUB 26 WKA0-12500 0 92194 FIT-221-1/8-BLACK 1/8" BLACK SHRINK TUBING 27 HIBR-00440 2 53387 SJ5303-CLEAR MOLDED BUMPER 28 32023 0 ----- 32023 CODE LABEL 101 HBFP-63205 2 58900 HBFP-63205 6-32 X 5/16 FLAT 102 HNSS-63205 2 58900 HNSS-63205 6-32 HEX NUT 103 HBPP-63204 4 58900 HBPP-63204 6-32 X 1/4 PAN 104 10116-004 2 58900 10116-004 SCR, PNH PHILLIPS 2-56x.125 105 JMSF-00003 1 09769 552633-3 IEEE CONN MOUNTING 106 HBFP-83240 1 58900 HBFP-83240 8-32 X 2.5 FLAT 107 HNNS-83205 1 58900 HNNS-83205 8-32 LOCKING NUT 108 10148-002 1 2R182 1415-6 SOLDER LUG, 30 DEG LOCKING #6 109 WSIB-1854X 1 92194 UL1429-18 (19) 18 GA PVC COLOR 54 110 HLLT-60212 1 79963 505-144 # 6 #6 SOLDER LUG 111 20192 1 58900 20192 SHELL,OBLONG 112 20259 1 58900 20259 COVER,CALIBRATOR HOUSING 113 20800 1 58900 20800 LABEL,US PATENT 4,794,325 A1 21693 1 58900 21693 CPU PCB ASSY 854xB A2 30173 1 ----- 30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY A5 21332 1 58900 21332 FRONT PANEL ASSY, 8542B F1 FSAC-00075 1 ----- MDL-3/4 .75A SB FUSE 3AG R1 QX00-00275 1 58900 QX00-00275 275 V METAL OXIDE VAR. W3 21175-002 1 58900 21175-002 CABLE ASSY,CPU-GPIB Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Parts Lists 21332 FRONT PANEL ASSY, 8542B, Rev. C (A1) Item Part Number Qty Cage 1 21153 1 58900 21153 KEY PAD 3 21655 1 ----- 21655 BEZEL, CAST, 3-1/2 X 8-3/8 101 HBPP-440X3 11 58900 HBPP-440X3 4-40 X 7/32 PAN 102 HWSS-40300 11 58900 HWSS-40300 #4 X 3/16 SPLIT LOCK 103 HBFP-44006 4 58900 HBFP-44006 4-40 X 3/8 FLAT 104 HNKS-44004 4 58900 HNKS-44004 4-40 KEP NUT 105 WKA0-75000 2 92194 FIT-221-3/4 3/4 SHRINK TUBING 106 HWFS-40400 2 58900 HWFS-40400 #4 X 1/4 FLAT WASHER A3 21229 1 58900 21229 FRONT PANEL PCB ASSY A4 21240 1 58900 21240 LCD DISPLAY ASSY W2 21217 1 58900 21217 CABLE ASSY,DIG-FRONT W4 21198 1 58900 21198 CABLE ASSY,CAL W5 21199 1 58900 21199 CABLE ASSY, SENSOR INPUT W6 21199 1 58900 21199 CABLE ASSY, SENSOR INPUT 21693 Mfr’s Part Number Description CPU PCB ASSY, 854xB, Rev. J (A1) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description 3 21719 1 58900 21719 21719 LABEL, CPU 854X 4 VB00-00360 1 58900 VB00-00360 3.6 VOLT LITHIUM BATTERY 5 HIBR-00440 8 53387 SJ5303-CLEAR MOLDED BUMPER 6 21693-A00 1 58900 21693-A00 PCB ASSY PREWAVE, CPU 7 HIGP-00312 4 58900 HIGP-00312 PLASTIC LATCH GROMMET 8 HIPP-00312 4 58900 HIPP-00312 PLASTIC LATCH PLUNGER C6 CE16-R8470 1 55680 UVX1C472MHA >4700 UF >16V RADIAL C9 CE25-R8471 1 55680 UVX1E472MHA 4700UF 25V RADIAL C12 CE25-R8471 1 55680 UVX1E472MHA 4700UF 25V RADIAL C54 CE16-R8470 1 55680 UVX1C472MHA >4700 UF >16V RADIAL C55 CE25-R7470 1 55680 UVX1E471M 470 UF 25V RADIAL J1 JIB2-50100 1 09769 2-534206-5 50 PIN STRIPLINE SOCKET J4 JRDF-00008 1 09769 413524-1 BNC F RT ANG PC MOUNT J5 JRDF-00008 1 09769 413524-1 BNC F RT ANG PC MOUNT J7 JRDF-00008 1 09769 413524-1 BNC F RT ANG PC MOUNT R16 RAPA-22002 1 58900 RAPA-22002 20K POT 1T PC MOUNT U4 21699 1 58900 21699 PAL,PROG,MODEL 8540B U27 UMN0-51001 1 4T165 UPD431000ACZ-70L TC551001BPL-10 1M RAM U28 UMN0-51001 1 4T165 UPD431000ACZ-70L TC551001BPL-10 1M RAM U37 URC0-02940 1 27014 LM2940CT-5 LM2940CT-5 1A 5V REG U38 URC0-02940 1 27014 LM2940CT-5 LM2940CT-5 1A 5V REG U39 URC1-02940 1 27014 LM2940CT-15 LM2940CT-15 1A 15V REG U40 URC0-02990 1 27014 LM2990T-15 LM2990T-15 1A -15V REG W 3A 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS W 3C 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-5 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 21693 CPU PCB ASSY, 854xB, Rev. J (A1) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description W 3D 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS W 3E 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS W 3F 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS W 3H 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS 21693-A00 7-6 PCB ASSY PREWARE, CPU, Rev. H (A1) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description 1 21694 REF 58900 21694 SCHEMATIC, CPU 2 21094 1 58900 21094 PCB, CPU 3 JIA0-01443 113 58900 JIA0-01443 CONTACT POST C1 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C2 CE25-R7100 1 00656 AMR101M025 100 UF 25V RADIAL LEAD C3 CE50-R6100 1 55680 UVX1H100MDA 10 UF 50V RADIAL LEAD C4 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C5 CE50-R6100 1 55680 UVX1H100MDA 10 UF 50V RADIAL LEAD C7 CC50-04470 1 04222 SR301E474MAA .47 UF CERAMIC Y5V C8 CC50-04470 1 04222 SR301E474MAA .47 UF CERAMIC Y5V C10 CC50-04470 1 04222 SR301E474MAA .47 UF CERAMIC Y5V C11 CC50-04470 1 04222 SR301E474MAA .47 UF CERAMIC Y5V C13 CC50-04470 1 04222 SR301E474MAA .47 UF CERAMIC Y5V C14 CC50-04470 1 04222 SR301E474MAA .47 UF CERAMIC Y5V C15 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C16 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C17 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C18 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C19 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C20 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C21 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C22 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C23 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C24 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C25 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C26 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C27 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C28 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C29 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C30 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C31 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C32 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C33 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C34 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C35 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C36 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Parts Lists 21693-A00 PCB ASSY PREWARE, CPU, Rev. H (A1) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description C37 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C38 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C39 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C40 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C42 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C43 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C44 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C45 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C46 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C47 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C48 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C49 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C50 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C51 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C52 CC50-04470 1 04222 SR301E474MAA .47 UF CERAMIC Y5V CR2 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE CR3 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE CR4 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE CR5 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE CR6 DBMC-00010 1 58900 DBMC-00010 PE10 5A 100V BRIDGE RECTIFIER CR7 DBMC-00001 1 0RF16 CSB1 1 A DIP BRIDGE DS1 ILYR-00125 1 28480 HLMP-1440 YELLOW LED DS2 ILYR-00125 1 28480 HLMP-1440 YELLOW LED J2 JIA2-40370 1 09769 2-103783-0 40 PIN STRIPLINE HEADER J3 JIA2-24370 1 09769 1-103783-2 24 PIN STRIPLINE HEADER J6 JIA1-16295 1 09769 1-640456-6 16 PIN LOCKING STRIP PLUG J8 JIA2-50285 1 58900 JIA2-50285 50 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG J9 JMM0-00604 1 09769 1-380999-0 6 PIN MALE CONNECTOR J10 JIA1-04230 1 09769 103747-4 4PIN STRIPLINE PLUG J11 19477-003 1 09769 640456-4 CONN HDR POST STR LOCK 4POS Q1 QBNS-03904 1 04713 2N3904 2N3904 .2A 40V NPN R1 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R2 RN55-22000 1 91637 RN55C2002F 20 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R3 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R4 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM K OHMS 1% MET FILM R5 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 R6 RN55-02210 1 91637 RN55C2210F 221 OHMS 1% MET FILM R10 RN55-02210 1 91637 RN55C2210F 221 OHMS 1% MET FILM R11 RN55-04750 1 91637 RN55C4750F 475 OHMS 1% MET FILM R12 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 R13 RN55-04750 1 91637 RN55C4750F 475 OHMS 1% MET FILM R14 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 R18 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R19 RN55-01000 1 91637 RN55C1000F 100 OHMS 1% MET FILM Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 K OHMS 1% MET FILM K OHMS 1% MET FILM 7-7 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 21693-A00 7-8 PCB ASSY PREWARE, CPU, Rev. H (A1) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description R20 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R21 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R22 RN55-31000 1 91637 RN55C1003F 100 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R23 RN55-31000 1 91637 RN55C1003F 100 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R24 RN55-31000 1 91637 RN55C1003F 100 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R25 RN55-31000 1 91637 RN55C1003F 100 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R26 RN55-00100 1 91637 RN55C10R0F 10 OHMS 1% MET FILM R27 RN55-00100 1 91637 RN55C10R0F 10 OHMS 1% MET FILM R28 RN55-00100 1 91637 RN55C10R0F 10 OHMS 1% MET FILM R29 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM RP1 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK RP2 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK RP3 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK RP4 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK RP5 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK RP6 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK TP1 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN TP2 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN TP3 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN TP4 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN TP5 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN TP6 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN TP7 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN TP8 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN TP12 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN TP13 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN TP14 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN TP15 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN TP16 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN TP17 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN TP18 ETT0-00001 1 63345 330.100W/ TIN PLATE TEST JACK PIN U1 UTN0-00742 1 58900 UTN0-00742 74HC74 DUAL D FLIP FLOP U2 UTN0-03932 1 01295 SN74HC393N 74HC393 BINARY DIVIDE U3 UGN0-71055 1 4T165 UPD71055C uPD71055 PARALLEL INTERFACE U6 UIN0-75160 1 01295 SN75160BN SN75160N IEEE BUFFER U7 UIN0-75162 1 01295 SN75162BN SN75162N IEEE BUFFER U8 UGN0-09914 1 01295 TMS9914NL (ANL) TMS9914NL IEEE 488 U9 UGN0-68000 1 04713 MC68HC000P-12 HD68HC000P-8 COMPUTER U10 UIN0-01210 1 0B0A9 DS1210 DS1210 NONVOL CONTROLLER U11 UTN0-00322 1 01295 74HC32N 74HC32 QUAD 2 INPUT OR U12 UTN0-02453 1 01295 SN74HCT245N 74HCT245 OCTAL BUSXCVR U13 UTN0-02453 1 01295 SN74HCT245N 74HCT245 OCTAL BUSXCVR U14 UTN0-02443 1 01295 SN74HCT244N SN74HCT244N BUFFER U15 UTN0-01382 1 01295 74HC138N 74HC138 DECODER/DEMULTIP Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Parts Lists 21693-A00 PCB ASSY PREWARE, CPU, Rev. H (A1) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description U16 UTN0-00322 1 01295 74HC32N 74HC32 QUAD 2 INPUT OR U17 UTN0-00042 1 01295 SN74HC04N 74HC04 HEX INVERTER SMT U18 UTN0-01382 1 01295 74HC138N 74HC138 DECODER/DEMULTIP U19 UTN0-01382 1 01295 74HC138N 74HC138 DECODER/DEMULTIP U20 UTN0-00052 1 01295 SN74HC05N 74HC05, HEX INVERTER U21 UTN0-01482 1 01295 SN74HC148N 74HC148 PRIORITY ENCODER U22 UIN0-01231 1 0B0A9 DS1231-50 DS1231-50 POWER MONITOR U23 UGN0-08279 1 34335 AM8279DC 8279 KEY/DISPLAY INTERFACE U24 UTN0-00143 1 58900 UTN0-00143 74HCT14N HEX SCHMITT TRIGGER U25 UGN0-71055 1 4T165 UPD71055C uPD71055 PARALLEL INTERFACE U26 UGN0-71054 1 4T165 UPD71054C uPD71054C PROG COUNTER W3 JIA2-16370 1 09769 1-103783-8 16 PIN STRIPLINE HEADER W4 JIA2-30370 1 09769 1-103783-5 30 PIN STRIPLINE HEADER XU4 JSP0-10020 1 09769 2-641612-1 20 PIN DIP SOCKET XU27 JSP0-10032 1 09769 390263-2 32 PIN DIP SOCKET XU28 JSP0-10032 1 09769 390263-2 32 PIN DIP SOCKET XU29 JSP0-10032 1 09769 390263-2 32 PIN DIP SOCKET XU30 JSP0-10032 1 09769 390263-2 32 PIN DIP SOCKET XU31 JSP0-10032 1 09769 390263-2 32 PIN DIP SOCKET XU32 JSP0-10032 1 09769 390263-2 32 PIN DIP SOCKET XU33 JSP0-10032 1 09769 390263-2 32 PIN DIP SOCKET XU34 JSP0-10032 1 09769 390263-2 32 PIN DIP SOCKET XU35 JSP0-10032 1 09769 390263-2 32 PIN DIP SOCKET XU36 JSP0-10032 1 09769 390263-2 32 PIN DIP SOCKET Y1 YX00-00024 1 61429 F1100H 24.0000MHz 24 MHZ OSCILLATOR 30164 Item 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description 1 HIBR-00440 6 53387 SJ5303-CLEAR MOLDED BUMPER 2 20192 REF 58900 20192 SHELL,OBLONG 3 20259 REF 58900 20259 COVER,CALIBRATOR HOUSING 4 20260 1 ----- 20260 HOUSING,CALIBRATOR 5 20800 REF 58900 20800 LABEL,US PATENT 4,794,325 7 HIGP-00312 4 58900 HIGP-00312 PLASTIC LATCH GROMMET 8 HIPP-00312 4 58900 HIPP-00312 PLASTIC LATCH PLUNGER 9 HBPP-44004 12 26233 NS137CR440R4 4-40 X 1/4 PAN 10 HWSS-40300 12 58900 HWSS-40300 #4 X 3/16 SPLIT LOCK 11 GFU0-01204 1 53387 4504-3/4" 3/4 X 1/4 FOAM TAPE 12 30163 1 58900 30163 8540C ANALOG PCB 13 30165 REF 58900 30165 8540C ANALOG PCB SCH. 14 PH00-00001 1 4J674 44-CBS-1.5X5.5X.4 SHIELD COVER 15 30166 REF 58900 30166 8540C ANALOG P.C.B. TEST PLAN 16 WTT0-22001 0 16428 #22AWG-TFE/TW #22 CLEAR TFE SLVNG Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-9 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 30164 7-10 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description A1 20112 REF 58900 20112 CALIB THERM OVEN PCB ASSY C1 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C2 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C3 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C4 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C5 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C6 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C7 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C8 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C9 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C10 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C11 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C14 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C15 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C16 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C17 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C18 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C19 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C20 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C21 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C22 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C23 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC C24 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC C25 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C26 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C27 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C28 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C31 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C32 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C33 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C34 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C35 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C36 CC98-00330 1 ----- CCD-330 33 PF 1KV CERAMIC NPO C37 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C38 CC50-04220 1 31433 C322C224M5U5CA .22 UF CERAMIC Z5U C39 CF00-04470 1 58900 CF00-04470 .47UF 100V POLYPROPYLENE C40 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C41 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C42 CE50-R5470 1 74840 475PGM050M 4.7UF 50V RADIAL C43 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C44 CE50-R5470 1 74840 475PGM050M 4.7UF 50V RADIAL C45 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C46 CE50-R5470 1 74840 475PGM050M 4.7UF 50V RADIAL C47 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Parts Lists 30164 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description C48 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C49 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R C50 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C51 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C52 CD99-01150 1 ----- DM15-151F 150 PF DIP MICA C53 CD99-01240 1 ----- DM15-241F 240 PF DIP MICA C54 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R C55 CD99-00620 1 ----- CMO5FD620F03 62 PF DIP MICA C56 CD99-01120 1 ----- CMO6FD121J03 120 PF DIP MICA C57 CD99-00620 1 ----- CMO5FD620F03 62 PF DIP MICA C58 CD00-02100 1 ----- CM05E102 1000 PF DIP MICA C59 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R C60 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R C61 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG C62 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG C63 CD00-02100 1 ----- CM05E102 1000 PF DIP MICA C64 CC50-01100 1 04222 SR151A101JAA 100 PF CERAMIC NPO C65 CC50-01100 1 04222 SR151A101JAA 100 PF CERAMIC NPO C66 CC50-01100 1 04222 SR151A101JAA 100 PF CERAMIC NPO C67 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG C68 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG C69 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG C70 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG C71 CC50-02470 1 31433 C315C472K1R5CA 4700 PF CERAMIC X7R C72 CC50-01100 1 04222 SR151A101JAA 100 PF CERAMIC NPO C73 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C74 CC50-02470 1 31433 C315C472K1R5CA 4700 PF CERAMIC X7R C75 CC50-04220 1 31433 C322C224M5U5CA .22 UF CERAMIC Z5U C77 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R C78 CC50-02100 1 04222 SR155C122MAT .001 UF CERAMIC Y5P C79 CC50-01100 1 04222 SR151A101JAA 100 PF CERAMIC NPO C80 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R C81 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R C82 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R C83 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R C84 CC50-03470 1 31433 C320C473K5R5CA .047 UF CERAMIC X7R C85 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R C86 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C87 CC50-02100 1 04222 SR155C122MAT .001 UF CERAMIC Y5P C88 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C89 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C90 CK50-00100 1 54583 CC0805HNPO15150J 10 PF NPO CHIP C91 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C92 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-11 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 30164 7-12 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description C93 CK50-00100 1 54583 CC0805HNPO15150J 10 PF NPO CHIP C94 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC C98 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC C100 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C101 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C102 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C104 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C105 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C106 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C107 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C108 CK51-02100 1 04222 08055C102KATMA 1000PF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C109 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC C110 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C111 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C113 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC C124 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C125 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C126 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C127 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C128 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C129 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C130 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C131 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C132 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C133 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C134 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C135 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C136 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C137 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C138 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C139 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C140 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C141 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C142 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C143 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C144 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C145 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C146 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C147 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C148 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C149 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C150 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C151 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C152 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Parts Lists 30164 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description C153 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C154 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C155 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C156 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C159 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C160 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C161 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C162 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C163 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C164 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C165 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C166 CE50-R6100 1 55680 UVX1H100MDA 10 UF 50V RADIAL LEAD C167 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C168 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C171 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C172 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C175 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C176 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C177 CC50-04220 1 31433 C322C224M5U5CA .22 UF CERAMIC Z5U C178 CK51-02100 1 04222 08055C102KATMA 1000PF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C180 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C181 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C191 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C202 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C203 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C204 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C205 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C206 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C207 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C209 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C210 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C211 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C228 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C229 CK50-01100 1 58900 CK50-01100 100 PF CERAMIC NPO C230 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C231 CK50-01470 1 58900 CK50-01470 470 PF COG CHIP CERAMIC C232 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C233 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C234 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C235 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C236 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C237 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C238 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C239 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-13 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 30164 7-14 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description C240 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C241 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C243 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C246 CK50-01470 1 58900 CK50-01470 470 PF COG CHIP CERAMIC CR2 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE CR3 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE CR4 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE CR5 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE CR6 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE CR7 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE CR8 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns CR9 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns CR10 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns CR11 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns CR12 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns CR13 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns CR14 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns CR15 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE CR20 DZAB-00751 1 04713 1N751A 1N751A 5.1V ZENER J1 JIR2-14318 1 09769 102975-7 14 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG J3 JRDF-00008 1 09769 413524-1 BNC F RT ANG PC MOUNT J4 JRDF-00008 1 09769 413524-1 BNC F RT ANG PC MOUNT J5 JRBM-00100 1 58900 JRBM-00100 SMB M PC MOUNT L11 LAB0-05680 1 58900 LAB0-05680 6.8 UH INDUCTOR L12 19203 1 OB3G8 19203 .1 UH RF COIL L13 15293 1 58900 15293 .17 UH INDUCTOR L14 15293 1 58900 15293 .17 UH INDUCTOR L15 15293 1 58900 15293 .17 UH INDUCTOR L16 LAB0-05680 1 58900 LAB0-05680 6.8 UH INDUCTOR L17 LAB0-05680 1 58900 LAB0-05680 6.8 UH INDUCTOR L18 LAB0-05680 1 58900 LAB0-05680 6.8 UH INDUCTOR P1 JIA2-50318 1 09769 2-87227-5 50 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG Q1 QBPP-00170 1 04713 MJE 170 MJE 170 3A 40V 12.5W PNP Q2 QBNS-03904 1 04713 2N3904 2N3904 .2A 40V NPN Q3 QBNS-03904 1 04713 2N3904 2N3904 .2A 40V NPN Q4 QBNP-00231 1 58900 QBNP-00231 BFQ231 1W 1GHZ NPN Q5 QBPS-03644 1 53387 2N3645 2N3644 .3 A 45 V PNP Q6 QBNS-03569 1 4U751 2N3569 PN3569 .5A 40V NPN Q7 QBNS-03569 1 4U751 2N3569 PN3569 .5A 40V NPN Q8 QBNC-03904 1 04713 MMBT3904L 2N3904 .2A 40V NPN SMT Q9 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT Q10 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT Q11 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT Q12 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Parts Lists 30164 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description Q13 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT Q14 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT Q15 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT SMT Q16 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP R2 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R3 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT R4 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R5 RK45-03160 1 ----- RK73H2AT3160F 316 OHM 1% FILM SMT R6 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R7 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R8 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R9 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R10 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R11 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R12 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT R13 RK45-03160 1 ----- RK73H2AT3160F 316 OHM 1% FILM SMT R14 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R15 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R16 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R17 RK45-31470 1 ----- RK73H2AT1473F 147K OHM 1% FILM SMT R18 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R19 RK45-02870 1 ----- RK73H2AT2870F 287 OHM 1% FILM SMT R20 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT R21 RK45-21470 1 58900 RK45-21470 14.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT R22 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R23 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R24 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R25 RK45-00681 1 59124 RK73H2AT68R1F 68.1 OHM 1% FILM SMT R26 RK45-00681 1 59124 RK73H2AT68R1F 68.1 OHM 1% FILM SMT R27 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R28 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R29 RK45-15100 1 ----- RK73H2AT5111F 5.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT R30 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R31 RN55-03320 1 91637 RN55C3320F 332 OHMS 1% MET FILM R32 RN55-03320 1 91637 RN55C3320F 332 OHMS 1% MET FILM R33 RN55-11820 1 91637 RN55C1821F 1.82 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R34 RK45-31000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1003F 100K OHM 1% FILM SMT R35 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R36 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT R37 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT R38 RK45-14420 1 58900 RK45-14420 4.42K OHM 1% FILM SMT R39 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R40 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT R41 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-15 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 30164 7-16 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description R42 RK45-15100 1 ----- RK73H2AT5111F 5.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT R43 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R44 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R46 RK45-22670 1 58900 RK45-22670 26.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT R47 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R48 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT R50 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R51 RK45-23010 1 91637 CRCW08053012FT 30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT R52 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT R53 RK45-23010 1 91637 CRCW08053012FT 30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT R59 RK45-23010 1 91637 CRCW08053012FT 30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT R62 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT R63 RK45-00412 1 58900 RK45-00412 41.2 OHM 1% FILM SMT R64 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R65 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R66 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT R67 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT R68 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R69 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R70 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R73 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R77 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT R78 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT R96 RK45-31000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1003F 100K OHM 1% FILM SMT R97 RN55-11820 1 91637 RN55C1821F 1.82 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R98 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R99 RN55-00274 1 91637 RN55C27R4F 27.4 OHMS 1% MET FILM R100 RN57-25000 1 58900 RN57-25000 50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM R101 RN57-25000 1 58900 RN57-25000 50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM R102 RN57-25000 1 58900 RN57-25000 50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM R103 RN57-25000 1 58900 RN57-25000 50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM R106 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R107 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 R108 RN55-03920 1 91637 RN55C3920F 392 OHMS 1% MET FILM R109 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT K OHMS 1% MET FILM R110 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R111 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT R112 RK45-21470 1 58900 RK45-21470 14.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT R113 RN55-24750 1 91637 RN55C4752F 47.5 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R114 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R115 RN55-11130 1 91637 RN55D 1.13K OHM 1% 1.13 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R117 RN57-21500 1 58900 RN57-21500 15.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM R118 RN57-11290 1 53387 LM3C1291B 1.29K OHM .1% MET FILM R119 RN57-21250 1 60393 GP 1/4-TC50-12.5-.1% 12.5 K OHM .1% MET FILM Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Parts Lists 30164 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description R120 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R121 RN55-41000 1 91637 RN55C1004F 1 M OHMS 1% MET FILM R122 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R123 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 R124 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM K OHMS 1% MET FILM R125 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R126 RN57-21333 1 58900 RN57-21333 13.33 K OHM .1 % MET FILM R127 12449-129 1 58900 12449-129 40.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM R128 RN55-12210 1 91637 RN55C2211F 2.21 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R129 RK45-31470 1 ----- RK73H2AT1473F 147K OHM 1% FILM SMT R130 RK45-22670 1 58900 RK45-22670 26.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT R131 RN55-12000 1 91637 RN55C2001F 2.00 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R132 RN55-12000 1 91637 RN55C2001F 2.00 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R133 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R134 RN55-13010 1 91637 RN55C3011F 3.01 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R135 RN55-22210 1 91637 RN55C2212F 22.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R136 RN55-23160 1 91637 RN55C3162F 31.6 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R137 RN55-21330 1 91637 RN55C1332F 13.3 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R138 RK45-13320 1 91637 CRCW08053321FT 3.32K OHM 1% FILM SMT R139 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R140 RN55-14990 1 91637 RN55C4991F 4.99 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R141 RN57-18000 1 58900 RN57-18000 8.00 K OHM .1 % MET FILM R142 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R143 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R144 RN55-00274 1 91637 RN55C27R4F 27.4 OHMS 1% MET FILM R145 RK45-02870 1 ----- RK73H2AT2870F 287 OHM 1% FILM SMT R146 RN55-12490 1 91637 RN55C2491F 2.49 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R147 RN55-12490 1 91637 RN55C2491F 2.49 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R148 RN55-21210 1 91637 RN55C1212F 12.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R149 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 R150 RN55-03740 1 91637 RN55C3740F 374 OHMS 1% MET FILM K OHMS 1% MET FILM R151 RN55-03740 1 91637 RN55C3740F 374 OHMS 1% MET FILM R152 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R153 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R154 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R155 RN55-04990 1 91637 RN55C4990F 499 OHMS 1% MET FILM R156 RN55-04990 1 91637 RN55C4990F 499 OHMS 1% MET FILM R157 RN55-00619 1 91637 CCF55-2-61.9^1%T2T/R 61.9 OHMS 1% MET FILM R158 RN55-00953 1 91637 RNC55H95R3FP 95.3 OHM 1% MET FILM R159 RN55-00953 1 91637 RNC55H95R3FP 95.3 OHM 1% MET FILM R160 RN55-11500 1 91637 RN55C1501F 1.5 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R161 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R162 RN55-00287 1 91637 CCF55-2-28.7^1%T2T/R 28.7 OHMS 1% MET FILM R163 RN55-00110 1 91637 RN55C11R0F 11.0 OHMS 1% MET FILM Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-17 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 30164 7-18 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description R164 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R165 RN55-04990 1 91637 RN55C4990F 499 OHMS 1% MET FILM R166 RN55-00619 1 91637 CCF55-2-61.9^1%T2T/R 61.9 OHMS 1% MET FILM R167 RN55-02430 1 91637 RN55C2430F 243 OHMS 1% MET FILM R168 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R169 RN55-04990 1 91637 RN55C4990F 499 OHMS 1% MET FILM R170 RN55-00619 1 91637 CCF55-2-61.9^1%T2T/R 61.9 OHMS 1% MET FILM R171 RN55-23010 1 91637 RN55C3012F 30.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R172 RN55-31100 1 91637 RN55C1103F 110 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R173 RN55-12740 1 91637 RN55C2741F 2.74K OHMS 1% MET FILM R174 RG03-00150 1 91637 FP215R0 5% 15 OHM 10% METAL GLAZE R175 RN55-11500 1 91637 RN55C1501F 1.5 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R176 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R177 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R178 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R179 RN55-22210 1 91637 RN55C2212F 22.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R180 RN55-21500 1 91637 RN55C1502F 15 R181 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R182 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R183 RN55-02490 1 91637 RN55C2490F 249 OHMS 1% MET FILM R184 RN55-34750 1 91637 RN55C4753F 475 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R185 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R186 RN55-12000 1 91637 RN55C2001F 2.00 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R187 RN55-00100 1 91637 RN55C10R0F 10 R188 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT K OHMS 1% MET FILM OHMS 1% MET FILM R189 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R190 RK45-00576 1 59124 RN73K2A57R6F 57.6 OHM 1% FILM SMT R191 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R194 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT R195 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT R198 RN55-01000 1 91637 RN55C1000F 100 OHMS 1% MET FILM R199 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 R214 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT K OHMS 1% MET FILM R225 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R226 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R228 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R229 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R232 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R233 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R234 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R235 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R236 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT R240 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R241 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Parts Lists 30164 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description R242 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R243 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R245 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT R246 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R247 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R248 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R249 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R250 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT R251 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT R252 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R253 RK45-23010 1 91637 CRCW08053012FT 30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT R254 RK45-23010 1 91637 CRCW08053012FT 30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT R255 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT R256 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT R257 RK45-12400 1 ----- RK73H2AT2431F 2.4K OHM 1% FILM SMT R258 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT R261 RK45-09530 1 ----- RK73H2AT9530F 953 OHM 1% FILM SMT R263 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT R264 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT R269 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R270 RK45-00196 1 59124 RN73K2A19R6F 19.6 OHM 1% FILM SMT R272 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R273 RW03-00390 1 91637 RS-2B-39-1 39 OHM 3W WIREWOUND R274 RW03-00390 1 91637 RS-2B-39-1 39 OHM 3W WIREWOUND RP1 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK RP2 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK RP3 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK RT2 RTC2-21000 1 56866 QTMC-14 10 K OHM THERMISTOR RT3 FSS0-00050 1 06090 RXE050 .5A RES CIRCUIT BREAKER RT4 FSS0-00050 1 06090 RXE050 .5A RES CIRCUIT BREAKER TP1 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP2 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP3 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP4 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP5 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP6 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP7 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP8 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP10 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP11 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP12 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP13 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP14 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP15 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-19 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 30164 7-20 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description TP16 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP23 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP24 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP27 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP28 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP31 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP32 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP35 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP37 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT U1 UFN0-05135 1 01295 OP-07/CP HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP U2 ULN0-00411 1 17856 DG411DJ DG411DJ QUAD SPST SWITCH U3 UFN0-03240 1 58900 UFN0-03240 CA3240E DUAL OP AMP U4 UFN0-05135 1 01295 OP-07/CP HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP U5 ULN0-00393 1 01295 LM393P LM393N VOLT COMPARATOR U6 UVG0-00070 1 64155 LM199H LM399H 7V PRECISION ZENER U7 UFN0-05135 1 01295 OP-07/CP HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP U8 ULN0-00411 1 17856 DG411DJ DG411DJ QUAD SPST SWITCH U9 UTN0-00322 1 01295 74HC32N 74HC32 QUAD 2 INPUT OR U10 UTN0-00082 1 01295 SN74HC08N 74HC08N QUAD AND U11 UFN0-05135 1 01295 OP-07/CP HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP U12 UFN0-05135 1 01295 OP-07/CP HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP U13 UIN0-07534 1 24355 AD7534JN AD7534JN 14 BIT DAC U14 UMN0-02444 1 60395 X2444P X2444P 256 BIT NV RAM U15 UTN0-00042 1 01295 SN74HC04N 74HC04 HEX INVERTER SMT U16 UFN1-00324 1 01295 LM324N LM324AN QUAD OP AMP U17 UID0-07245 1 24355 AD7245AAR AD7245AAR 12 BIT DAC U18 UGN0-71055 1 4T165 UPD71055C uPD71055 PARALLEL INTERFACE U19 UFN1-00324 1 01295 LM324N LM324AN QUAD OP AMP U21 UGN0-71055 1 4T165 UPD71055C uPD71055 PARALLEL INTERFACE U22 UID0-07891 1 24355 AD7891AP-2 AD7891AP-2 MUX/ADC SMT U23 URD1-07805 1 04713 MC78L05ACD MC78L05ACD .1A 5V REG U24 UFD0-01007 1 64155 LT1007CS8 LT1007CS8 OP AMP U25 UFD0-01356 1 64155 LT1356CS LT1356CS QUAD OPAMP SMT U26 UFD0-00436 1 62839 CLC436AJE CLC436AJE OP AMP U27 UFD0-01007 1 64155 LT1007CS8 LT1007CS8 OP AMP U28 ULD0-00613 1 17856 DG613DY DG613DY 4PST SWITCH SMT U29 UFD0-00426 1 62839 CLC426AJE CLC426AJE OP AMP,SMT SMT SMT U31 ULD0-00409 1 17856 DG409DY DG409DY 2X 4IN SWITCH SMT U33 URD1-07812 1 04713 MC78M12CDT MC78M12CDT .5A 12V REG U34 URD0-07912 1 01295 MC79L12ACD MC79L12ACD .1A 12V SMT U35 URD0-07812 1 04713 MC78L12ACD MC78L12ACD .1A 12V SMT U36 ULD0-00642 1 17856 DG642DY DG642DY SPDT SWITCH SMT U37 UID0-07245 1 24355 AD7245AAR AD7245AAR 12 BIT DAC U38 UFN1-00358 1 01295 LM358AP LM358AN DUAL OP AMP SMT Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Parts Lists 30164 8541C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description U39 UFD0-00324 1 04713 LM324D LM324D QUAD OP AMP SMT U40 URD1-07912 1 01295 UA78M45CKTP MC79M12CDT .5A -12V REG U41 UTD0-00143 1 04713 MC74HCT14AD 74HCT14D HEX SCHMITT INV SMT U44 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT U45 UFD0-00111 1 62839 CLC111AJE CLC111AJE BUFFER SMT U46 UFD0-00111 1 62839 CLC111AJE CLC111AJE BUFFER SMT U47 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT U48 UFD0-00426 1 62839 CLC426AJE CLC426AJE OP AMP,SMT U52 UFD0-00428 1 62839 CLC428JE CLC428AJE OP AMP U54 UFD0-01356 1 64155 LT1356CS LT1356CS QUAD OPAMP SMT U56 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT U57 URD0-07905 1 04713 MC79M05CDT MC79MO5CDT .5A -5V SMT U58 URD0-07805 1 04713 MC78M05CDT MC78M05CDT.5A 5V REG SM U59 UFD0-00428 1 62839 CLC428JE CLC428AJE OP AMP U62 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT U64 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT U90 ULD0-00642 1 17856 DG642DY DG642DY SPDT SWITCH SMT SMT SMT U91 UID0-01410 1 64155 LTC1410CS LTC1410CS 12 BIT A/D SMT U104 30619 1 58900 30619 PROG GAL 854XC A2 U104 U105 30621 1 58900 30621 PROG GAL 854XC A2 U105 U106 30623 1 58900 30623 PROG GAL 854XC A2 U106 U107 UTD0-00742 1 01295 SN74HC74D 74HC74D DUAL D FFLOP SMT U108 UTD0-00742 1 01295 SN74HC74D 74HC74D DUAL D FFLOP SMT U109 UTD0-00742 1 01295 SN74HC74D 74HC74D DUAL D FFLOP SMT U110 UTD0-40402 1 01295 74HC4040D 74HC4040D 12 BIT CT SMT U111 30625 1 58900 30625 PROG EPROM 854XC A2 U111 U112 UGD0-09501 1 24355 AD9501JP AD9501JP DELAY GEN SMT U113 UTD0-00143 1 04713 MC74HCT14AD 74HCT14D HEX SCHMITT INV SMT W1 JIA1-03230 1 58900 JIA1-03230 3 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG XW1 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-21 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 30173 7-22 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description 1 HIBR-00440 6 53387 SJ5303-CLEAR MOLDED BUMPER 2 20192 REF 58900 20192 SHELL,OBLONG 3 20259 REF 58900 20259 COVER,CALIBRATOR HOUSING 4 20260 1 ----- 20260 HOUSING,CALIBRATOR 5 20800 REF 58900 20800 LABEL,US PATENT 4,794,325 7 HIGP-00312 4 58900 HIGP-00312 PLASTIC LATCH GROMMET 8 HIPP-00312 4 58900 HIPP-00312 PLASTIC LATCH PLUNGER 9 HBPP-44004 12 26233 NS137CR440R4 4-40 X 1/4 PAN 10 HWSS-40300 12 58900 HWSS-40300 #4 X 3/16 SPLIT LOCK 11 GFU0-01204 1 53387 4504-3/4" 3/4 X 1/4 FOAM TAPE 12 30163 1 58900 30163 8540C ANALOG PCB 13 30165 REF 58900 30165 8540C ANALOG PCB SCH. 14 PH00-00001 2 4J674 44-CBS-1.5X5.5X.4 SHIELD COVER 15 30166 REF 58900 30166 8540C ANALOG PCB TEST PLAN 16 WTT0-22001 0 16428 #22AWG-TFE/TW #22 CLEAR TFE SLVNG A1 20112 REF 58900 20112 CALIB THERM OVEN PCB ASSY C1 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C2 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C3 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C4 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C5 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C6 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C7 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C8 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C9 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C10 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C11 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C14 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C15 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C16 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C17 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C18 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C19 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C20 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C21 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C22 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C23 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC C24 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC C25 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C26 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C27 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C28 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C29 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C30 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Parts Lists 30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description C31 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C32 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C33 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C34 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C35 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C36 CC98-00330 1 ----- CCD-330 33 PF 1KV CERAMIC NPO C37 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C38 CC50-04220 1 31433 C322C224M5U5CA .22 UF CERAMIC Z5U C39 CF00-04470 1 58900 CF00-04470 .47UF 100V POLYPROPYLENE C40 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C41 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C42 CE50-R5470 1 74840 475PGM050M 4.7UF 50V RADIAL C43 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C44 CE50-R5470 1 74840 475PGM050M 4.7UF 50V RADIAL C45 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C46 CE50-R5470 1 74840 475PGM050M 4.7UF 50V RADIAL C47 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C48 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C49 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R C50 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C51 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C52 CD99-01150 1 ----- DM15-151F 150 PF DIP MICA C53 CD99-01240 1 ----- DM15-241F 240 PF DIP MICA C54 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R C55 CD99-00620 1 ----- CMO5FD620F03 62 PF DIP MICA C56 CD99-01120 1 ----- CMO6FD121J03 120 PF DIP MICA C57 CD99-00620 1 ----- CMO5FD620F03 62 PF DIP MICA C58 CD00-02100 1 ----- CM05E102 1000 PF DIP MICA C59 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R C60 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R C61 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG C62 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG C63 CD00-02100 1 ----- CM05E102 1000 PF DIP MICA C64 CC50-01100 1 04222 SR151A101JAA 100 PF CERAMIC NPO C65 CC50-01100 1 04222 SR151A101JAA 100 PF CERAMIC NPO C66 CC50-01100 1 04222 SR151A101JAA 100 PF CERAMIC NPO C67 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG C68 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG C69 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG C70 CC00-02220 1 04222 SR201A222KAA 2200 PF CERAMIC COG C71 CC50-02470 1 31433 C315C472K1R5CA 4700 PF CERAMIC X7R C72 CC50-01100 1 04222 SR151A101JAA 100 PF CERAMIC NPO C73 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C74 CC50-02470 1 31433 C315C472K1R5CA 4700 PF CERAMIC X7R Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-23 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 30173 7-24 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description C75 CC50-04220 1 31433 C322C224M5U5CA .22 UF CERAMIC Z5U C77 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R C78 CC50-02100 1 04222 SR155C122MAT .001 UF CERAMIC Y5P C79 CC50-01100 1 04222 SR151A101JAA 100 PF CERAMIC NPO C80 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R C81 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R C82 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R C83 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R C84 CC50-03470 1 31433 C320C473K5R5CA .047 UF CERAMIC X7R C85 CC50-02220 1 04222 SR155C222KAA 2200PF CERAMIC X7R C86 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C87 CC50-02100 1 04222 SR155C122MAT .001 UF CERAMIC Y5P C88 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C89 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C90 CK50-00100 1 54583 CC0805HNPO15150J 10 PF NPO CHIP C91 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C92 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C93 CK50-00100 1 54583 CC0805HNPO15150J 10 PF NPO CHIP C94 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC C95 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC C96 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C97 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C98 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC C99 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C100 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C101 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C102 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C103 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C104 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C105 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C106 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C107 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C108 CK51-02100 1 04222 08055C102KATMA 1000PF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C109 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC C110 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C111 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C113 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC C114 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C115 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C116 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C117 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C118 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C119 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C120 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Parts Lists 30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description C121 CK50-00100 1 54583 CC0805HNPO15150J 10 PF NPO CHIP C122 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C123 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C124 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C125 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C126 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C127 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C128 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C129 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C130 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C131 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C132 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C133 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C134 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C135 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C136 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C137 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C138 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C139 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C140 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C141 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C142 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C143 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C144 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C145 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C146 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C147 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C148 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C149 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C150 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C151 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C152 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C153 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C154 CC50-03100 1 54583 RD30HX7R103K .01 UF CERAMIC X7R C155 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C156 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C157 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C158 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C159 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C160 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C161 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C162 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C163 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C164 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-25 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 30173 7-26 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description C165 CC51-04100 1 04222 SR205C-104KAA .1 UF CERAMIC X7R C166 CE50-R6100 1 55680 UVX1H100MDA 10 UF 50V RADIAL LEAD C167 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C168 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C169 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C170 CK50-00100 1 54583 CC0805HNPO15150J 10 PF NPO CHIP C171 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C172 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C173 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C174 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C175 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C176 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C177 CC50-04220 1 31433 C322C224M5U5CA .22 UF CERAMIC Z5U C178 CK51-02100 1 04222 08055C102KATMA 1000PF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C179 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC C180 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C181 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C182 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC C183 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C184 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C185 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C186 CK51-02100 1 04222 08055C102KATMA 1000PF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C187 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C188 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C189 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C190 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C191 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C192 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC C193 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C194 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C195 CK51-05220 1 58900 CK51-05220 2.2 UF Y5V CHIP CERAMIC C196 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C197 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C198 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C199 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C200 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C201 CK51-02100 1 04222 08055C102KATMA 1000PF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C202 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C203 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C204 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C205 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C206 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C207 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C208 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Parts Lists 30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description C209 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C210 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C211 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C212 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C215 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C216 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C217 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C218 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C219 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C220 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C222 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C223 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C224 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C225 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C226 CT25-S6101 1 04222 TAJD106M025R 10 UF 25V TANTALUM SMT C227 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C228 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C229 CK50-01100 1 58900 CK50-01100 100 PF CERAMIC NPO C230 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C231 CK50-01470 1 58900 CK50-01470 470 PF COG CHIP CERAMIC C232 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C233 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C234 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C235 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C236 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C237 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C238 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C239 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C240 CK50-03100 1 31433 C0805C103K5RAC .01 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C241 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C242 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C243 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C244 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C245 CK50-03470 1 31433 C0805C473K5RAC .047 UF X7R CHIP CERAMIC C246 CK50-01470 1 58900 CK50-01470 470 PF COG CHIP CERAMIC C247 CK50-01470 1 58900 CK50-01470 470 PF COG CHIP CERAMIC C248 CK50-01470 1 58900 CK50-01470 470 PF COG CHIP CERAMIC CR2 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE CR3 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE CR4 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE CR5 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE CR6 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE CR7 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE CR8 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-27 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 30173 7-28 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description CR9 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns CR10 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns CR11 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns CR12 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns CR13 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns CR14 13618 1 58900 13618 DIODE,uWAVE PIN SW,.3PF,100ns CR15 DSA0-04148 1 58900 DSA0-04148 1N4148 G.P. DIODE CR16 DSA2-00099 1 58900 DSA2-00099 BAV99 DUAL DIODE SMT CR17 DSA2-00099 1 58900 DSA2-00099 BAV99 DUAL DIODE SMT CR18 DSA2-00099 1 58900 DSA2-00099 BAV99 DUAL DIODE SMT CR19 DSA2-00099 1 58900 DSA2-00099 BAV99 DUAL DIODE SMT CR20 DZAB-00751 1 04713 1N751A 1N751A 5.1V ZENER J1 JIR2-14318 1 09769 102975-7 14 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG J2 JIR2-14318 1 09769 102975-7 14 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG J3 JRDF-00008 1 09769 413524-1 BNC F RT ANG PC MOUNT J4 JRDF-00008 1 09769 413524-1 BNC F RT ANG PC MOUNT J5 JRBM-00100 1 58900 JRBM-00100 SMB M PC MOUNT L11 LAB0-05680 1 58900 LAB0-05680 6.8 UH INDUCTOR L12 19203 1 OB3G8 19203 .1 UH RF COIL L13 15293 1 58900 15293 .17 UH INDUCTOR L14 15293 1 58900 15293 .17 UH INDUCTOR L15 15293 1 58900 15293 .17 UH INDUCTOR L16 LAB0-05680 1 58900 LAB0-05680 6.8 UH INDUCTOR L17 LAB0-05680 1 58900 LAB0-05680 6.8 UH INDUCTOR L18 LAB0-05680 1 58900 LAB0-05680 6.8 UH INDUCTOR P1 JIA2-50318 1 09769 2-87227-5 50 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG Q1 QBPP-00170 1 04713 MJE 170 MJE 170 3A 40V 12.5W PNP Q2 QBNS-03904 1 04713 2N3904 2N3904 .2A 40V NPN Q3 QBNS-03904 1 04713 2N3904 2N3904 .2A 40V NPN Q4 QBNP-00231 1 58900 QBNP-00231 BFQ231 1W 1GHZ NPN Q5 QBPS-03644 1 53387 2N3645 2N3644 .3 A 45 V PNP Q6 QBNS-03569 1 4U751 2N3569 PN3569 .5A 40V NPN Q7 QBNS-03569 1 4U751 2N3569 PN3569 .5A 40V NPN Q8 QBNC-03904 1 04713 MMBT3904L 2N3904 .2A 40V NPN SMT Q9 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT Q10 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT Q11 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT Q12 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT Q13 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT Q14 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT Q15 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT Q16 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT Q17 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT Q18 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Parts Lists 30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description Q19 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT Q20 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT Q21 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT Q22 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT Q23 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP SMT SMT Q24 QJNS-04416 1 04713 MMBF4416L MMBF4416L FET AMP R1 RK45-15100 1 ----- RK73H2AT5111F 5.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT R2 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R3 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT R4 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R5 RK45-03160 1 ----- RK73H2AT3160F 316 OHM 1% FILM SMT R6 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R7 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R8 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R9 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R10 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R11 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R12 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT R13 RK45-03160 1 ----- RK73H2AT3160F 316 OHM 1% FILM SMT R14 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R15 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R16 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R17 RK45-31470 1 ----- RK73H2AT1473F 147K OHM 1% FILM SMT R18 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R19 RK45-02870 1 ----- RK73H2AT2870F 287 OHM 1% FILM SMT R20 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT R21 RK45-21470 1 58900 RK45-21470 14.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT R22 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R23 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R24 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R25 RK45-00681 1 59124 RK73H2AT68R1F 68.1 OHM 1% FILM SMT R26 RK45-00681 1 59124 RK73H2AT68R1F 68.1 OHM 1% FILM SMT R27 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R28 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R29 RK45-15100 1 ----- RK73H2AT5111F 5.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT R30 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R31 RN55-03320 1 91637 RN55C3320F 332 OHMS 1% MET FILM R32 RN55-03320 1 91637 RN55C3320F 332 OHMS 1% MET FILM R33 RN55-11820 1 91637 RN55C1821F 1.82 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R34 RK45-31000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1003F 100K OHM 1% FILM SMT R35 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R36 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT R37 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT R38 RK45-14420 1 58900 RK45-14420 4.42K OHM 1% FILM SMT Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-29 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 30173 7-30 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description R39 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R40 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT R41 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT R42 RK45-15100 1 ----- RK73H2AT5111F 5.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT R43 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R44 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R45 RK45-15100 1 ----- RK73H2AT5111F 5.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT R46 RK45-22670 1 58900 RK45-22670 26.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT R47 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R48 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT R49 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT R50 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R51 RK45-23010 1 91637 CRCW08053012FT 30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT R52 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT R53 RK45-23010 1 91637 CRCW08053012FT 30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT R54 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT R55 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R56 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R57 RK45-03160 1 ----- RK73H2AT3160F 316 OHM 1% FILM SMT R58 RK45-00681 1 59124 RK73H2AT68R1F 68.1 OHM 1% FILM SMT R59 RK45-23010 1 91637 CRCW08053012FT 30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT R60 RK45-00681 1 59124 RK73H2AT68R1F 68.1 OHM 1% FILM SMT R61 RK45-00196 1 59124 RN73K2A19R6F 19.6 OHM 1% FILM SMT R62 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT R63 RK45-00412 1 58900 RK45-00412 41.2 OHM 1% FILM SMT R64 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R65 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R66 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT R67 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT R68 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R69 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R70 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R71 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R72 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R73 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R74 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R75 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT R76 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT R77 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT R78 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT R85 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R86 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R87 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT R88 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Parts Lists 30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description R89 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R90 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT R91 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R92 RK45-14420 1 58900 RK45-14420 4.42K OHM 1% FILM SMT R93 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT R94 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R95 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R96 RK45-31000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1003F 100K OHM 1% FILM SMT R97 RN55-11820 1 91637 RN55C1821F 1.82 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R98 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R99 RN55-00274 1 91637 RN55C27R4F 27.4 OHMS 1% MET FILM R100 RN57-25000 1 58900 RN57-25000 50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM R101 RN57-25000 1 58900 RN57-25000 50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM R102 RN57-25000 1 58900 RN57-25000 50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM R103 RN57-25000 1 58900 RN57-25000 50.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM R104 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R105 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R106 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R107 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 R108 RN55-03920 1 91637 RN55C3920F 392 OHMS 1% MET FILM R109 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT K OHMS 1% MET FILM R110 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R111 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT R112 RK45-21470 1 58900 RK45-21470 14.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT R113 RN55-24750 1 91637 RN55C4752F 47.5 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R114 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R115 RN55-11130 1 91637 RN55D 1.13K OHM 1% 1.13 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R117 RN57-21500 1 58900 RN57-21500 15.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM R118 RN57-11290 1 53387 LM3C1291B 1.29K OHM .1% MET FILM R119 RN57-21250 1 60393 GP 1/4-TC50-12.5-.1% 12.5 K OHM .1% MET FILM R120 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R121 RN55-41000 1 91637 RN55C1004F 1 M OHMS 1% MET FILM R122 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R123 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 R124 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM K OHMS 1% MET FILM R125 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R126 RN57-21333 1 58900 RN57-21333 13.33 K OHM .1 % MET FILM R127 12449-129 1 58900 12449-129 40.0 K OHM .1 % MET FILM R128 RN55-12210 1 91637 RN55C2211F 2.21 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R129 RK45-31470 1 ----- RK73H2AT1473F 147K OHM 1% FILM SMT R130 RK45-22670 1 58900 RK45-22670 26.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT R131 RN55-12000 1 91637 RN55C2001F 2.00 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R132 RN55-12000 1 91637 RN55C2001F 2.00 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R133 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-31 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 30173 7-32 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description R134 RN55-13010 1 91637 RN55C3011F 3.01 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R135 RN55-22210 1 91637 RN55C2212F 22.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R136 RN55-23160 1 91637 RN55C3162F 31.6 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R137 RN55-21330 1 91637 RN55C1332F 13.3 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R138 RK45-13320 1 91637 CRCW08053321FT 3.32K OHM 1% FILM SMT R139 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R140 RN55-14990 1 91637 RN55C4991F 4.99 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R141 RN57-18000 1 58900 RN57-18000 8.00 K OHM .1 % MET FILM R142 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM K OHMS 1% MET FILM R143 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 R144 RN55-00274 1 91637 RN55C27R4F 27.4 OHMS 1% MET FILM R145 RK45-02870 1 ----- RK73H2AT2870F 287 OHM 1% FILM SMT R146 RN55-12490 1 91637 RN55C2491F 2.49 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R147 RN55-12490 1 91637 RN55C2491F 2.49 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R148 RN55-21210 1 91637 RN55C1212F 12.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R149 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 R150 RN55-03740 1 91637 RN55C3740F 374 OHMS 1% MET FILM K OHMS 1% MET FILM R151 RN55-03740 1 91637 RN55C3740F 374 OHMS 1% MET FILM R152 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R153 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R154 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R155 RN55-04990 1 91637 RN55C4990F 499 OHMS 1% MET FILM R156 RN55-04990 1 91637 RN55C4990F 499 OHMS 1% MET FILM R157 RN55-00619 1 91637 CCF55-2-61.9^1%T2T/R 61.9 OHMS 1% MET FILM R158 RN55-00953 1 91637 RNC55H95R3FP 95.3 OHM 1% MET FILM R159 RN55-00953 1 91637 RNC55H95R3FP 95.3 OHM 1% MET FILM R160 RN55-11500 1 91637 RN55C1501F 1.5 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R161 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R162 RN55-00287 1 91637 CCF55-2-28.7^1%T2T/R 28.7 OHMS 1% MET FILM R163 RN55-00110 1 91637 RN55C11R0F 11.0 OHMS 1% MET FILM R164 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R165 RN55-04990 1 91637 RN55C4990F 499 OHMS 1% MET FILM R166 RN55-00619 1 91637 CCF55-2-61.9^1%T2T/R 61.9 OHMS 1% MET FILM R167 RN55-02430 1 91637 RN55C2430F 243 OHMS 1% MET FILM R168 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R169 RN55-04990 1 91637 RN55C4990F 499 OHMS 1% MET FILM R170 RN55-00619 1 91637 CCF55-2-61.9^1%T2T/R 61.9 OHMS 1% MET FILM R171 RN55-23010 1 91637 RN55C3012F 30.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R172 RN55-31100 1 91637 RN55C1103F 110 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R173 RN55-12740 1 91637 RN55C2741F 2.74K OHMS 1% MET FILM R174 RG03-00150 1 91637 FP215R0 5% 15 OHM 10% METAL GLAZE R175 RN55-11500 1 91637 RN55C1501F 1.5 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R176 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R177 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Parts Lists 30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description R178 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 R179 RN55-22210 1 91637 RN55C2212F 22.1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R180 RN55-21500 1 91637 RN55C1502F 15 R181 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R182 RN55-14750 1 91637 RN55C4751F 4.75 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R183 RN55-02490 1 91637 RN55C2490F 249 OHMS 1% MET FILM R184 RN55-34750 1 91637 RN55C4753F 475 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R185 RN55-11000 1 91637 RN55C1001F 1 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R186 RN55-12000 1 91637 RN55C2001F 2.00 K OHMS 1% MET FILM R187 RN55-00100 1 91637 RN55C10R0F 10 R188 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT K OHMS 1% MET FILM K OHMS 1% MET FILM OHMS 1% MET FILM R189 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R190 RK45-00576 1 59124 RN73K2A57R6F 57.6 OHM 1% FILM SMT R191 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R192 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R193 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R194 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT R195 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT R196 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT R198 RN55-01000 1 91637 RN55C1000F 100 OHMS 1% MET FILM R199 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 R200 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT R201 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT K OHMS 1% MET FILM R202 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R203 RW03-00390 1 91637 RS-2B-39-1 39 OHM 3W WIREWOUND R204 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R205 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R206 RK45-03160 1 ----- RK73H2AT3160F 316 OHM 1% FILM SMT R207 RK45-31470 1 ----- RK73H2AT1473F 147K OHM 1% FILM SMT R208 RK45-21470 1 58900 RK45-21470 14.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT R209 RK45-22670 1 58900 RK45-22670 26.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT R210 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT R212 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R213 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R214 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R215 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R216 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R217 RK45-31470 1 ----- RK73H2AT1473F 147K OHM 1% FILM SMT R219 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R220 RK45-22670 1 58900 RK45-22670 26.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT R221 RK45-02870 1 ----- RK73H2AT2870F 287 OHM 1% FILM SMT R222 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R223 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R224 RK45-02870 1 ----- RK73H2AT2870F 287 OHM 1% FILM SMT Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-33 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 30173 7-34 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description R225 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R226 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R227 RK45-00576 1 59124 RN73K2A57R6F 57.6 OHM 1% FILM SMT R228 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R229 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R230 RK45-21470 1 58900 RK45-21470 14.7K OHM 1% FILM SMT R231 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT R232 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R233 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R234 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R235 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R236 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT R238 RK45-32490 1 58900 RK45-32490 249K OHM 1% FILM SMT R240 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R241 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R242 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R243 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R244 RK45-00412 1 58900 RK45-00412 41.2 OHM 1% FILM SMT R245 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT R246 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R247 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R248 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R249 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R250 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT R251 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT R252 RN55-00475 1 91637 RN55C47R5F 47.5 OHMS 1% MET FILM R253 RK45-23010 1 91637 CRCW08053012FT 30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT R254 RK45-23010 1 91637 CRCW08053012FT 30.1K OHM 1% FILM SMT R255 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT R256 RK45-21000 1 ----- RK73H2AT1002F 10.0K OHM 1% FILM SMT R257 RK45-12400 1 ----- RK73H2AT2431F 2.4K OHM 1% FILM SMT R258 RK45-04990 1 ----- RK73H2AT4990F 499 OHM 1% FILM SMT R259 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R260 RK45-09530 1 ----- RK73H2AT9530F 953 OHM 1% FILM SMT R261 RK45-09530 1 ----- RK73H2AT9530F 953 OHM 1% FILM SMT R262 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R263 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT R264 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT R265 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT R266 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT R267 RK45-05490 1 ----- RK73H2AT5490F 549 OHM 1% FILM SMT R268 RK45-01800 1 ----- RN73C2AT1800F 180 OHM 1% FILM SMT R269 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R270 RK45-00196 1 59124 RN73K2A19R6F 19.6 OHM 1% FILM SMT Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Parts Lists 30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description R271 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R272 RK45-11000 1 65940 MCR10EZFHFX1001 1.00K OHM 1% FILM SMT R273 RW03-00390 1 91637 RS-2B-39-1 39 OHM 3W WIREWOUND R274 RW03-00390 1 91637 RS-2B-39-1 39 OHM 3W WIREWOUND R275 RW03-00390 1 91637 RS-2B-39-1 39 OHM 3W WIREWOUND RP1 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK RP2 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK RP3 RM9S-21001 1 58900 RM9S-21001 10K OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK RT2 RTC2-21000 1 56866 QTMC-14 10 K OHM THERMISTOR RT3 FSS0-00050 1 06090 RXE050 .5A RES CIRCUIT BREAKER RT4 FSS0-00050 1 06090 RXE050 .5A RES CIRCUIT BREAKER TP1 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP2 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP3 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP4 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP5 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP6 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP7 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP8 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP9 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP10 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP11 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP12 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP13 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP14 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP15 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP16 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP17 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP18 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP19 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP20 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP21 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP22 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP23 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP24 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP25 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP26 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP27 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP28 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP29 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP30 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP31 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP32 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP33 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-35 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 30173 7-36 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description TP34 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP35 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP36 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT TP37 ETI0-10018 1 58900 ETI0-10018 BLACK TEST POINT U1 UFN0-05135 1 01295 OP-07/CP HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP U2 ULN0-00411 1 17856 DG411DJ DG411DJ QUAD SPST SWITCH U3 UFN0-03240 1 58900 UFN0-03240 CA3240E DUAL OP AMP U4 UFN0-05135 1 01295 OP-07/CP HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP U5 ULN0-00393 1 01295 LM393P LM393N VOLT COMPARATOR U6 UVG0-00070 1 64155 LM199H LM399H 7V PRECISION ZENER U7 UFN0-05135 1 01295 OP-07/CP HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP U8 ULN0-00411 1 17856 DG411DJ DG411DJ QUAD SPST SWITCH U9 UTN0-00322 1 01295 74HC32N 74HC32 QUAD 2 INPUT OR U10 UTN0-00082 1 01295 SN74HC08N 74HC08N QUAD AND U11 UFN0-05135 1 01295 OP-07/CP HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP U12 UFN0-05135 1 01295 OP-07/CP HA5135-5 PRECISION OP AMP U13 UIN0-07534 1 24355 AD7534JN AD7534JN 14 BIT DAC U14 UMN0-02444 1 60395 X2444P X2444P 256 BIT NV RAM U15 UTN0-00042 1 01295 SN74HC04N 74HC04 HEX INVERTER SMT U16 UFN1-00324 1 01295 LM324N LM324AN QUAD OP AMP U17 UID0-07245 1 24355 AD7245AAR AD7245AAR 12 BIT DAC SMT U18 UGN0-71055 1 4T165 UPD71055C uPD71055 PARALLEL INTERFACE U19 UFN1-00324 1 01295 LM324N LM324AN QUAD OP AMP U20 UID0-07245 1 24355 AD7245AAR AD7245AAR 12 BIT DAC U21 UGN0-71055 1 4T165 UPD71055C uPD71055 PARALLEL INTERFACE U22 UID0-07891 1 24355 AD7891AP-2 AD7891AP-2 MUX/ADC SMT U23 URD1-07805 1 04713 MC78L05ACD MC78L05ACD .1A 5V REG SMT U24 UFD0-01007 1 64155 LT1007CS8 LT1007CS8 OP AMP U25 UFD0-01356 1 64155 LT1356CS LT1356CS QUAD OPAMP SMT U26 UFD0-00436 1 62839 CLC436AJE CLC436AJE OP AMP U27 UFD0-01007 1 64155 LT1007CS8 LT1007CS8 OP AMP U28 ULD0-00613 1 17856 DG613DY DG613DY 4PST SWITCH SMT U29 UFD0-00426 1 62839 CLC426AJE CLC426AJE OP AMP,SMT U31 ULD0-00409 1 17856 DG409DY DG409DY 2X 4IN SWITCH SMT U32 ULD0-00613 1 17856 DG613DY DG613DY 4PST SWITCH SMT U33 URD1-07812 1 04713 MC78M12CDT MC78M12CDT .5A 12V REG U34 URD0-07912 1 01295 MC79L12ACD MC79L12ACD .1A 12V SMT U35 URD0-07812 1 04713 MC78L12ACD MC78L12ACD .1A 12V SMT U36 ULD0-00642 1 17856 DG642DY DG642DY SPDT SWITCH SMT U37 UID0-07245 1 24355 AD7245AAR AD7245AAR 12 BIT DAC U38 UFN1-00358 1 01295 LM358AP LM358AN DUAL OP AMP U39 UFD0-00324 1 04713 LM324D LM324D QUAD OP AMP SMT U40 URD1-07912 1 01295 UA78M45CKTP MC79M12CDT .5A -12V REG U41 UTD0-00143 1 04713 MC74HCT14AD 74HCT14D HEX SCHMITT INV SMT SMT SMT Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Parts Lists 30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description U44 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT U45 UFD0-00111 1 62839 CLC111AJE CLC111AJE BUFFER SMT U46 UFD0-00111 1 62839 CLC111AJE CLC111AJE BUFFER SMT U47 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT U48 UFD0-00426 1 62839 CLC426AJE CLC426AJE OP AMP,SMT U52 UFD0-00428 1 62839 CLC428JE CLC428AJE OP AMP SMT U53 UFD0-00428 1 62839 CLC428JE CLC428AJE OP AMP SMT U54 UFD0-01356 1 64155 LT1356CS LT1356CS QUAD OPAMP SMT U56 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT U57 URD0-07905 1 04713 MC79M05CDT MC79MO5CDT .5A -5V SMT U58 URD0-07805 1 04713 MC78M05CDT MC78M05CDT.5A 5V REG SM U59 UFD0-00428 1 62839 CLC428JE CLC428AJE OP AMP U62 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT U64 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT U66 ULD0-00409 1 17856 DG409DY DG409DY 2X 4IN SWITCH SMT SMT U67 UFD0-01007 1 64155 LT1007CS8 LT1007CS8 OP AMP U68 UFD0-00426 1 62839 CLC426AJE CLC426AJE OP AMP,SMT U69 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT U70 UFD0-00111 1 62839 CLC111AJE CLC111AJE BUFFER SMT U71 UFD0-01007 1 64155 LT1007CS8 LT1007CS8 OP AMP U72 UFD0-00111 1 62839 CLC111AJE CLC111AJE BUFFER SMT U73 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT U74 UFD0-00426 1 62839 CLC426AJE CLC426AJE OP AMP,SMT U76 UFD0-01356 1 64155 LT1356CS LT1356CS QUAD OPAMP SMT U78 UFD0-00428 1 62839 CLC428JE CLC428AJE OP AMP U81 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT U82 URD0-07805 1 04713 MC78M05CDT MC78M05CDT.5A 5V REG SM U83 URD0-07905 1 04713 MC79M05CDT MC79MO5CDT .5A -5V SMT U86 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT U88 ULD0-00643 1 17856 DG643DY DG643DY 2PDT SWITCH SMT U90 ULD0-00642 1 17856 DG642DY DG642DY SPDT SWITCH SMT U91 UID0-01410 1 64155 LTC1410CS LTC1410CS 12 BIT A/D SMT U95 UFD0-01356 1 64155 LT1356CS LT1356CS QUAD OPAMP SMT U96 UFD0-00436 1 62839 CLC436AJE CLC436AJE OP AMP U97 UID0-01410 1 64155 LTC1410CS LTC1410CS 12 BIT A/D SMT U99 ULD0-00642 1 17856 DG642DY DG642DY SPDT SWITCH SMT U100 ULD0-00642 1 17856 DG642DY DG642DY SPDT SWITCH SMT U102 URD0-07812 1 04713 MC78L12ACD MC78L12ACD .1A 12V SMT U103 URD0-07912 1 01295 MC79L12ACD MC79L12ACD .1A 12V SMT U104 30619 1 58900 30619 PROG GAL 854XC A2 U104 U105 30621 1 58900 30621 PROG GAL 854XC A2 U105 U106 30623 1 58900 30623 PROG GAL 854XC A2 U106 U107 UTD0-00742 1 01295 SN74HC74D 74HC74D DUAL D FFLOP SMT U108 UTD0-00742 1 01295 SN74HC74D 74HC74D DUAL D FFLOP SMT Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 SMT SMT 7-37 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters 30173 8542C ANALOG PC ASSY, Rev. S (A2) (Continued) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description U109 UTD0-00742 1 01295 SN74HC74D 74HC74D DUAL D FFLOP SMT U110 UTD0-40402 1 01295 74HC4040D 74HC4040D 12 BIT CT SMT U111 30625 1 58900 30625 PROG EPROM 854XC A2 U111 U112 UGD0-09501 1 24355 AD9501JP AD9501JP DELAY GEN SMT U113 UTD0-00143 1 04713 MC74HCT14AD 74HCT14D HEX SCHMITT INV SMT W1 JIA1-03230 1 58900 JIA1-03230 3 PIN STRIPLINE PLUG XW1 17240-001 1 27264 15-38-1024 JUMPER,INSULATED,2 POS 21229 FRONT PANEL PCB ASSY, Rev. C (A3) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description 1 21228 1 61964 21228 PCB,FR PNL 2 21230 REF 58900 21230 SCHEM, FRONT PANEL 3 JIA0-01443 39 58900 JIA0-01443 CONTACT POST 4 GFU0-00801 0 53387 4416-1/2" WHITE 1/2 X 1/16 FOAM TAPE DS1 IML0-00100 1 28480 HDSP-4840 10 LED BAR GRAPH ARRAY DS2 IML0-00100 1 28480 HDSP-4840 10 LED BAR GRAPH ARRAY J1 JIA0-01443 1 58900 JIA0-01443 CONTACT POST LS1 ISP0-00001 1 72982 PKM11-4AO PIEZO ALARM R1 RN55-02210 1 91637 RN55C2210F 221 OHMS 1% MET FILM R2 RN55-02210 1 91637 RN55C2210F 221 OHMS 1% MET FILM R6 RN55-21000 1 53387 RN 1/4 T2 10K 1% 10 K OHMS 1% MET FILM RP1 RM9S-02200 1 91637 MSP10A01221G 220 OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK RP2 RM9S-02200 1 91637 MSP10A01221G 220 OHM X 9 SIP NETWORK W1 WJIM-07024 1 56501 FST-6 0.75 A-10 10 POSITION FLEX JUNPER 21240 7-38 LCD DISPLAY ASSY, Rev. B (A4) Item Part Number Qty Cage Mfr’s Part Number Description 2 30436 1 ——- 30436 LCD CABLE ASSEMBLY 5 21216 1 58900 21216 DISPLAY,LCD Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Parts Lists 7.3 List of Manufacturers The names and addresses of manufacturers cited in the preceding parts lists are shown in Table 7-1. Each manufacturer is listed under its CAGE number (COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT ENTITY), as noted in the parts lists. In a few cases, no CAGE number has been assigned. Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers Supplier Name Address City State 53387 Cage 3M 3M Electronics Products Division 6801 River Pl. Blvd. Austin TX 53387 ITWPAN 3M Electronics Products Division 309 E. Crossroads Prkwy. Bolingbrook IL ----- A&J A&J Manufacturing Co. Inc. 11121 Hindry Ave. Los Angeles CA 53387 APWELE APW Electronic Solutions 14100 Danielson St. Poway CA 53387 ARC ARC Technology, Inc. 11 Chestnut St. Amesbury MA ----- ATP ATP Technologies, Inc. 04222 AVX AVX Ceramics 19th Ave. S. Myrtle Beach SC 30161 AAVID Aavid 1 Kool Path Lacona NH ----- ADVPWR Advance Power, Inc. 11035 Switzer Ave. Dallas TX 61638 ADVANC Advanced Interconnections 5 Energy Wy. West Warwick RI 34335 AMD Advanced Micro Devices 910 Thompson Pl. Sunnyvale CA 4U751 ADV/SE Advanced Semiconductor, Inc. 7525 Ethel Ave., Unit G North Hollywood CA 00656 AEROVO Aerovox 740 Belleville Ave. New Bedford MA OH379 AEROWA Aerowave Inc. 344 Salem St. Medford MA 9Y422 AIR Air Filtration Products Inc. 707 N. Main Ave. Tucson AZ 52750 ALAN Alan Industries 745 Greenway Dr. Columbus IN 56563 ALATEC Alatec Products 21123 Nordhoff St. Chatsworth CA ----- ALCO Alco Electronics Products Inc. 1551 Osgood St. North Andover MA 0EUK7 ALLAME All American Transistor Corp. 369 VanNess Wy. Torrance CA 01121 ALLEN Allen Bradley Co. 1201 S. Second St. Milwaukee WI ----- ALLIED Allied Electronics, Inc. 2105 Lundy Ln. San Jose CA ----- ALLSWI Allied Swiss Screw Products, Inc. 2636 Vista Pacific Dr. Oceanside CA ----- ALLSTR Allstar Magnetics ----- ALMAGU Almaguer Precession Manufacturing 1240 Yard Ct., Bldg. J San Jose CA 17540 ALPIND Alpha Industries 20 Sylvan Rd. Woburn MA 92194 ALPSEM Alpha Semiconductor Inc. 1031 Serpentine Ln. Pleasanton CA 92194 ALPHA Alpha Wire Corp. 711 Lidgerwood Ave. Elizabeth NJ 67183 ALTERA Altera Corp. 2610 Orchard Prkwy. San Jose CA 06540 AMATOM Amatom Div. of New Haven Mfg. Co 446 Blake St. New Haven CT 99800 DELEVA American Precision Ind. Delevan Div. 270 Quaker Rd. East Aurora NY 1HY41 AMER R American Relays Inc. 10306 Norwalk Blvd. Sante Fe Springs CA 84411 AM SHI American Shizuki Corp. 301 W. O St. Ogallaia NE ----- SKYNET American Skynet Electronic 1474 Gladding Ct. Milpitas CA 29990 ATC American Technical Ceramics 1 Norden Ln. Huntington Station NY 09769 AMP Amp Inc. 2800 Fulling Rd. Harrisburg PA 34553 AMPERE Amperex Electronics Corp. Hauppauge NY 74868 AMPHEN Amphenol Corp. Danbury CT Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 One Kennedy Ave. 7-39 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers Cage Supplier Name Address City State ANALOG Analog Devices, Inc. 1 Technology Wy. Norwood MA 04ZM0 APPLIE Applied Thin-Film Products 3439 Edison Wy. Fremont CA ----- ARCO Arco Electronics 400 Moreland Rd. Commack NY 1HYW5 ARDIN Ardin Frequency Control, Inc. 150 Paularino Ave # 166 Costa Mesa CA 51167 ARIES Aries Electronics Inc. 62 Trenton Ave. Frenchtown NJ 61529 AROMAT Aromat Corp. 629 Central Ave. New Providence NJ 46467 AROW Arow Fasteners Inc. 31012 Huntwood Ave. Hayward CA ----- ASSOCC Associated Components Technology 11576 Trask Ave. Garden Grove CA 4J995 ASSOCS Associated Spring 401 E. Stadium Blvd. Ann Arbor MI 24355 7-40 62277 ATLAS Atlas Wire and Cable Corp. 133 S. Van Norman Rd. Montebello CA 1FN41 ATMEL Atmel 2325 Orchard Prkwy. San Jose CA 91506 AUGAT Augat Inc. 452 John Dietsch Blvd. Attleboro Falls MA 24539 AVANTE Avantek, Inc. (HP Components) 3175 Bowers Ave. Santa Clara CA 65517 AYER Ayer Engineering 1250 W. Roger Rd. Tucson AZ 21604 BRDE00 Brothers Electronics 438 S. Military Trail Deerfield Beach FL 53387 BROTHE 1E584 BAY Bay Associates 150 Jefferson Dr. Menlo Park CA 52683 BAYTRO Baytron Co. Inc. 344 Salem St. Medford MA 13150 BEAU Beau Interconnect 4 Aviation Dr. Gilford NH 5Y491 BECKMA Beckman Industrial 4141 Palm St. Fullerton CA 16428 BELDEN Belden Corp. 350 NW. ‘N’ St. Richmond IN 55285 BERQUI Berquist Co. Inc. 5300 Edina Industrial Blvd. Minneapolis MN 0Y1C7 BIPOLA Bipolarics Inc. 108 Albright Wy. Los Gatos CA 32559 BIVAR Bivar Inc. 4 Thomas St. Irvine CA 71034 BLILEY Bliley Electric Co. 2545 W. Grandview Blvd. Erie PA 32997 BOURNS Bourns Inc. 1200 Columbia Ave. Riverside CA 57834 BRIM Brim Electronics Inc. 120 Home Pl. Lodi NJ 21604 BUCKEY Buckeye Stamping 555 Marion Rd. Columbus OH 71218 BUD Bud Industries 4605 E. 355th St. Willoughby OH 09922 BURNDY Burndy Corp. 1 Richards Ave. Norwalk CT 13919 BURR B Burr Brown Research Corp. 6730 S. Tucson Blvd. Tucson AZ ----- BUSSMA Bussmann Manufacturing 114 Old St. Rd. St. Louis MO 0RF16 C&D C&D Electronics 28 Appleton St. Holyoke MA 09353 C&K C&K Components 57 Stanley Ave. Watertown MA 46381 CALRAD California Radomes 364 Reed St. Santa Clara CA 2150 Elmwood Ave. Buffalo NY 48502 Kato Rd. Fremont CA 53387 CAPLUG Caplugs 53387 CENSEM Central Semi ---- CLIPPR Clipper 53387 COMPAS Compass Components 53387 CPCLAI CP Claire 71450 CTS CTS Corp. 1201 Cumberland Ave. West Lafayette IN 16733 CABLEW Cablewave Systems Inc. 60 Dodge Ave. North Haven CT Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Parts Lists Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers Cage Supplier Name Address City State CALCHP Cal Chip Electronics 59 Steamwhistle Dr. Ivyland PA 56427 CALMIC California Micro Devices 215 Topaz St. Milpitas CA 0N0K0 CALOGI Calogic Corp. 237 Whitney Pl. Fremont CA 53387 CAPAX Capax Technologies, Inc. 24842 Ave. Tibbitts Valencia CA 65664 CATAMO Catamount Manufacturing Inc. 158 Governor Dr. Orange MA 2J873 CELERI Celeritek Inc. 3236 Scot Blvd. Santa Clara CA 51642 CENTRE Centre Capacitor Inc. 2820 E. College Ave. State College PA 56988 CENTRY Century Spring Corp. P.O. Box 15287, 222 E. 16th St. Los Angeles CA 01963 CHERRY Cherry Electrical Products 3600 Sunset Ave. Waukegan IL 8W262 CHOMER Chomerics Inc. 16 Flagstone Dr. Hudson NY 52072 CIR AS Circuit Assembly Corp. 18 Thomas St. Irvine CA ----- CIREXX Cirexx Corp. 3391 Keller Street Santa Clara CA 12697 CLAROS Clarostat Sensors and Controls 12055 Rojas Dr., Ste. K El Paso TX ----- CODI/S Codi Semiconductor 144 Market St. Kenilworth NJ 02113 COILCR Coilcraft Inc. 1102 Silver Lake Rd. Cary IL 0NFL0 COILTR Coiltronics Inc. 6000 Park of Commerce Blvd. Boca Raton FL 62839 COMLIN Comlinear 4800 Wheaton Dr. Fort Collins CO ----- COMPAR Compar Corp. 85 Spy Ct. Markham, Ontario, Canada 55801 COMP D Compensated Devices 166 Tremont St. Melrose MA 0ABX4 COMPTE Comptec International LTD 7837 Custer School Rd. Custer WA 09CW5 18310 CONCOR Concord Electronics Corp. 30 Great Jones St. New York NY 08MU3 CONDUC Conductive Rubber Technology, Inc. 22125 17th Ave. Bothell WA 26923 CONTRO Control Master Products 1062 Shary Cr. Concord CA 05245 CORCOM Corcom Inc. 1600 Winchester Rd. Libertyville IL 14655 CORNEL Cornell Dublier Electronics 1605 E. Rodney French Blvd. New Bedford MA 14674 CORNIN Corning Glass Works Houghton Pk. Corning NY 34808 CUSTCO Custom Coils Inc. 109 S. Iowa St. Alcester SD 65786 CYPRES Cypress Semiconductor Corp. 3901 N. First St. San Jose CA ----- DCELEC DC Electronics 1870 Little Orchard St. San Jose CA 53387 DCSU00 DC Machine 220 Humboldt Crt. Sunnyvale CA 53387 DIALAC DialAct Corp. 45979 Warm Springs Blvd., Ste. 1 Fremont CA 57032 DADEN Daden Associates Inc. 1001 Calle Amanacer San Clemente CA 91637 DALE Dale Electronics Inc. 1122 Twenty Third St. Columbus NE 0B0A9 DALLAS Dallas Semiconductor Corp. 6350 Beltwood Pkwy. S. Dallas TX ----- DATCIR Data Circuits Systems, Inc. 50721 DATEL Datel Inc. 11 Cabot Blvd. Mansfield MA 34785 DEK Dek Inc. 3480 Swenson Ave. St. Charles IL 0JBU8 DELNET Delnetics 521 Wilbur Ave. Antioch CA 1JB33 DEXTER Dexter Corp. 1 Dexter Dr. Seabrook NH 83330 DIALIG Dialight Corp. 1913 Atlantic Ave. Manasquan NJ 55153 DIEL L Dielectric Laboratories 69 Albany St. Cazenovia NY 18041 DIODEI Diode Inc. 21243 Ventura Blvd. Woodland Hills CA Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-41 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers Cage 7-42 Supplier Name Address City State 0AX52 DITOM Ditom Microwave Inc. 1180 Coleman Ave. #103 San Jose CA 05AJ8 DOW Dow Corning Corp. Wolverine Building Midland MI 0JNR4 DUPONT Dupont Electronics 825 Old Trail Rd. Wilmington DE 2J899 DYNAWA Dynawave Inc. 94 Searle St. Georgetown MA 74970 EFJOHN E. F. Johnson Co. 299 Johnson Ave. Waseca MN 72825 EBY EBY Co. 4300 H St. Philadelphia PA 53387 ECMETL EC Metal Plating 3005 Copper Rd. Santa Clara CA ----- EDT EDT 2680 Walnut Ave., Unit C Tustin CA 05820 WAKEFI EG&G Wakefield Engineering 60 Audubon Rd. Wakefield MA ----- EL CAP EL Cap 116 Depot Ave. Elgin TX 2J899 EXCELF Excelfab 1020 Morse Ave. Sunnyvale CA 78553 EATON Eaton Corp. 1060 W. 130th St. Brunswick OH 0GUG6 ECLIPT Ecliptek 18430 Bandilier Cr. Fountain Valley CA 31781 EDAC Edac Inc. 40 Tiffield Rd. Scarborough, Ontario, Canada 91662 ELCO Elco Corp. 801 Seventeenth Ave. S. Myrtle Beach SC ----- ELEFIL Electro-Films Inc. 111 Gilbane St. Warwick RI ----- EE&I Electronic Eyelet & Interconnect 911 Bern Ct. San Jose CA 14604 ELMWOO Elmwood Sensors Inc. 500 Narragansett Pk. Dr. Pawtucket RI 64013 ELNA Elna America, Inc. 5770 Warland Dr. Cypress CA 0JMR7 EMERSO Emerson & Cuming 61 Holton St. Worburn MA ----- ENVIRO Enviro Tech International P.O. Box 5052 Alameda CA 33246 EPOTEK Epoxy Technology Inc. 14 Fortune Dr. Billerica MA 0HAF7 EPSON Epson America, Inc. 20770 Madrona Ave. Torrance CA 72982 ERIE Erie Technological 645 W. Eleventh St. Erie PA 8B808 EVAPOR Evaporated Coatings, Inc. 2365 Maryland Rd. Willow Grove PA 65964 EVOX Evox-Rifa Inc. 100 Tri-State International Lincolnshire IL 52063 EXAR Exar Integrated Systems 2222 Qume Dr. San Jose CA 53387 FOSC00 Force Electronics 477 Gianni St. Santa Clara CA 73734 FED SC Federal Screw Products Inc. 3917 N. Kedzie Ave. Chicago IL 1BH13 FENWAL Fenwal Electronics Inc. 64 Fountain St. Framingham MA 02114 FERROX Ferroxcube/Division of Amperex 5083 Kings Hwy. Saugerties NY 60204 FLECK Fleck Co. 3410 A St. SE. Auburn WA 61429 FOX Fox Electronics Inc. 5570 Enterprise Prkwy. Ft. Myers FL 26629 FREQ S Frequency Sources, Inc. 15 Maple Rd. Chelmsford MA ----- FUJI P Fujipoly 365 Carnegie Ave. 9Z397 FUJITS Fujitsu Component of America 3320 Scott Blvd. Santa Clara CA 0HFH6 FUTABA Futaba Corp. of America 555 W. Victoria St. Compton CA 14936 GENERA General Instrument Corp. 10 Melville Pk. Rd. Melville NY 0J9P9 GEROME Gerome Manufacturing Co, Inc. 403 N. Main St. Newburg OR 58900 GIGA Giga-tronics Inc. 4650 Norris Canyon Rd. San Ramon CA 3T059 GILWAY Gilway Technical Lamps Inc. 800 W. Cummings Prk. Woburn MA 1BX85 GLOBAL Global Computer Supplies 2318 E. Del Amo Blvd., Dpt. 75 Compton CA Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Parts Lists Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers Cage Supplier Name Address City State ----- GOLDEN Golden Pacific Quality Products 23585 Connecticut St., #18 Hayward CA 95348 GORDOS Gordos Corp. 1000 N. 2nd St. Rogers AZ 17217 GORE Gore & Associates Inc., W.L. 1901 Barksdale Rd. Newark DE 81073 GRAYHI Grayhill Inc. 561 Hillgrove Ave. La Grange IL 2R182 SMITH H.H. Smith Co. 325 N. Illinois St. Indianapolis IN 63542 HAMILT Hamilton Hallmark 9Z740 HNL HNL Inc. 3250 Victor St., Bldg C Santa Clara CA 4F708 HAMMON Hammond Manufacturing Co. 1690 Walden Dr. Buffalo NY 2M881 HARRIS Harris Semiconductor 883 Sterling Rd., Ste. 8120 Mountain View CA 67297 HEROTE Herotek Inc. 222 N. Wolfe Rd. Sunnyvale CA 28480 HP Hewlett Packard Co. 3000 Hanover St. Palo Alto CA 28520 HEYCO Heyco Molded Products 750 Blvd. Kenilworth NJ 0AG18 HIROSE Hirose Electric 2688 W. Hills Ct. Simi Valley CA 61485 HITACH Hitachi Denshi America Ltd. 175 Crossways Prkwy. W. Woodbury NY ----- HITECH Hitech Die Casting, Inc. 2245 S. Vasco Rd. Livermore CA ----- SUHNER Hubner Suhner Ltd. Tumbleinstrass 20 Pfaffikon, Switz 55536 HUNTER Hunter Technology Corp. 3305 Kifer Rd. Santa Clara CA 58558 ICS ICS Electronics 473 Los Coches St. Milpitas CA 32293 INTER Interconnect System 2501 Mission St. Santa Cruz CA 4J532 IOTECH IOtech, Inc. 25971 Cannon Rd. Cleveland OH 71468 ITT CA ITT Cannon Electric 666 E. Dyer Rd. Santa Anna CA 98291 ITT SE ITT Cannon RF Products 585 E. Main St. New Britain CT 05276 ITT PO ITT Pomona Electronics 1500 E. Ninth St. Pomona CA 31918 ITT SH ITT Schadow Inc. 8081 Wallace Rd. Eden Prarie MN 04426 ITW SW ITW Switches 6615 W. Irving Pk. Rd. Chicago IL 51705 ICO RL Ico-Rally Corp. 2575 E. Bayshore Rd. Palo Alto CA 0FY98 IDAHO Idaho Circuit Technologies 401 E. 1st St. Glenns Ferry ID 74840 ILLCAP Illinois Ccpacitor Inc. 3757 W. Touhy Ave. Lincolnwood IL ----- INDUIM Induim Corp. of America 1676 Lincoln Ave. Utica NY 64671 INMET Inmet Corp. 300 Dino Dr. Ann Arbor MI 58202 INNOWA Innowave Inc. 955/975 Benecia Ave. Sunnyvale CA 9Z890 INTCIR Integrated Circuit Systems 525 Race St. San Jose CA 61772 IDT Integrated Device Technology, Inc. 2975 Stender Wy. Santa Clara CA 34649 INTEL Intel Corp. 2200 Mission College Blvd. Santa Clara CA 0RMV0 INTELL Intelligent Instrumentation 6550 S. Bay Colony Dr., MS 130 Tucson AZ 5J927 INT.TE Interface Technology Inc. 300 S. Lemon Creek Dr. Walnut CA 4S177 IMS International Mfg Services 50 Schoolhouse Ln. Portsmouth RI 59993 INT RE International Rectifier 233 Kansas St. El Segundo CA 32293 INTERS Intersil Inc. 2450 Walsh Ave. Santa Clara CA ----- ITEM Item 1249 Quarry Ln., Ste. 150 Pleasanton CA ----- J&J J&J Electronics Inc. 6 Faraday Irvine CA 0K971 JAE JAE Electronics 142 Technology Dr., Ste. 100 Irvine CA Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-43 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers Cage 7-44 Supplier Name Address City State 91293 JOHANS Johanson Mfg. Co. 400 Rockway Valley Rd. Boonton NJ 30035 JOLO I Jolo Industries Inc. 13921 Nautilus Dr. Garden Grove CA 05236 JONATH Jonathan Manufacturing Co. 1101 S. Acacia Ave. Fullerton CA 23499 JUDD Judd Wire and Cable 870 Los Vallecitos Rd. San Marcos CA 66126 KDI KDI Precision Products 3975 McMann Rd. Cincinnati OH ----- KINKOS KINKO’S 08EW3 KMW KMW Inc. 9970 Bell Ranch Dr. Santa Fe Springs CA ----- KOA KOA SPEER 6801 River Pl. Blvd. Austin TX 59124 KOASPE KOA Speer Electronics Inc. Bolivar Dr. Bradford PA 3M918 KANEMA Kanematsu-Gosho USA, Inc. 3335 Hope St., Ste. 2800 Los Angeles CA 31433 KEMET Kemet Electronics Corp. 2835 Kemet Wy. Simpsonville SC 75263 KEYSTO Keystone Carbon Co. 1935 State St. St. Marys PA 91836 KING E Kings Electronics 40 Marbledale Rd. Tuckahoe NY 62331 KRYTAR Krytar Inc. 1292 Anvilwood Ct. Sunnyvale CA 2P953 LEMO Lemo USA Inc. 8Z313 LMS LMS Electronics 34101 Monroe Rd. Charlotte NC 55261 LSI SY LSI Computer Systems 1235 Walt Whitman Rd. Melville NY 4J674 LEADER Leader Tech 14100 McCormick Dr. Tampa FL 24759 LENOX Lenox-Fugal Electronics Inc. 1071 N. Grandview Ave. Nogales AZ 24759 LENXFU Lenox-Fugle International, Inc. P.O. Box 1448 Nogales AZ 34333 LINFIN LinFinity Microelectronics, Inc. 11861 Western Ave. Garden Grove CA 64155 LIN TE Linear Technology Corp. 1630 McCarthy Blvd. Milpitas CA 75915 LITTLE Littelfuse Tracor Inc. 800 E. Northwest Hwy. Des Plaines IL 93459 LUCAS Lucas Weinschel Inc. 5305 Spectrum Dr. Frederick MD 0C7W7 MPULSE M-Pulse Microwave 576 Charcot Ave. San Jose CA 96341 M/A CO M/A Com 1011 Pawtucket Blvd. Lowell MA 53387 MICR00 Micro-Ohm Corpporation 1088 Hamilton Rd. Duarte CA 53387 MILL-M Mill-Max 190 Pine Hollow Rd. 2T737 MOUSER Mouser Electronics 53387 MULTIF Multiflex Inc. 282 Browkaw Rd. Santa Clara CA 94696 MAGCRA Magnecraft 1910 Techny Rd. Northbrook IL NY 90201 MALLOR Mallory Capacitor Co. 4760 Kentucky Ave. Indianapolis IN 0H1N5 MARCON Marcon America Corp. 998 Forest Edge Dr. Vernon Hills IL 0UC32 MARKI Marki Microwave 2320 B Walsh Ave. Santa Clara CA 1ES66 MAXIM Maxim Integrated Products 510 N. Pastoria Ave. Sunnyvale CA 00136 MCCOY McCoy/Oak Frequency Control Grp. 100 Watts St. Mount Holly Springs PA 63058 MCKENZ McKenzie Technology 44370 Old Warm Springs Blvd. Fremont CA 3A054 MCMAST McMaster-Carr Supply Co. 9630 Norwalk Blvd. Santa Fe Springs CA 65249 MEMORY Memory Protection Devices Inc. 320 Broad Hollow Rd. Farmingdale NY 0D3V2 MENLO Menlo Industries Inc. 44060 Old Warm Springs Blvd. Fremont CA 12457 MERRIM Merrimac Industries Inc. 41 Fairfield Pl. West Caldwell NJ 59365 METELI Metelics Corp. 975 Stewart Dr. Sunnyvale CA Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Parts Lists Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers Cage Supplier Name Address City State 0RN63 MICRLA Micro Lambda, Inc. 4037 Clipper Ct. Fremont CA ----- MICROC Micro-Chem Inc. 00929 MICROL Microlab/FXR 10 Microlab Rd. Livingston NJ 54487 MICRNE Micronetics 26 Hampshire Dr. Hudson NH 0HFJ2 MICPLA Microplastic Inc. 9180 Gazette Ave. Chatsworth CA 54186 MICROP Micropower Systems Inc. 48720 Kato Rd. Fremont CA 14552 MICRSE Microsemi Corp. 2830 S. Fairview St. Santa Ana CA 66449 MICROS Microsource Inc. 1269 Corporate Center Prkwy. Santa Rosa CA 6Y341 MTI Microwave Technology Inc. 4268 Solar Wy. Fremont CA 34078 MIDWES Midwest Microwave Inc. 6564 S. State Rd. Saline MI 0S5P0 MILLWA Milliwave Technology Corp. 6425-C Capital Ave. Diamond Springs CA 15542 MINI C Mini Circuits Laboratory 13 Neptune Ave. Brooklyn NY 33592 MITEQ Miteq Inc. 100 Davids Dr. Huappauge NY 0D2A6 MITSUB Mitsubishi Electronics Inc. 5665 Plaza Dr. Cypress CA 27264 MOLEX Molex, Inc. 2222 Wellington Ct. Lisle IL 54331 MONITO Monitor Products Co. Inc. 502 Via Del Monte Oceanside CA ----- MOTION Motion Industries, Inc. 2705 Lafayette St. Santa Clara CA 04713 MOT Motorola Semiconductor Products 5005 E. McDowell Rd. Phoenix AZ 04713 MOTO Motorola Semiconductor Products 5005 E. McDowell Rd. Phoenix AZ 0YP31 MULTIC Multicore Solders 1751 Jay Ell Dr. Richardson TX 72982 MURATA Murata Erie N. America 645 W. 11th St. Erie PA 4T165 NEC NEC Electronics USA Inc. 401 Ellis Street Mountain View CA ----- NIC NIC 0D1M6 NMB NMB Technologies Inc. 9730 Independence Ave. Chatsworth CA 7T184 NTE NTE ELectronics 44 Farrand St. Bloomfield NJ 60583 NARDA Narda Microwave Corp. 11040 White Rock Rd., Ste 200 Rancho Cordova CA 54516 NATCAB National Cable Molding Co. 136 San Fernando Rd. Los Angeles CA 58377 NATELE National Electronics 11731 Markon Dr. Garden Grove CA 64667 NATINS National Instruments Corp. 6504 Bridge Point Prkwy. Austin TX 27014 NATION National Semiconductor Corp. 2900 Semiconductor Dr. Santa Clara CA 04569 NATWIR National Wire & Cable 136 San Fernando Rd. Los Angeles CA 55680 NICHIC Nichicon America Corp. 927 E. State Prkwy. Schaumburg IL ----- NIDEC Nidec 152 Will Dr. Canton MA 0LU72 NORITA Noritake, Electronics Division 23820 Hawthorne Blvd. #100 Torrance CA 3K718 NOVATR Nova-Tronix Inc. 4781 Patrick Henry Dr. Santa Clara CA 65238 NOVACA Novacap 25111 Anza Dr. Valencia CA 26233 NYLOK Nylok Fastener Corp. 1161 Sandhill Ave., Bldg. D Carson CA 72259 NYTRON Nytronics Inc. 475 Pk. Ave. S. New York NY 5W060 OLANDE Olander Co., Inc. 144 Commercial St. Sunnyvale CA 61964 OMRON Omron Electronics Inc. 1E Commerce Schaumburg IL 12020 OVENAI Ovenaire Division 100 Watts St. Mount Holly Springs PA 63345 OVERLA Overland Products Co. 1867 Airport Rd. Fremont NE Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-45 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers Cage 7-46 Supplier Name Address City State 61964 PHASE PHASE II 0DJ29 PSELEC 0HS44 PAC MI PSElect 520 Mercury Dr. Sunnyvale CA Pacific Millimeter 169 Linbrook Dr. San Diego CA 55387 PAMTEC Pamtech 4053 Calle Tesoro Camarillo CA 61058 PANSON Panasonic Industrial Division 2 Panasonic Wy. Secaucus NJ 06383 PANDUI Panduit Corp. 17301 Ridgeland Tinley Park IL ----- PAPST Papst Mechatronic Corp. Aquidneck Industrial Pk. Newport RI 53919 PASTER Pasternack Enterprises P.O. Box 16759 Irvine CA ----- PEGASU Pegasus Electronics, Inc. 2240 Lundy Ave. San Jose CA 46384 PENN Penn Engineering and Mfg Co. 5190 Old Easton Rd. Danboro PA ----- PERFOR Performance Semiconductor Corp. 610 E. Weddell Dr. Sunnyvale CA 3W023 PHILLI Phillips Components 5083 Kings Hwy. Saugerties NY 5Z179 PLANAR Planar Systems Inc. 1400 NW. Compton Dr. Beaverton OR 82199 POLARA Polarad Electronics Inc. 5 Delaware Dr. Lake Success NY 60046 POWDY Power Dynamics, Inc. 59 Lakeside Ave. West Orange NJ 60393 PRECIS Precision Resistive Products 202 Mack Ln. Mediapolis IA 57177 PROMPT Promptus Electronic Hardware 520 Homestead Ave. Mount Vernon NY 53387 QRM Quick Reponse Mfg. Inc. 793 Ames Ave. Milpitas CA 1DN14 QUALCO Qualcomm Inc. 6455 Lusk Blvd. San Diego CA 56866 QTI Quality Thermistor Inc. 2147 Centurion Pl. Boise ID ----- RFMICR R.F. Micro Devices, Inc. 7625 Thorndike Rd. Greensboro NC 55566 RAF EL RAF Electronic Hardware 95 Silvermine Rd. Seymour CT 53387 RICHO Richo Inc. 5825 N Tripp Ave. Chicago IL 53387 RLCU00 RLC Elect. C/O Dura 21710 Stevens Creek, Bldg. 240 Cupertino CA 0GP12 RADIAL Radiall Inc. 150 Long Beach Blvd. Stratford CT 0VUE0 RALTRO Raltron Electronics Corportion 10651 NW. 19th St. Miami FL 06090 RAYCHE Raychem Corp. 300 Constitution Dr. Menlo Park CA 06915 RICHCO Richco Plastic Co. 5825 N. Tripp Ave. Chicago IL 06776 ROBINS Robinson Nugent Inc. 800 E. Eighth St. New Albany IN 34576 ROCKWE Rockwell International Corp. 4311 Jamboree Rd. Newport Beach CA 4U402 ROEDER Roederstein Electronics 2100 W. Front St. Statesville NC 86797 ROGAN Rogan Corp. 3455 Woodhead Dr. Northbrook IL 65032 ROGERS Rogers Corp. 100 N. Dobson Rd. Chandler AZ 65940 ROHM Rohm Corp. 111 Pacifica Irvine CA 82877 ROTRON Rotron Inc. 7 Hasbrouck Ln. Woodstock NY 98159 RUB-CR Rubber Craft 15627 S. Broadway Gardena CA 98159 RUB-TE Rubber Teck 15627 S. Broadway Gardena CA 0FB81 SMOS S-MOS Systems Inc. 2460 N. First St. San Jose CA 31586 SAFT SAFT America Inc. 107 Beaver Ct. Cockeysville MD 53387 SEI SEI Electronics P.O. Box 58789 Raleigh NC 66958 SGS SGS Thompson Microelectronics 1000 E. Bell Rd. Phoenix AZ 53387 STMICR ST Microelectronics Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Parts Lists Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers Cage 53387 Supplier Name Address City State SYNSEM Synergy Semiconductor 3250 Scott Blvd. Santa Clara CA 07180 SAGE Sage Laboratories Inc. E. Natick Industrial Pk. Natick MA 55322 SAMTEC Samtec Inc. 810 Progress Blvd. New Albany IN 96733 SAN FE San Fernando Electric Mfg 1501 First St. San Fernando CA 62559 SCHROF Schroff Inc. 170 Commerce Dr. Warwick RI 70561 SCITEQ Sciteq Communications, Inc. 9990 Mesa Rim Rd. San Diego CA 7U905 SEASTR Seastrom Inc. 2351 Kentucky Ave. Indianapolis IN 61394 SEEQ Seeq Technology Inc. 47131 Bayside Prkwy. Fremont CA 59270 SELCO Selco Products 7580 Stage Rd. Buena Park CA 55989 SEMICO Semicon Inc. 8810 Frost Ave. St. Louis MO 4W070 SHARP Sharp Electronics Corp. Sharp Plaza Blvd. Memphis TN 0B549 SIEMEN Siemens Components 10950 N. Tantau Ave. Cupertino CA 1CY63 SMT Sierra Microwave Technology Inc. One Sierra Wy. Georgetown TX 17856 SILICO Siliconix Inc. 2201 Laurelwood Rd. Santa Clara CA 5L401 SSI Solid State, Inc. 46 Farrand St. Bloomfield NJ 95077 SOLITR Solitron/Vector Microwave 3301 Electronics Wy. West Palm Beach FL 66049 SWMICR Southwest Microwave 2922 S. Roosevelt Tempe AZ 1W232 SPACEK Spacek Labs 528 Santa Barbara St. Santa Barbara CA 24931 SPECIA Speciality Connector Co., Inc. 2100 Earlywood Dr. Franklin IN 56289 SPRAGU Sprague Electric Co. 68 Main St. Sanford ME 51791 STATEK Statek Corp 512 N. Main St. Orange CA 0GAA9 STATIC Static Control Components 330 Wicker St. Sanford NC 0KA21 STETCO Stetco Inc. 3344 Schierhorn Ct. Franklin Park IL 57771 STIMPS Stimpson Co. 900 Sylvan Ave. Bayport NY 29005 STORM Storm Products Co. 112 S. Glasglow Ave. Inglewood CA 1U930 SUPER Supertex 2231 Colby Ave. Los Angeles CA 63155 SYNERG Synergy Microwave Corp. 483 McLean Blvd. Patterson NJ 54583 TDK TDK of America 12 Harbor Pk. Dr. Port Washington NY ----- TEMIC TEMIC 2W053 TARGET Target Electronics 715A Pastoria Ave. Sunnyvale CA 3Z990 TECH P Tech Pro Inc. 6243 E. US. Hwy. 98 Panama City FL 52814 TECH-E Tech-Etch 45 Adlrin Rd. Plymouth MA 00RB0 TECHNI Techni-tool 1575 University Dr. Tempe AZ 15818 TELCOM TelCom Semiconductor 1300 Terra Bella Ave. Mountain View CA 11532 TELEDY Teledyne Relays 12525 Daphne Ave. Hawthorne CA 15915 EPRO Tepro of Florida Inc. 2608 Enterprise Rd. Clearwater FL 01295 TI Texas Instruments 8505 Forrest Ln. Dallas TX 13103 THRMLL Thermalloy Co, Inc. 2021 W. Valley View Ln. Dallas TX 58090 THERMO Thermometrics 808 US. Hwy. #1 Edison NJ 56501 T&B Thomas & Betts Corp. 1555 Lynnfield Rd. Memphis TN 0HHH5 THUNDE Thunderline Z, Inc. 11 Hazel Dr. Hampstead NH OB3G8 TOKIN Tokin America Inc. 2261 Fortune Dr. San Jose CA Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 7-47 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters Table 7-1: List of Manufacturers Cage Supplier Name Address City State TOPAZ Topaz Inc. 1660 Scenic Ave. Costa Mesa CA 61802 TOSHIB Toshiba International 13131 W. Little York Rd. Houston TX 82152 TRANSC Transco Products Inc. 200 W. Los Angeles Ave. Simi Valley CA 59660 TUSONI Tusonix Inc. 7741 N. Business Pk. Dr. Tucson AZ 53421 TYTON Tyton Corp. 7930 N. Faulkner Rd. Milwaukee WI 06049 7-48 53387 UNITED United Mfg. Assy. 42680 Christy St. Fremont CA 0TAZ2 UNION Union Carbide 39 Old Ridgebury Rd. Danbury CT 62643 UNCHEM United Chemicon Inc. 9806 Higgins St. Rosemont IL 52847 USCRYS United States Crystal Corp. 3605 McCart St. Fort Worth TX 3S125 UNITRO Unitrode Corp. 5 Forbes Rd. Lexington MA 95275 VISION Vision Electronics 1175 Spring Ctr. S BLVB Altamont Springs FL 53387 VPR VPR 27802 VECTRO Vectron Laboratories, Inc. 166 Gover Ave. Norwalk CT 95275 VITRAM Vitramon Inc. 10 Rte. 25 Monroe CT 18736 VOLTRO Voltronics Corp. 100-10 Ford St. Denville NJ 53387 WARDBA Ward Bagby 1360 Piper Dr. Milpitas CA 66579 WAFER WaferScale Integration 47280 Kato Rd. Fremont CA 00443 WAVELI Waveline Inc. 160 Passaic Ave. Fairfield NJ 0AN50 WESTEC Westec Plastics Corp. 2044 Concourse Dr. San Jose CA 52840 WEST.D Western Digital Corp. 3128 Red Hill Ave. Costa Mesa CA 16453 WEST/M Western Microwave Inc. 495 Mercury Dr. Sunnyvale CA 20944 WILTRO Wiltron Co. 685 Jarvis Dr., Ste. F Morgan Hill CA 68919 WIMA Wima (Intertechnical Group) 2269 Saw Mill River Rd. Elmsford NY 60395 XICOR Xicor Inc. 1151 Buckeye Dr. Milpitas CA 68994 XILINX Xilinx Inc. 2100 Logic Dr. San Jose CA 58758 ZAMBRE Zambre Co. 2134M Old Middlefield Wy. Mountain View CA 79963 ZIERIC Zierick Manufacturing Co. Radio Cr. Mt. Kisco NY ----- ZOLTAR Zoltar Engineering, LLC 32 Galli Dr., Ste. A Novato CA Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 8 Diagrams 8.1 Introduction Diagrams for the following assemblies and circuits are included in this chapter: Reference Designation 8.2 No. of Sheets Drawing Number Rev. Level Page Number 8540C Series Power Meter 2 30161 B 8-3 8542C Chassis Assembly 3 30172 M 8-5 A1 8540C CPU PCB Assembly 1 21693 J 8-8 A1 8540C CPU Circuit Schematic 3 21694 J 8-9 A2 8540C Analog PCB Assembly 2 30173 S 8-12 A2 8540C Analog Circuit Schematic (6 sheets) 6 30165 R 8-14 A3 Front Panel PCB Assembly 1 21229 C 8-20 A3 Front Panel Circuit Schematic 1 21230 C 8-21 Option 06 2nd Analog Output System Schematic PCB Assembly Circuit Schematic 1 1 1 30535 21387 21388 B B A 8-22 8-23 8-24 Option 11 Time Gating Measurement System Schematic PCB Assembly Circuit Schematic 1 1 1 30485 30442 30443 B B B 8-25 8-26 8-27 Description Applicability The component assemblies and circuit schematics in this chapter (except Option 06) are valid for both Model 8541C and Model 8542C. The 8541C has only one channel, therefore all references to Channel B in the assembly and circuit diagrams pertain only to the 8542C. Parts lists for all assemblies are contained in Chapter 7. Parts lists for options are in Appendix C. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 8-1 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters Special 11" x 17" landscape Diagrams/Schematics follow continuing Chapter 8 of the Series 8540C manual. 8-2 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 A Typical Applications Programs A.1 Continuous Data Reading OUTPUT 713;TR3 ! set freerun mode ENTER 713;Reading PRINT Reading GO TO MAIN ! make reading Main: A.2 Remote Calibration of a Sensor OUTPUT 713;PR CH 1 EN OUTPUT 713;LG OUTPUT 713;AP Main: ! preset the instrument to a known state ! selects line 1 for subsequent settings ! set Log units (dB or dBm) ! Measure sensor A ! start of measurement loop ! Trigger full measurement with settling ! Read the data over the bus into variable N OUTPUT 713;TR2 ENTER 713;Reading PRINT Reading GO TO Main Calibrate ! calibration routine ON INTR 7 GOSUB Srq_interrupt ! setup serial poll interrupt jump location ENABLE INTR 7;2 ! enable SRQ interrupts OUTPUT 713;*SRE002 ! set service request mask to 2 OUTPUT 713;CS ! clear status byte OUTPUT 713;CLEN ! start calibration Flag=0 ! reset control flag WHILE Flag=0 ! wait while calibrating END WHILE RETURN Srq_interrupt: ! SRQ interrupts jump here IF BIT(State, 1) THEN PRINT GOOD CAL ELSE IF BIT(State, #) THEN PRINT BAD CAL ENDIF ENDIF OUTPUT 713;CS ! clear status byte Flag=1 ! set control flag true RETURN Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 A-1 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters A.3 Speed Tests: Normal and Swift CSUB 11 12 20 30 31 32 34 35 36 37 40 60 61 70 71 80 90 100 110 111 112 113 114 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 181 190 200 210 211 212 220 221 223 230 240 250 251 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 A-2 PROG 494 RE-STORE WSPEED ! SPEED TESTS FOR THE GIGA-TRONICS 8542C ! 9/1/00 Giga-tronics=713 DIM A(100) ,B(100) OUTPUT Giga-tronics;PR LG OC1 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;AE FM0 EN OUTPUT Giga-tronics;DU GIGA-TRONICS 8542 SPEED TESTS WAIT 1 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;DU UN-PLUG B SENSOR PRINT PRINT GIGA-TRONICS 8542 SPEED TESTS PRINT CONNECT A SENSOR ONLY. NO B SENSOR PRINT PRESS RETURN WHEN READY INPUT A$ OUTPUT Giga-tronics;DE ! PRINT PRINT NORMAL TR3 TRIGGER MODE SINGLE CHANNEL GOSUB Timeloop1 ! PRINT PRINT NORMAL TR2 TRIGGER MODE SINGLE CHANNEL GOSUB Timeloop4 ! OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT FREERUN WAIT 1 PRINT PRINT SWIFT MODE SINGLE CHANNEL GOSUB Timeloop2 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT OFF ! PRINT PRINT END OF SINGLE CHANNEL MODE PRINT CONNECT B SENSOR FOR NEXT SET OF TESTS PRINT PRESS RETURN WHEN READY OUTPUT Giga-tronics;DU CONNECT B SENSOR INPUT A$ OUTPUT Giga-tronics;DE ! PRINT PRINT NORMAL TR3 TRIGGER MODE TWO CHANNELS GOSUB Timeloop3 ! PRINT PRINT SWIFT MODE DUAL CHANNEL OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT FREERUN WAIT 1 GOSUB Timeloop2 PRINT OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT OFF [continued...] Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Typical Applications Programs 330 340 350 360 370 380 390 400 410 420 430 440 450 460 470 480 490 500 510 520 530 540 550 560 570 580 590 600 610 620 630 640 650 660 670 680 690 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 709 710 711 712 713 714 PRINT END OF TESTS STOP ! Timeloop1:! SINGLE CHANNEL MEASUREMENTS T1=TIMEDATE FOR I=1 TO 100 ENTER Giga-tronics;A(I) ! PRINT A(I) NEXT I T2=TIMEDATE PRINT 100/(T2-T1);PER SECOND ! FOR I=1 TO 100 ! PRINT A(I) ! NEXT I ! PRINT RETURN ! Timeloop2:! TWO CHANNELS IN SWIFT MODE T1=TIMEDATE FOR I=1 TO 100 ENTER Giga-tronics;A(I),B(I) NEXT I T2=TIMEDATE PRINT 100/(T2-T1);PER SECOND FOR BOTH CHANNELS RETURN ! Timeloop3:! T1=TIMEDATE FOR I=1 TO 100 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;AP ENTER Giga-tronics;A(I) OUTPUT Giga-tronics;BP ENTER Giga-tronics;B(I) NEXT I T2=TIMEDATE PRINT 100/(T2-T1);PER SECOND BOTH CHANNELS OUTPUT Giga-tronics;AP RETURN ! Timeloop4:! T1=TIMEDATE FOR I=1 TO 100 OUTPUT Giga-tronics;TR2 ENTER Giga-tronics;A(I) NEXT I T2=TIMEDATE PRINT 100/(T2-T1);PER SECOND SINGLE CHANNEL OUTPUT Giga-tronics;TR3 RETURN END Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 A-3 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters A.4 Swift Demo 1: FREERUN 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 110 120 130 140 145 150 151 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 300 A-4 ! RE-STORE SWIFT ! ! DEMO PROGRAM FOR 8540C SWIFT MODE ! ! 9/1/00 ! Giga-tronics=713 N=100 OPTION BASE 1 REAL Nums(100) OUTPUT Giga-tronics;PR LG OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT FREERUN WAIT .5 WINDOW 1 ,N,-70,20 Mainloop FOR I=1 TO N ENTER Giga-tronics;Nums(I) NEXT I GCLEAR PEN 2 GRID 10,10 PEN 1 MOVE 1 ,Nums(I) FOR I=1 TO N DRAW I ,Nums (I) NEXT I GOTO Mainloop OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT OFF END Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Typical Applications Programs A.5 Swift Demo 2: GET 10 20 40 50 60 70 80 90 110 120 130 140 145 150 151 160 161 170 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 300 ! RE-STORE SWIFT ! DEMO PROGRAM FOR 8540C SWIFT MODE ! ! 9/1/00 ! Giga-tronics=713 N=100 OPTION BASE 1 REAL Nums(100) OUTPUT Giga-tronics;PR LG OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT GET;N WAIT .5 WINDOW 1,N-70,20 Mainloop FOR I=1 TO N TRIGGER Giga-tronics NEXT I ENTER Giga-tronics;Nums(*) GCLEAR PEN 2 GRID 10,10 PEN 1 MOVE 1,Nums(1) FOR I=1 TO N DRAW I,Nums(I) NEXT I GOTO Mainloop OUTPUT Giga-tronics;SWIFT OFF END Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 A-5 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters A.6 Fast Buffered Demo: POST GET 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 110 120 130 140 145 150 152 160 170 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 300 A-6 ! RE-STORE FAST BUFFERED ! ! DEMO PROGRAM FOR 8540C FAST BUFFERED MODE ! ! 9/1/00 ! Giga-tronics=713 N=100 OPTION BASE 1 REAL Nums(100) OUTPUT Giga-tronics;PR LG OUTPUT Giga-tronics;FBUF POST GET BUFFER;N WAIT .5 WINDOW 1,N,-70,20 Mainloop Wait .05 TRIGGER Giga-tronics ENTER Giga-tronics;Nums(*) GCLEAR PEN 2 GRID 10,10 PEN 1 MOVE 1,Nums(1) FOR I=1 TO N DRAW I,Nums(I) NEXT I GOTO Mainloop OUTPUT Giga-tronics;FBUF OFF END Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Typical Applications Programs A.7 Fast Buffered Demo: POST TTL 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 110 120 130 140 145 150 170 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 300 ! RE-STORE FAST BUFFERED ! ! DEMO PROGRAM FOR 8540C FAST BUFFERED MODE WITH TTL TRIGGER ! ! 9/1/00 ! Giga-tronics=713 N=200 OPTION BASE 1 REAL Nums(200) OUTPUT Giga-tronics;PR LG OUTPUT Giga-tronics;FBUF POST TTL BUFFER;N WAIT .5 WINDOW 1,N,-70,20 Mainloop ENTER Giga-tronics;Nums(*) ! waits here until TTL trigger happens GCLEAR PEN 2 GRID N/10,10 PEN 1 MOVE 1,Nums(1) FOR I=1 TO N DRAW I,Nums(I) NEXT I GOTO Mainloop END Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 A-7 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters A-8 Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 B Power Sensors B.1 Introduction This appendix contains the selection, specifications and calibration data for the Giga-tronics power sensors used with the Series 8540C Universal Power Meters. This appendix is divided into: Power Sensor Selection • • • • Modulation Power Sensors Modulation Sensor Specifications Peak Power Sensors Directional Bridges Power Sensor Calibration • • Local Calibration Remote Calibration All Giga-tronics power sensors contain balanced zero-biased Schottky diodes for power sensing. CAUTION Input power in excess of +23 dBm (200 mW, which is the 100% average for standard and pulse sensors) can degrade or destroy these diodes. Diodes degraded or destroyed in this manner will not be replaced under warranty. Destructive signal levels are higher for high power, true rms, and low VSWR sensors. When connecting power sensors to other devices, do not turn the body of the sensor in order to tighten the RF connection. This can damage the connector mating surfaces. B.2 Power Sensor Selection Standard 80300A Series Sensor measure CW signals from -70 to +20 dBm; the 80400 Series Sensors measure modulated or CW signals from -67 to +20 dBm; the 80601A Series Sensors measure modulated or CW signals from -67 to +20 dBm. The 8540C Series Universal Power Meters also use Peak Power Sensors for measuring radar and digital modulation signals. Giga-tronics True RMS sensors are recommended for applications such as measuring quadrature modulated signals, multi-tone receiver intermodulation distortion power, noise power, or the compression power of an amplifier. These sensors include a pad to attenuate the signal to the RMS region of the diode’s response. This corresponds to the -70 dBm to -20 dBm linear operating region of Standard CW Sensors. The pad improves the input VSWR to <1.15 at 18 GHz. High Power (1, 5, 25, and 50 Watt) and Low VSWR sensors are also available for use with the 8540C Power Meters. Table B-1 lists the Giga-tronics power sensors used with the 8540C. Refer to applicable notes on page B-4. See Figures B-1 or B-2 for modulation-induced measurement uncertainty. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 B-1 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters B.2.1 Modulation Power Sensors Table B-1: Power Sensor Selection Guide Model Freq. Range/ Power Range Max. Power Power Linearity4 (Freq >8 GHz) RF Conn Length Dia. Wgt VSWR 114.5 mm (5.39 in) 32 mm (1.62 in) 0.23 kg (0.4 lb) 1.12:0.01 - 2 GHz 1.22:2 - 12.4 GHz 1:29:12.4 - 18 GHz 114.5mm (4.5 in) 32 mm (1.25 in) 0.18 kg (0.4 lb) 1.12:0.01 - 2 GHz 1.22:2 - 12.4 GHz 1.29:12.4 - 18 GHz Modulation Sensors 80601A9 10 MHz to 18 GHz -67 to +20 dBm, CW -60 to +20 dBm, Modulation +23 dBm (200 mW) -67 to -20 dBm ±0.00 dB -20 to +20 dBm ±0.05 dB/ 10 dB Type N(m) 50Ω 80401A 10 MHz to 18 GHz -67 to +20 dBm, CW -60 to +20, dBm, Modulation +23 dBm (200 mW) -67 to -20 dBm ±0.00 dB -20 to +20 dBm: ±0.05 dB/ 10 dB Type N(m) 50Ω 80402A 10 MHz to 18 GHz -67 to +20 dBm, CW -60 to +20,dBm, Modulation +23 dBm (200 mW) -67 to -20 dBm ±0.00 dB -20 to +20 dBm ±0.05 dB/ 10 dB 80410A 10 MHz to 18 GHz -64 to +26 dBm, CW -57 to +26, dBm, Modulation +29 dBm (800 mW) -60 to -14 dBm ±0.00 dB -14 to + 26 dBm ±0.05 dB/ 10 dB 80420A 10 MHz to 18 GHz -60 to +30 dBm, CW -53 to +30 dBm, Modulation +30 dBm (1 W) -60 to -10 dBm ±0.00 dB -10 to +30 dBm ±0.05 dB/ 10 dB 80421A 10 MHz to 18 GHz -50 to +37 dBm, CW -43 to +37 dBm, Modulation +37 dBm (5 W) -47 to +0 dBm ±0.00 dB 0 to +37 dBm ±0.05 dB/ 10 dB 80422A 10 MHz to 18 GHz -40 to +44 dBm, CW -33 to +44 dBm, Modulation +44 dBm (25 W) -37 to +10 dBm ±0.00 dB +10 to +44 dBm ±0.05 dB/ 10 dB APC-7 50Ω Type K(m)1 50Ω 1.13:0.01 - 2 GHz 1.16:2 - 12 GHz 1.23:12 - 18 GHz 127 mm (5.0 in) 10 MHz to 18 GHz -40 to +47 dBm, CW -33 to +47 dBm, Modulation +47 dBm (50 W) 0.23 kg (0.5 lb) 1.11:0.01 - 2 GHz 1.12:2 - 12 GHz 1.18:12 - 18 GHz 150 mm (5.9 in) 32 mm (1.25 in) 0.23 kg (0.5 lb) 1.20:0.011 - 6 GHz 1.25:6 - 12.4 GHz 1.35:12.4 - 18 GHz 1.20:0.01 - 6 GHz 1.30:6 - 12.4 GHz 1.40:12.4 - 18 GHz Type N(m) 50Ω 230 mm (9.0 in) 80425A 32 mm (1.25 in) 104 mm (4.1 in) 0.3 kg (0.6 lb) -34 to +10 dBm ±0.00 dB +10 to +47 dBm ±0.05 dB/ 10 dB 1.25:0.01 - 6 GHz 1.35:6 - 12.4 GHz 1.45:12.4 - 18 GHz Standard CW Sensors 10 MHz to 18 GHz -70 to +20 dBm +23 dBm (200 mW) 80302A 10 MHz to 18 GHz -70 to +20 dBm +23 dBm (200 mW) 80303A 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz -70 to +20 dBm +23 dBm (200 mW) 80301A 80304A 10 MHz to 40 GHz -70 to 0 dBm +23 dBm (200 mW) -70 to -20 dBm ±0.00 dB -20 to +20 dBm ±0.05 dB/ 10 dB -70 to +20 dBm ±0.00 dB -20 to +20 dBm ±0.1 dB/ 10dB -70 to -20 dBm ±0.00 dB -20 to 0 dBm ±0.2 dB/ 10 dB Type N(m) 50Ω 1.12:0.01 - 2 GHz 1.22:2 - 12.4 GHz 1.29:12.4 - 18 GHz APC-7 50Ω 114.5 mm (4.5 in) 32 mm (1.25 in) 0.18 kg (0.4 lb) 1.12:0.01 - 2 GHz 1.22:2 - 12.4 GHz 1.38:12.4 - 18 GHz 1.43:18 - 26.5 GHz 1.92:26.5 - 40 GHz Type K(m)1 50Ω Low VSWR CW Sensors B-2 80310A 10 MHz to 18 GHz -64 to +26 dBm 80313A 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz -64 to +26 dBm 80314A 10 MHz to 40 GHz -64 to +6 dBm -64 to -14 dBm ±0.00 dB -14 to + 26 dBm ±0.05 dB/ 10 dB +29 dBm (800 mW) -64 to -14 dBm ±0.00 dB -14 to + 26 dBm ±0.1 dB/ 10 dB Type K(m)1 50Ω 127mm (5.0 in) 32 mm (1.25 in) 0.23 kg (0.5lb) 1.13:0.01 - 2 GHz 1.15:2 - 12 GHz 1.23:12 - 18 GHz 1.29:18 - 26.5 GHz 1.50:26.5 - 40 GHz -64 to -14 dBm ±0.00 dB -14 to + 6 dBm ±0.2 dB/ 10 dB Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Power Sensors Table B-1: Power Sensor Selection Guide (Continued) Model Freq. Range/ Power Range Power Linearity4 (Freq >8 GHz) Max. Power RF Conn Length Dia. Wgt VSWR 127 mm (5.0 in) 32 mm (1.25 in) 0.23 kg (0.5 lb) 1.11:0.01 - 2 GHz 1.12:2 - 12 GHz 1.18:12 - 18 GHz 1.22:18 - 26.5 GHz 1.36:26.5 - 40 GHz 150 mm (5.9 in) 32 mm (1.25 in) 0.23 kg (0.5 lb) 1.20:0.01 - 2 GHz 1.25:6 - 12.4 GHz 1.35:12.4 - 18 GHz 230 mm (9.0 in) 104 mm (4.1 in) 0.3 kg (0.6 lb) 1.20:0.01 - 2 GHz 1.30:6 - 12.4 GHz 1.40:12.4 - 18 GHz 230mm (9.0 in) 104 mm (4.1 in) 0.3 kg (0.6 lb) 1.25:0.01 - 2 GHz 1.35:6 - 12.4 GHz 1.45:12.4 - 18 GHz 32 mm 1.25 in) 0.27 kg (0.6 lb) 1.12:0.01 - 12 GHz 1.15:12 - 18 GHz 1.18:18 - 26.5 GHz 1.29:26.5 - 40 GHz 1W CW Sensors -60 to -10 dBm ±0.00 dB -10 to +30 dBm ±0.05 dB/ 10 dB 80320A 10 MHz to 18 GHz -60 to +30 dBm 80323A 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz -60 to +30 dBm 80324A 10 MHz to 40 GHz -60 to +10 dBm -60 to -10 dBm ±0.00 dB -10 to +30 dBm ±0.1 dB/ 10 dB +30 dBm (1 W) Type K(m)1 50Ω -60 to -10 dBm ±0.00 dB -10 to +10 dBm ±0.2 dB/ 10 dB 5W CW Sensor2 80321A 10 MHz to 18 GHz -50 to +37 dBm -50 to +0 dBm ±0.00 dB 0 to +37 dBm ±0.05 dB/ 10 dB +37 dBm (5 W) Type N(m) 50Ω 25W CW Sensor3 80322A 10 MHz to 18 GHz -40 to +44 dBm -40 to +10 dBm ±0.00 dB +10 to +44 dBm ±0.05 dB/ 10 dB +44 dBm (25 W) Type N(m) 50Ω 50W CW Sensor3 80325A 10 MHz to 18 GHz -40 to +47 dBm -40 to +10 dBm ±0.00 dB +10 to +47 dBm ±0.05 dB/ 10 dB +47 dBm (50 W) Type N(m) 50Ω True RMS Sensors (-30 to +20 dBm) 80330A 80333A 80334A 10 MHz to 18 GHz 10 MHZ to 26.5 GHz 10 MHz to 40 GHz +33 dBm (2 W) -30 to +20 dBm ±0.00 dB Type K(m)1 50Ω 152.5 mm (6.0 in) 80340 Series Peak Power Sensors (-30 to +20 dBm) 80340A 50 MHz to 18 GHz 80343A 80344A 50MHz to 26.5 to 40 GHz -30 to -20 dBm ±0.13 dB 0 to +20 dBm Type N(m)1 50Ω 0 to +20 dBm ±0.13 dB ±0.01 dB/dB Type K(m)1 50Ω +23 dBm (200 mW) 50 MHz 1.12:0.01 - 2 GHz 1.22:2 - 12.4 GHz 1.37:12.4 - 18 GHz 146 mm (5.75 in) 37 mm (1.44 in) 0.3 kg (0.6lb) 1.50:18 - 26.5 GHz 1.92:26.5 - 40 GHz Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. The K connector is electrically and mechanically compatible with the APC-3.5 and SMA connectors. Power coefficient equals <0.01 dB/Watt. Power coefficient equals <0.015 dB/Watt. For frequencies above 8 GHz, add power linearity to system linearity. Peak operating range above CW maximum range is limited to <10% duty cycle. Includes uncertainty of reference standard and transfer uncertainty. Directly traceable to NIST. Square root of sum of the individual uncertainties squared (RSS). Cal Factor numbers allow for 3% repeatability when connecting attenuator to sensor, and 3% for attenuator measurement uncertainty and mismatch of sensor/pad combination. Attentuator frequency response is added to the Sensor Cal Factors which are stored in he sensor’s EEPROM. The Model 80601 is compatible with the 8541C and 8542C, and later configurations. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 B-3 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters Table B-2: Power Sensor Cal Factor Uncertainties Freq. (GHz) Sum of Uncertainties (%)6 Probable Uncertainties (%)7 Lower Upper 80301A 80302A 80340 80401A 80402A 80601A9 80303A 80304A 80343 80344 80310A 80313A 80314A 80320A 80323A 80324A 80321A8 80322A8 80325A8 80330A 80333A 80334A 80301A 80302A 80340 80401A 80402A 80601A9 80303A 80304A 80343 80344 80310A 80313A 80314A 80320A 80323A 80324A 80321A8 80322A8 80325A8 80330A 80333A 80334A 0.1 1 1.61 3.06 2.98 2.96 7.61 2.95 1.04 1.64 1.58 1.58 4.54 1.58 1 2 1.95 3.51 3.58 3.57 7.95 3.55 1.20 1.73 1.73 1.73 4.67 1.73 2 4 2.44 4.42 4.33 4.29 8.44 4.27 1.33 1.93 1.91 1.91 4.89 1.90 4 6 2.67 4.74 4.67 4.63 8.67 4.60 1.41 2.03 2.02 2.02 5.01 2.01 6 8 2.86 4.94 4.87 4.82 8.86 4.80 1.52 2.08 2.07 2.07 5.12 2.06 8 12.4 3.59 6.04 5.95 5.90 9.59 5.87 1.92 2.55 2.54 2.53 5.56 2.53 12.4 18 4.09 6.86 6.76 6.69 10.09 6.64 2.11 2.83 2.80 2.79 5.89 2.78 18 26.5 —— 9.27 9.43 9.28 —— 9.21 —— 3.63 3.68 3.62 —— 3.59 26.5 40 —— 15.19 14.20 13.86 —— 13.66 —— 6.05 5.54 5.39 —— 5.30 Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. B-4 The K connector is electrically and mechanically compatible with the APC-3.5 and SMA connectors. Power coefficient equals <0.01 dB/Watt. Power coefficient equals <0.015 dB/Watt. For frequencies above 8 GHz, add power linearity to system linearity. Peak operating range above CW maximum range is limited to <10% duty cycle. Includes uncertainty of reference standard and transfer uncertainty. Directly traceable to NIST. Square root of sum of the individual uncertainties squared (RSS). Cal Factor numbers allow for 3% repeatability when connecting attenuator to sensor, and 3% for attenuator measurement uncertainty and mismatch of sensor/pad combination. Attentuator frequency response is added to the Sensor Cal Factors which are stored in he sensor’s EEPROM. The Model 80601 is compatible with the 8541C and 8542C and later configurations. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 Power Sensors B.2.2 Modulation Sensor Specifications Table B-3: 804XXA Modulation Sensor Specifications Sensor Measurement Capabilities Signal Type Test Conditions Typical Error1 CW -67 to +20 dBm none Single Carrier with AM Power level -60 to +20 dBm, fm ≤ 40 kHz, Power level -60 to -20 dBm, fm ≥ 40 kHz, Power level -20 to +20 dBm, fm > 40 kHz none none see note2 Two-Tone Power level -60 to +20 dBm, max carrier separation <40 kHz Power level -60 to -20 dBm, max carrier separation >40 kHz Power level -20 to +20 dBm, max carrier separation >40 kHz none none see note2 Multi-Carrier Power level -60 to +20 dBm, max carrier separation <40 kHz, ten carriers Power level -60 to -20 dBm, max carrier separation >40 kHz, ten carriers Power level -30 to +10 dBm, max carrier separation >40 kHz, ten carriers none none see note2 Pulse Modulation MAP or PAP mode, power level -60 to +20 dBm, pulse width >200 µs MAP or PAP mode, power level -60 to -20 dBm, pulse width <200 µs BAP mode, power level -40 to +20 dBm, pulse width >200 µs BAP mode, power level -40 to -20 dBm, pulse width <200 µs none see note2 none see note2,3 Burst with Modulation MAP or PAP mode, power level -60 to +20 dBm, pulse width >200 µs, fm ≤ 40 kHz MAP or PAP mode, power level -60 to +20 dBm, pulse width <200 µs, fm ≥ 40 kHz MAP or PAP mode, power level -60 to -20 dBm, pulse width <200 µs BAP mode, power level -40 to +20 dBm, pulse width >200 µs, fm ≤ 40 kHz BAP mode, power level -40 to +20 dBm, pulse width <200 µs, fm ≥ 40 kHz BAP mode, power level -40 to -20 dBm, pulse width <200 µs, fm ≤ 40 kHz none see note2 see note2 none see note2,3 see note2,3 Notes: 1. 2. 3. 4. Error is in addition to sensor linearity and zero set accuracy. See Figure B-1 or B-2 for modulation-related uncertainty. The BAP mode does not function at input levels below -40 dBm. The power levels quoted in the table are for Model 80401A. For other modulation sensors, add the values listed below to all power levels shown Table B-3: For Model 80410A, add 6 dB. For Model 80420A, add 10 dB. For Model 80421A, add 20 dB. For Model 80422A, add 30 dB. For Model 80425A, add 33 dB. Manual 30280, Rev. J, September 2000 B-5 Series 8540C Universal Power Meters MODULATION-INDUCED MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY FOR THE 80401A SENSOR MAXIMUM ERROR IN MODULATED AVERAGE MODE WITH TWO TONE MODULATION NOTE These curves are also representative of other 804XX modulation sensors, which differ only in range. Error (dB) Pin > -10 dBm 1 -20 dBm -10 dBm 1 -20 dBm
Source Exif Data:File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : Yes Page Mode : UseOutlines XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.0-c316 44.253921, Sun Oct 01 2006 17:14:39 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 4.05 for Windows Keywords : Giga-tronics 8540C Series Universal Power Meters Operation and Maintenance Manual (Model 8541C and 8542C) Create Date : 2001:02:09 10:18:27Z Modify Date : 2012:10:25 14:07:10-07:00 Metadata Date : 2012:10:25 14:07:10-07:00 Creator Tool : FrameMaker 5.5.6p145 Format : application/pdf Creator : Giga-tronics Title : Giga-tronics 8540C Series Universal Power Meters Operation and Maintenance Manual (Model 8541C and 8542C) Description : Giga-tronics 8540C Series Universal Power Meters Operation and Maintenance Manual (Model 8541C and 8542C) Subject : Giga-tronics 8540C Series Universal Power Meters Operation and Maintenance Manual (Model 8541C and 8542C) Document ID : uuid:0d4bd1ab-10db-44b8-801c-763c2d0c15c3 Instance ID : uuid:5db3ba93-7ed4-4b5e-b547-059953e74ba1 Has XFA : No Page Count : 265 Author : Giga-tronicsEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools